The Cosmic Chess Match
By L.A. Marzulli
DEDICATION This tome is dedicated to Wayne Kendall, a man who is filled with the Spirit of the living God; a mentor and friend of 31 years who helped me through the darkest days of my life. Thanks, Wayne I would like to thank Rose Diepstra, my editor, whose belief in this project and tireless hours of working on the manuscript made this a better book! Thanks, Rose To my friend Richard Shaw, whose endless conversations are like iron sharpening iron, thank you. Cover design by Richard Shaw! Thanks, Richie! To my brother Tony, who formatted this book: Thanks, Bone-man! And to my wifey who is always my better half and anchor: Thank you, Peggy.
Table of Contents
DEDICATION Table of Contents PROLOGUE CHAPTER 1: ...And the Gates of Hell Shall Not Prevail... CHAPTER 2: The Promise of the Messiah CHAPTER 3: The Three Heavens CHAPTER 4: The Move that Almost Won the Game for the Fallen One! Genesis 6 and the Flood of Noah CHAPTER 5: Nimrod & the Tower of Babel CHAPTER 6: Job - A Look into the Third Heaven! Abraham CHAPTER 8: Sodom & Gomorrah CHAPTER 9: Moses - The Battle Between the Two Sides Graphically Demonstrated! CHAPTER 10: The Giants in the Promised Land? Why are They There? CHAPTER 11: The Birth of the Messiah and the Slaughter of the Innocents CHAPTER 12: The Temptation in the Desert CHAPTER 13:
oots on the Ground! The Messiah and the Demoniac! B CHAPTER 14: The Transfiguration CHAPTER 15: A Second Attempt to Kill Jesus? CHAPTER 16: The Raising of Lazarus The Crucifixion – the Fallen One’s Miscalculation CHAPTER 18: 70 A.D. – Yet Another Attempt at Annihilation Conclusion for Part One PART TWO CHAPTER 19: How Prophecy Affects the Match: Does It Exist? CHAPTER 20: The Ninth of AV! CHAPTER 21: Darwinism: A Theory of Deception! CHAPTER 22: The Holocaust: the Deadliest Move of the Fallen One CHAPTER 23: Countermove: From the Ashes of the Holocaust the Nation Israel is Born! CHAPTER 24: Lies from the Second Heaven: A Look at the So-Called Prophecies of the Maya, Nostradamus, the Hopi Indians, Edgar Cayce & Blossom Goodchild CHAPTER 25: Abortion: Opening the Gates of Hell! What is to Come: War in Heaven that Will Cast Satan to Earth! CHAPTER 27: The Antichrist & Modern Nephilim: Mount Hebron & the Temple Mount: the Last Moves CHAPTER 28: Have we been deliberately set up through the centuries for a time such as this? Is this the end game of the Fallen One? CHAPTER 29: Whose Side are You on in this War?
RECOMMENDED READING FOR SPIRITUAL WARFARE FOOTNOTES: Copyright
PROLOGUE
An ongoing war has been raging in another dimension and spilling over into ours since the beginning of creation in the far distant past right up to the present day. I call it a chess match because there are moves and countermoves by the “players” as each seeks to gain an advantage over the other. Eventually someone will pronounce “Checkmate!” because the opposing player’s king has been trapped and is unable to move, thus winning the game. So who are the players? The first player and the winner of the match is El Elyon. This is the Hebrew name, which means The Most High God. See, I’ve already given you the outcome of the book away, so there’s no need to go to the last chapter to find out who wins! The end game and final move of the match is what I call the Return of the King. What I mean by this is that Yashua/Jesus rides on a white horse onto the field of battle at Armageddon and with the breath of His mouth destroys the other player —the Dragon, Satan, the Fallen One. I’m a Biblical literalist and I believe that the imagery we read in the book of Revelation, while in some places symbolic, in others it should be interpreted literally. In short, Jesus will ride to the final victory on that day. And what’s more, we will be with Him! The second player is a created being and is known as Lucifer. For whatever reason, in what I believe is the far distant past, he rebelled and sought to magnify himself as God. This led to his name being changed. He has many titles that are used to describe his attributes throughout Scripture: the Son of Perdition, the Willful King, Abaddon (the Destroyer), the Accuser, the Enemy of Our Souls, the Father of Lies, the Prince of this World, the Dragon, the Accuser, and the
Devil. However, most of us know him as Satan. In this book I will refer to him as the Fallen One. For fallen from his original state is he. So why did this cosmic chess match begin in the first place? What are some of the moves and countermoves of each player that we see executed through the centuries? How have these moves affected the world in which we are living? And lastly, are these moves continuing in real-time today outside the scope of the Scriptures? If so, can we identify what they are and warn others of what is going on? How do the year 2012, and the prophecies of Nostradamus, the Hopi Indians, Edgar Cayce and modern seers like Blossom Goodchild figure into this match? Was Charles Darwin part of this great cosmic chess match, or was he an unwilling pawn? While this book will examine some of the moves in the cosmic chess match, it is not in any way an exhaustive look at every move the players have made. That would take a book much larger than this in scope. What we will discover is that these moves may affect entire populations, cultures, and regions—I call this a macro move. They may also be profoundly personal, affecting only one person —I call this a micro move. Come, journey with me as we explore this cosmic chess match. L.A. Marzulli Spring 2011
CHAPTER 1: ...And the Gates of Hell Shall Not Prevail...
For decades we have been told that God is dead; that because of His demise, His burdensome law and commandments, along with the promise of eternal life or damnation, have fallen of their own weight into the oblivion of unbelief. Thus, there are no absolutes, no right or wrong, no supernatural world of miracles, no god/man born of a virgin or rising from the dead. Nothing is real but the vast reaches of space, millions of years of dispassionate evolution, and the natural selection that somehow produced us. We are nothing more than an accident, here to reproduce for no other purpose than to continue the human race. We may be but one of many other life forms that possibly inhabit the universe. Perhaps we were seeded here by a higher race, a higher form of intelligent life, a race of alien beings that were in fact our progenitors.... My generation sang along to John Lennon's “Imagine,” in which he challenges us to visualize a world without heaven or hell; in other words, what Christianity has professed for thousands of years doesn’t matter anymore. The present generation sings along with Katy Perry, who informs us that we should look to the extraterrestrial in order to find our origins, perhaps even for the missing link that has eluded Darwinists for decades. Listen to the lyrics of Katy Perry's “E.T.” song. Judge for yourself before you scoff; see what kinds of messages are being channeled to your kids and grandkids through their earbuds.
Perry talks of having sex with an alien; but wait, she wonders in the lyrics whether this being could be an angel, or perhaps a demon. She goes on to proclaim that whatever this being is, it has different DNA, and that it is supernatural. May I suggest you go to this site and read the lyrics for yourself: http://www.metrolyrics.com/et-lyrics-katy-perry.html The members of this present generation experiment with every kind of drug imaginable, pierce and brand images into their flesh with a hot iron, tattoo their bodies, including their faces, and engage in hooking up with one another for sex, sometimes with multiple partners at the same time. However, in all fairness, the beginning of what I would call this unmitigated lawlessness began with my generation, the Woodstock generation, in the ‘60s. Videos, movies, music, and other type of media extol the Luciferian adage, do what thou will. In other words, anything goes, do what you want to do and go where you want to go and answer to no one but yourself. We see that all boundaries to what may be considered a social norm have been eradicated. On prom night it is not uncommon that the King and Queen are of the same sex, or the "king" is a she, and the "queen" a he, and the kids who voted for them think it's all okay. Recently at a baseball game in Los Angeles, a man who was rooting for the opposing team was beaten into a coma. A woman at MacDonald’s, who later turned out to be a transsexual, was so badly beaten by two other women that he/she went into convulsions. Roving gangs in Chicago, Boston, New Jersey, and Florida, roam the streets preying on any hapless pedestrian they might find, spraying the person’s face with teargas, and beating the unfortunate victim senseless while robbing him or her of their possessions. Other gangs, sometimes numbering 50 or more, trash stores, taking what they want, and there's nothing anyone can do about it. A woman can legally kill her unborn child up to the final weeks of her pregnancy with a procedure known as partial birth abortion – the child is partially exposed out of the womb and then the “doctor” sticks a scalpel in her head and sucks out the baby’s brains with a special vacuum device—and our Congress argues over the validity of the procedure.
Wars rage over the planet and the United States continues to act as the world’s policeman with 10 years of fighting in Afghanistan and no end in sight. This war has cost the American taxpayer trillions, yet every year the opium harvest continues unabated and someone profits from the one trillion dollar harvest. This new generation is so addicted to cyberspace with smart phones, iPads, computers, Twitter and Facebook, that many have lost touch with the real world. As a nation we are obsessed with American Idol but cannot name our congressman or -woman. We watch with fascination the public evisceration of Charlie Sheen, Arnold Schwarzenegger, Anthony Wiener, Casey Anthony and a never-ending stream of “media clowns,” and much like the Romans two thousand years ago who were engaged in blood sport at the Coliseum, we indulge in the modern version of bread and circuses. Back to Katy Perry who tells us in the same “E.T.” song that she wants to be filled with the poison of this being, that she wants to be abducted, and that she is willing to be a victim. What is being funneled into our kids’ heads? Like it or not this is our world and it's not going away, is it? What does this mean? How did we get here? I believe that there has been a cosmic war raging in another dimension for millennia and this war is for the souls of men and women. It is beginning to manifest in overt ways here on earth as this unmitigated lawlessness is being driven by an unseen, dark power, the Fallen One, who has been at work for thousands of years. However, there is another power that is far greater than this one of lawlessness and it, too, is manifesting. It is the same benevolent power that filled a dark tomb two thousand years ago and raised the only son of the Most High God from the grave. These powers, unequally matched as they are, have nevertheless been in a cosmic war. That war will cease when the end game is set into motion, as the Fallen One, the Serpent, the Dragon, is cast to earth and then gathers the kings of the earth to fight the rider on the white horse, whose name is Faithful and True, who comes with the armies of heaven to end the system of death and destruction that has plagued the human race ever since the fall in the garden, for truly the
gates of hell will not prevail.... So where do we begin? At the beginning, of course! And in order to do that we need to examine what comes to us from a document that is thousands of years old… The Book of Beginnings, or Genesis.
CHAPTER 2: The Promise of the Messiah
The fall changes the course of human history. It is the Biblical story of Adam and Eve. Many people living in today’s modern era do not believe that this fall ever happened and that the story of Adam and Eve, and their subsequent expulsion from Paradise, is nothing more than myth. However, if we believe that the fall is a myth, we fail to recognize the prophetic promises given to us in Genesis. The first promise is that there will be one who will come, the Messiah, who will crush the head of the serpent and destroy him! If we believe that Genesis is nothing more than tribal fairy tales, we miss one of the most singular important moves by the players. Here’s a quick sketch of what transpires. We know that the first two humans, complete in every way, are set in Paradise, or a beautiful garden. They actually walk with the Most High God in the cool of the evening and apparently enjoy a blissful existence. Then the Fallen One enters the garden and, in a series of well-crafted lies, he persuades Eve that if she eats of the fruit she will not surely die (as God had told her), but be like the Most High God. Her eyes will then be opened to the knowledge of good and evil. This lie works well because it appeals to man’s ego to be like God. Has the Fallen One already checkmated the Most High God? The crown of His creation, man, has chosen to disobey and lose the “title deed” to earth by believing and
then acting upon the lie from the Fallen One. Mankind has forfeited his rightful inheritance to the usurper, or Satan. The Most High God countermoves with a hint of the promise of the Messiah. The Messiah, or the Anointed One, is the one who will crush the serpent’s head. Here is what the texts tell us: (Gen. 3:15, NLT) From now on, you and the woman will be enemies, and your offspring and her offspring will be enemies. He will crush your head, and you will strike his heel. Here we have the promise of one who will come at some point in human history, the Messiah, and will crush the head of the serpent. You may recall the opening scene of Mel Gibson’s movie, The Passion of the Christ, in which we see Yashua/Jesus crush the head of the serpent with the heel of his sandal. For those of us who are aware of this ancient prophecy, the image is not lost on us. For those who do not make the connection, which is revealed to us in the Genesis narrative, the meaning of that scene is hidden. This promise escalates the war in heaven. The Fallen One does not want to relinquish the territory that he has gained by orchestrating the fall of mankind. Thousands of years later, when the Messiah incarnates and is walking among men upon the earth, the Fallen One takes Him, and in an instant shows Him the kingdoms of the world and offers them to Him, if Yashua/Jesus will only worship the Fallen One. The kingdoms of this world and the world system have been under the control of the Fallen One since the fall. (The Prince of the Power of the Air is another of his numerous titles.) I call your attention to this because it shows us that man no longer has control over what was his own kingdom. The control has been usurped by the Destroyer, the Fallen One, who seeks to rob, kill, and destroy. The Fallen One hates the fact that we are created in the image and likeness of the Most High God and to him this act of creation has cheapened and demeaned his status. I believe that the end game for the Fallen One is that he wants to be worshiped as god. This is what he craves, and as we will see later, every plan that he has set in motion seems to point toward this end. When Satan sets the antichrist in the newly constructed third Temple in Jerusalem and demands to be worshiped as God, as is foreshadowed in the books
of Revelation, Daniel, and Isaiah, can there be any doubt what his intentions have been since the foundations of the world? We know that he sets out to usurp man’s original position and succeeds in doing so by his deception, with the lie that he tells to Eve. In Genesis 1, we see that the earth was without form and in darkness. Does this speak of the rebellion that was the cause for the destruction of the earth? Was it well before the creation of man that Lucifer fell? I believe that man is a newcomer on the scene. I also hold to the position that the universe may be millions of years old, and I believe that the Genesis account is a recreation of the world. It is in this newly created setting that the cosmic chess match is played out. If we are honest, no one knows how all of this began: the creation of the universe, the fall of Lucifer and the angels who followed him and what may have been the re-creation of the earth. We can try to piece together some of what may have happened and have an open exchange of ideas....
Recap We know from the Genesis account that man lost his original place when he fell for the lie of the Fallen One that he would be like the Most High God. At this point, when man’s authority and dominion have been usurped, we see that a provision is made to restore man to his rightful place. It is the promise of the Messiah, the One who will crush his head, which will bring about this restoration. The Most High God draws a line in the sand. He tells the Fallen One that someone will come: that someone will set things right, but the Fallen One doesn’t know when. This person will come from the seed of the woman and He will defeat the Fallen One and restore the rightful place of man. In order to understand what happens next, we need to explore where the Fallen One once dwelled, and where he dwells now and where he will eventually be cast down. The next chapter will show us the three heavens and how time and space may be perceived in those heavens. I refer to them as dimensions. It is important for us to grasp this because it will show us why the Fallen One engages in some very desperate moves through the centuries. Understanding the concept of time and how it is perceived in the three heavens will enable us to grasp the wiles of the Fallen One and how he seeks to win the match.
CHAPTER 3: The Three Heavens
It is imperative to our discussion to understand where the moves between the players originate. Where is the “command post” of the Most High God? Where does the Fallen One plan his strategy? The Bible indicates that there are three heavens. The first heaven consists of the earth’s atmosphere where the clouds and birds are. The second heaven is where the sun, stars, and moon are. I would also include the known and unknown universe, complete with wormholes and a multitude of galaxies. The third heaven is the dwelling place of the Most High God and I believe it exists in another dimension with time/space properties that are completely different from what we know in our universe. The First Heaven: Earth's Atmosphere (Deut. 11:17) Then the LORD's anger will burn against you, and he will shut the heavens so that it will not rain and the ground will yield no produce.... (Deut. 28:12) The LORD will open the heavens, the storehouse of his bounty, to send rain on your land in season and to bless all the work of your hands. (Judges 5:4) O LORD, when you went out from Seir, when you marched from the land of Edom, the earth shook, the heavens poured, the clouds poured down water. (Acts 14:17) Yet he has not left himself without testimony: He has shown
kindness by giving you rain from heaven and crops in their seasons.... The Second Heaven: Outer Space (Psalm 19:4 & 6) In the heavens he has pitched a tent for the sun.... It rises at one end of the heavens and makes its circuit to the other.... (Jeremiah 8:2) They will be exposed to the sun and the moon and all the stars of the heavens that they have loved and served.... (Isaiah 13:10) The stars of heaven and their constellations will not show their light. The Third Heaven: Most High God's Dwelling Place (1 Kings 8:30) (Phrase repeated numerous times in following verses) –then hear from heaven, your dwelling place.... (Psalm 2:4) The One enthroned in heaven laughs; the LORD scoffs at them. (Matthew 5:16) In the same way, let your light shine before men, that they may see your good deeds and praise your Father in heaven. The highest heaven, the third heaven, is indicated by the reference to the throne of the Most High God being the highest heaven: 1 (1 Kings 8:27) But will The Most High God really dwell on earth? The heavens, even the highest heaven, cannot contain you. (Deut. 10:14) To the LORD your Most High God belong the heavens, even the highest heavens, the earth and everything in it. According to the Guidebook to the Supernatural (what I choose to call the Bible because it describes the supernatural within its pages), the Fallen One was ousted from the third heaven and confined to the second and first heavens, which greatly hampered his ability to see into the future—to anticipate, like a chess master, many moves ahead on the board. (However, he could also still have limited access to the third heaven, as we are told that he accuses us before the throne of God.) 2 Here are some interesting points to ponder in regard to this: When did the Fallen One lose access to the third heaven? If he was cast down to the second heaven, what was he able to do there? Will he be ousted from the second heaven and cast to the first heaven, which is earth? We are told in the book of Job (most likely the oldest of all the Biblical stories
that have come to us) that the sons of the Most High God (angels) presented themselves before God. Here’s the text: (Job 1:6) 3 Now there was a day when the sons of the Most High God came to present themselves before the LORD, and Satan came also among them. 4 It is interesting to note that the sons of the Most High God is the same phrase that is used in the Genesis 6 account. This phrase, the sons of the Most High God, always refers to angels, although it doesn’t differentiate between fallen and good.5 At this point, we see in this text that the Fallen One still has access to the third heaven. We also get an insight into what preoccupied him before he presented himself in that heavenly scene. (Job 1:7) And the LORD said unto Satan, Whence comest thou? Then Satan answered the LORD, and said, from going to and fro in the earth, and from walking up and down in it.6 Here we see that the enemy, Satan, the fallen cherub, is walking to and fro in the earth and also up and down in it. In other words, as scripture gives us another view of this later, he is like a roaming lion seeking whom he can devour.7 It is important for us to realize that the Fallen One hates mankind and seeks to destroy every trace of our existence. Thus when the Guidebook tells us that he seeks to rob, kill, and destroy, it is not an understatement!8 It would appear that at this point he has access to the third heaven, the abode of the Most High God, because he still has access to the throne room. Here’s the rub: there is not one person on the planet, now or who has ever lived, who knows where the third heaven is located. Is it in another dimension? Does it somehow exist alongside ours? That is certainly one theory, but, if we are intellectually honest, no one knows for sure! As Dame Pickzeck 9 postulates in regard to what caused the image on the Shroud of Turin, “We may be looking at a physics that we know nothing about.”10 She posits this because she believes that there may have been forces outside our realm of understanding that produced the image on the Shroud. The Shroud of Turin, a physical artifact, provides us with an example of how the
laws and protocols govern this other dimension when interacting with ours, and how it defies the laws of physics, as we know them!11 The ideas of parallel universes, String Theory, quarks, black holes and wormholes, are the stuff that makes for great science fiction. However, we are beginning to realize that some of these theories may, in fact, be true, although we are still trying to sort them out and prove them. I recently interviewed Bible scholar and author Chuck Missler who postulated that the universe might be finite and also be some kind of digital simulation or a giant hologram! Rabbis for thousands of years have believed that another dimension exists outside our own.12 The reason that I’m bringing all of this to your attention is that the passage of time is of great importance not only to mankind, but also to the Fallen One. Understanding time is of the utmost importance because it helps us grasp how this cosmic chess match is waged. If a being, let’s call him the Most High God of the Bible, exists outside of our dimension of time as we know it, perhaps what we hear in Isaiah would take on new meaning, as Isaiah states: Remember the former things of old: for I [am] the Most High God, and [there is] none else; [I am] the Most High God, and [there is] none like me Declaring the end from the beginning, and from ancient times [the things] that are not [yet] done, saying, My counsel shall stand, and I will do all my pleasure:13 (Emphasis mine.) It is here that we see a proclamation from the Most High God declaring unequivocally that He alone knows the end from the beginning. He is the only being in the known and unknown universe that can do this. He has infinite understanding and has an infinite perspective. He is all-knowing, all-powerful, and present everywhere at once! The Fallen One, who is a created being with a finite mind, does not have these attributes. While he may know some of the future, because he resides in the second heaven from which he has a different perspective of the time/space continuum than we do, he does not see everything. He is not omniscient or allknowing. He cannot be sure of what will come to pass.
I believe this is because his foresight is limited, because he no longer has access to the third heaven and, more importantly, he is a created, finite being and, thus, is not God and never can be, in spite of what he thinks! It is certainly possible that being confined to the second and first heavens has greatly limited his perspective in regard to time and what will transpire in the future. I think that time does not exist in the third heaven. Why? Here's a theory: Albert Einstein tells us that it is impossible to attain or travel at the speed of light, which is 186,000 miles per second.14 Einstein believed we could travel at 99.99999% the speed of light but never attain it! It appears that this is a proven fact of how this universe works.15 We are also told in the scriptures, and some believe this is poetic, that the Most High God is light and in Him there is no darkness at all!16 Is it possible that this seemingly simple verse is pregnant with meaning, and points to Einsteinian physics? Is it possible that when the Most High God said, “Let there be light,” and spoke the universe into existence, He set up a physical barrier between the first and second heavens and the place in which He resides or the third heaven? It’s a lot to contemplate and even harder to understand with the finite computer that is our brain. Having said that, let me give you an analogy of how time may be perceived in each of the three heavens as it pertains to our discussion.
The Cornfield Analogy Let us propose that you find yourself in a cornfield and the corn is almost ready to be harvested. The stalks reach high over your head, limiting your vision, so that you are only able to see the stalks that surround you. This is analogous to our human relationship with time/space on earth. We are stuck, cemented in, if you will, the time/space continuum. We perceive time as passing one second at a time in a linear fashion. How many of us have sat through a boring lecture in school and watched the second hand crawl at what seemed like a snail’s pace across the face of the clock on the wall. For all practical purposes, because we were bored out of our skulls, we experienced the slow, methodical, passage of time: second by painstaking second. We cannot escape time in this dimension. (Unfortunately!) We are bound to it, fettered by it, subject to its restraints! Welcome to the first heaven. We humans realize that we have absolutely no way of seeing the future, not even by one second. We can’t do this, because we are bound by time. (Although there are those who use what I would call occult practices to access the future: more about this in Part Two.) Now let’s look at another perspective. Say a large fire truck rumbles into the cornfield and hoists a ladder that extends three stories into the air. Satan, the Fallen One, climbs this ladder and immediately he can see farther than we can. He can see the entire field and even the next field over. In other words, his view of time reaches farther than ours. This, I believe, is because he resides in what I would refer to as the second heaven. It is his domain and he is the ruler of it for the time being. This view enables him to see into the future, but he’s not allknowing, as I will demonstrate. We see a whole different perspective when the Most High God’s view comes into play. So let’s review. Man is standing in the cornfield with a limited, linear view of time. Satan, the Fallen One, has a greater view because he’s standing on top of a three-story ladder, but the Most High God is in the space shuttle high above the earth and can see everything at once! His perspective is far greater than Satan’s. It is why He can say:
(Isaiah 46:10) I am God and declare the end from the beginning from ancient times. In other words, He can see all of time at one glance: past, present and future. He is not limited by time in any way, because he invented it in the first place, and, in fact, resides outside of it. Once again we call upon Mr. Einstein who informs us that if a person could somehow attain the speed of light, time would stop!17 With the illustration of the cornfield in mind, we can grasp the different perspectives of the two players, the Most High God and the Fallen One in the cosmic chess match, and we can see that the Fallen One is at a distinct disadvantage from the getgo. However, the Fallen One in his hubris believes he can still win the match, and so he continues to press on with move and countermove: ignoring the reality that as a created, finite being he is no match for an infinite being with an unlimited perspective. Before we close this chapter, I want to give an illustration that will whet our appetites for the way the “match” is playing out. It is found in the book of Daniel that was written some 2,600 years ago. The thumbnail sketch of the story is as follows: Daniel has been visited by an angelic being. (Angel means messenger.18) This messenger tells us what I believe is one of the most bizarre stories in scripture as he informs Daniel, that the Prince of Persia (a fallen angel) restrained him for 21 days, and that's why it took so long to reach him!19 He then informs Daniel of what is going to happen in the future. Let’s examine this prophecy, as it is very specific and is also an insight into how a being can reside outside our time/space domain and know the future. Here is what he tells Daniel: (Dan 9:25) Know therefore and understand, [That] from the going forth of the command To restore and build Jerusalem Until Messiah the Prince, [There shall be] seven weeks and sixty-two weeks; The street shall be built again, and the wall, Even in troublesome times. This is a prophecy that specifies the coming of the Messiah. It foretells, with great specificity, unlike Nostradamus and others of his ilk, the time when the Messiah will come.
It also is a multifaceted prophecy in that it sets up yet another prophecy in regard to the restoration and rebuilding of Jerusalem. At the time in which this prophecy was given to Daniel, around 600 BC, Jerusalem lay in ruins. The Temple was destroyed and the people were living in exile in Babylon where Daniel also resided. It is clear that this prophecy was fulfilled (more about this later) and from it we get a glimpse into how these messengers can travel or see much farther than we can through time. There’s a dynamic in this that we need to ponder and it is this: how did the angel know? Who told him? Did he receive this information from the Most High God and was subsequently told to inform Daniel about it? Was he brought into the throne room and shown the information where we see the angels assemble in the presence of the Most High God in the book of Job that I mentioned earlier? Or did the Most High God simply tell him? Perhaps we will never know the mechanics, but one thing we can know is that this information was given to Daniel and spoke of events that would not happen for more than 400 years! That is astonishing! Unlike the vague prophecies of Nostradamus and other socalled seers that I will mention in this book, this prophecy is very specific, as it gives us the precise time of the Messiah’s arrival. Revealing this information to Daniel is a major “move.” The Fallen One also becomes aware of when the Messiah will come. He is now on alert and waiting for the Messiah to be born so that he can kill him at birth. Is it any accident that when the Messiah is born the “slaughter of the innocents,” the killing of all the children two years old and younger, takes place? This is the Fallen One’s countermove to the long-awaited Promised One? We will discuss this horrific move in another chapter.
Recap We conclude that the Most High God and the angelic hosts, as well as the Fallen One, have the ability to see time in ways that human beings cannot. I will demonstrate later how the Fallen One seeks to copy true prophecy with counterfeit prophecy that he has set in place down through the millennia. Some of this so-called prophecy has usurped Biblical prophecy and indeed is being sold to the masses as the real deal. Programs air continually on the History Channel, Discovery Channel, and other networks that highlight what I would consider false prophecies. As we move through the chapters of this book, I hope you will come to an understanding of the deception that the Fallen One has foisted upon us with these falsehoods and lies that originate in the second heaven.
CHAPTER 4: The Move that Almost Won the Game for the Fallen One! Genesis 6 and the Flood of Noah
(Genesis 6:4) There were giants on the earth in those days, and also afterward, when the sons of Most High God came in to the daughters of men and they bore [children] to them. Those [were] the mighty men who [were] of old, men of renown. A horrific event happened thousands of years ago that, if the written account is true and I believe it is, resulted in the devastation of the surface of the earth and wiped out most of the human race, except for eight people. I’m speaking about the event known as The Flood of Noah. I have written five books that in some way are directly related to the Genesis 6 account, and while I refer to it here as the “move” that almost won the game for the Fallen One, as the chapter title above indicates, I won’t go into great detail because I have already explored this in my other books, Politics, Prophecy & the Supernatural, and my Nephilim Trilogy. What we see from the text is that a group of fallen angels came down on the earth and had sex with the women resulting in a hybrid called the Nephilim.20 This passage has created a lot of controversy through the centuries, and I’m not going to belabor the point here, however, I believe that the events recorded almost allowed the Fallen One to declare, Checkmate!
The controversy over this passage and what I believe is a deliberate mistranslation of the passage, has obfuscated the real plan of the Fallen One and blinded the modern church to the perniciousness of that plan. In other words, if we adhere to what is called the Sethite interpretation, this passage would mean that the ungodly line of Cain (remember Cain murdered his brother Abel) married the godly line of Seth, and the offspring of this union were the giants (Nephilim). This position, in my opinion, deliberately dismisses the machinations of the Fallen One's plan and causes confusion and doubt as to what his end game is and the grave repercussions this end game has regarding mankind. Another point to consider is this: the rabbis don’t know or adhere to the Sethite view because this interpretation was made in the Fifth century and by Christians not Jews. Thus, the Orthodox rabbis have always interpreted the Genesis passage as the fallen angels of heaven having sex with the women of earth, and they are the people to whom these scriptures belong and from whom they originate! I believe that the purpose of the incursion of the fallen angels, and what was behind their nefarious plan, was to contaminate the DNA of the human race and by doing so negate the prophecy of the seed of the woman, or the promise of the Messiah that was given shortly after the fall in the garden. (See Chapter 2.) The Fallen One sought to contaminate the bloodline and almost succeeded in doing so, which is why we read in Genesis an enigmatic scripture that singles out a specific aspect of Noah. (Gen 6:9) This is the genealogy of Noah. Noah was a just man, perfect in his generations. Noah walked with Most High God. The word perfect is translated from the word tamiyn, which means complete, whole, entire, sound. 21 In other words, Noah and the other seven people who were stowed away with all of the animals on the Ark were not contaminated with fallen angel DNA. This is a macro move by the Fallen One and it almost succeeded. From what is written in the above passage, can we come to grips with the idea that the Fallen One will stop at nothing to accomplish his goal, which is to destroy mankind and eventually set himself up as a god to be worshipped in the rebuilt Temple in Jerusalem?
The presence of the fallen angels on earth and the subsequent hybrid offspring, known as the Nephilim, almost wiped out the promise of the coming messiah. Had the plan been successful, the goal being the contamination of the human bloodline, there would have been no messiah possible, thus negating the prophecy, proving the Most High God a liar, and making the Fallen One the winner of the cosmic chess match. In short, the planet would have been his forever and mankind most likely would have ceased to exist. There are other dynamics that I want to take the time to address in this move between the players. We know from the Biblical account and other texts that from the time the fallen angels descended until the flood occurred may have been more than four hundred years.22 What is unsettling, at least from a human standpoint, is that the Most High God doesn’t seem to be doing anything about this. From our perspective it would appear, as deists believe, that He is indifferent toward the state of the affairs of men. He is detached and aloof. However, I believe nothing could be further from the truth, but as scripture tells us, “His ways are not our ways.”23 At some point, perhaps when it looks the darkest, He intervenes. I don’t have an answer as to why He appears to let the full course of evil come to a head before He acts, but he allows it nonetheless. Then He steps in, and when He does everything changes. I want to again stress the point here that the players are not equally matched. The Most High God created the Fallen One, so he is a created being and although scripture calls him an evil genius,24 he is no match for the Creator of the Universe! From our perspective it seems almost cruel to allow the cosmic chess match to continue because, as we will explore later, millions have lost their lives while this match has been played out on earth through the centuries. Yet it will continue until the final moves that were written, a priori (beforehand), in the book of Revelation, come to their fulfillment. When I speak around the country, I often illustrate how we in America expect our prayers to be answered. I liken it to a drive-through, fast food restaurant. We place our prayer request at window one and then drive to window two and expect our answer to appear in less than three minutes. We are conditioned to get what we want immediately! I’m as guilty as the rest of you and to illustrate this I want to take a moment from the heaviness of the subject and lighten it up a little with a true story.
Author’s Sidebar I live in the Santa Monica Mountains about an hour from the Los Angeles International Airport. It’s a rural, bucolic setting that hasn’t changed in thousands of years. The rolling hills are covered with a unique plant life that is called chaparral. There is no public water here. If you want water you drill for it and put in a well. It is a costly and time consuming project and there’s no guarantee that you’ll hit water when the drill rig shows up and bores into the earth! And this brings us to my story. Our old well pretty much dried up and my mother-inlaw was gracious enough to lend us the money to drill a new one. (We still haven’t paid her back all of it, much to my embarrassment.) The new well produced what we thought would be an adequate supply of water, until the worst drought in more than one hundred years hit California. At one point in August we trucked in a few thousand gallons to keep things green and growing. I went to the old well and prayed over it and asked the Lord to send an earthquake to create a fissure in the rocks to let the water in. Seriously, that was my prayer! I waited for about a minute and of course nothing happened. A year passed and we were still in drought conditions. One day I looked at the water level in my tank and saw to my dismay that the level was going down, meaning that there was a leak somewhere. I began frantically to check every pipe and connection on our property, but I couldn’t find where the leak was coming from. I then turned on the pump to the old well knowing that we needed to get every drop of water even if it was only a few gallons an hour. Finally, I found the leak. Someone had left the hose in the yard on! I was relieved that I had found the leak and turned it off. The next morning I checked the level on the tank and found, to my surprise, that we had gotten more water than I had expected. I wondered what was going on. I checked back that evening and found that the wells had pumped almost a full tank! I realized that the old well must have somehow been producing the extra water. It was then that I remembered the prayer, but I still didn’t put the pieces together. A day or two later I remembered that there had been a 4.3 earthquake whose epicenter was six miles southwest of Westlake, a nearby town, which means that it was centered pretty much under my house. I then remembered that months earlier, while sitting in my chair one evening, I heard an enormous boom that seemed to come from directly beneath me.
I t was then that I realized that the earthquake had created a fissure in the rock and that water was now coming into the old well. Coincidence? I think not! All that to say that our prayers are heard, even before we utter them, but His timing of when He answers, in most cases, is certainly not when we would like! We should realize that the Most High God is in control even when it appears to us that He is not. We see from this story in Genesis that the stakes are high and that there seems to be a no-holds-barred contest in that anything goes, including wiping out most of the life on the planet. The Fallen One will stop at nothing to achieve his goal. He hates mankind and so if every last person died tomorrow he would rejoice, if it were possible for such a demented entity to rejoice in the first place. As we will see in later chapters, the Fallen One uses every means at his disposal to accomplish his ends. The intermingling of the fallen angels and the women of earth was, of course, an event that was never supposed to happen. After the fall of man in the garden, the Fallen One continued to attack and attempt to destroy the purity of the human bloodline that we see in Genesis 6. The Most High God counters this move, but this has dire consequences. Life in the antediluvian world comes to an abrupt end except for eight people. Could the stakes be any higher? I think not, and this is why it is important for us to realize what we, as human beings, are up against. While I am using the title of The Cosmic Chess Match for this book, it really is a great, ongoing cosmic war that continues to rage in another dimension, but as we see from this chapter, it also spills over onto the earth. With that in mind, we must realize that we need to put on the whole armor of the Most High God on a daily basis. For as the Guide Book to the Supernatural tells us: For we do not wrestle against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this age, against spiritual [hosts] of wickedness in the heavenly [places].25 Can the text be any clearer or more sobering in its message? This battle is real and it engages every one of us at some level regardless whether or not we are willing or unwilling participants.
All are called to “destroy the works of the devil” because we are at war, even if we are pawns by comparison to the principal players. I believe that we are living in the most unique time in all of history and because of that we will see this war eventually manifest in this dimension. We would do well to heed what I believe may be the most sobering words in the Guidebook that refer to the time we are about to enter: the last days, the time of Jacob's Trouble, the tribulation period. Jesus warns us that “unless those days were shortened no flesh would survive.” It doesn't get more severe than that.
CHAPTER 5: Nimrod & the Tower of Babel
We have just finished a discussion of Genesis 6 and have learned that a global flood wiped every man, woman, and child from the face of the earth. It also destroyed the Nephilim – the hybrid race that was a mixture of fallen angel and human DNA. Only Noah and seven other people survived, because their bloodline was not contaminated by fallen angel DNA. The repopulation of human beings began again, and within decades we see yet another set of moves by the players. I will cover it here as it is germane to our discussion and clearly shows the Fallen One’s calculated move and the Most High God’s countermove. After the flood, only eight people repopulated the earth. According to the text we find some very remarkable information: (Genesis 11:1-4) Now the whole earth had one language and one speech. And it came to pass, as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar, and they dwelt there. Then they said to one another, “Come, let us make bricks and bake them thoroughly.” They had brick for stone, and they had asphalt for mortar. And they said, “Come, let us build ourselves a city, and a tower whose top is in the heavens; let us make a name for ourselves, lest we be scattered abroad over the face of the whole earth.
There is something brewing here and it’s a toxic brew. The story of the Tower of Babel is so bizarre that it reads like a fairy tale. Here’s a thumbnail sketch of what was happening. The people of the earth wanted to make a tower to heaven, but surely they must have known that they couldn’t reach the literal heaven. What else might they be doing? Is there other information that is “hidden” in the text that may have been overlooked? May I suggest that these people were trying to re-open a portal that had been sealed up by the good angels that are aligned with the Most High God? In other words, we know from the Genesis 6 accounts that the fallen angels descended to earth from the second heaven. Is it possible that this area (call it a gate, doorway, or portal) was then sealed up after the flood and guarded by the good angels? Were the people living in this time trying to open another portal? I think they were and they may have engaged in animal and even human sacrifice, or what I will refer to as ritualistic, satanic, blood sacrifice, in order to do so. This is an area that we will explore as we delve deeper into the match. I believe that these people were engaged in occult activities in order to open the portals so that the fallen ones could come back on the earth. Apparently they almost succeeded, because we read that: (Gen. 11:9) But the Lord came down to see the city and the tower that the sons of men had built. And the Lord said, “Indeed the people are one and they all have one language, and this is what they begin to do; now nothing that they propose to do will be withheld from them. Come, let Us go down and there confuse their language, that they may not understand one another’s speech.” So the Lord scattered them abroad from there over the face of all the earth, and they ceased building the city. Therefore its name is called Babel, because there the Lord confused the language of all the earth; and from there the Lord scattered them abroad over the face of all the earth. From the text we see that there is one common language that is used by all peoples of the earth. There might be another point to consider here and it is that at this time there is only one land mass. In other words, at the same time that the people’s language was confused, as made very clear by the text, there was only one large land mass and, thus, during this time the continents were also formed. While most
geologists would not even consider this as a real option, I would suggest that this, in fact, could have been the way the earth was broken up. We read in Genesis 10:25 that there seems to be a reference to this: (Gen 10:25) And unto Eber were born two sons: the name of one [was] Peleg; for in his days was the earth divided; and his brother's name [was] Joktan.
Author’s Sidebar When Mount Saint Helen erupted on May 18, 1980, geologists were amazed at the canyons that were created literally overnight in the wake of the explosion. Entire areas were changed and from the geologists’ perspective these changes should have taken millions of years, and yet they were done almost overnight by one volcano!26 If we look at the chronology of the people from the time after the flood to the time of the Tower of Babel, we see that Peleg (whose name means division) was alive at the time of its construction. Is it possible that two events happened: the first is that the language of the earth was confused, but in tandem with that the continents split apart? I admit that this is completely contradictory to what we were taught in school. This would have served two purposes: the first being that the people whose language had been confused would naturally try to find others who would speak the same tongue. The second is, and I admit this is highly speculative, that these people would have then congregated together. When the continents were supernaturally divided, the people with a common language would have been assigned to certain geographical areas. There is a discussion amongst modern rabbis that the area that is known today as the Yucatan Peninsula may be a linguistic reference to Noah’s grandson, Joktan.27 Is this because the continents split apart at the time when Peleg was alive? It is an interesting scenario and one that I hold to very loosely but still find fascinating.28 The bottom line is that the Most High God counters this move by confusing the language and also dividing the earth. There is one man who dominates the Tower of Babel story and I will now take some time to discuss the enigmatic person known as Nimrod. According to Bible commentator Chuck Smith, Nimrod’s name means: “‘…he was a mighty tyrant in the face of the LORD.’ The hunting was the hunting of men's souls. Nimrod became a leader in apostasy, a developer of a great religious system later to become known as the Babylonian religious system or the ‘Mystery Babylon.’ Nimrod began that whole religious system.”29 We see from this commentary by Pastor Chuck Smith, founder of Calvary Chapel, that he believes Nimrod was responsible for setting up what is later
known as the Babylonian mystery religious schools. What is startling to realize is that this was thousands of years ago, and yet we find it operating today all over the world.30 What is noteworthy is that the text tells us Nimrod began to do something strange. (Gen 10:8) And Cush begat Nimrod: he began to be a mighty one in the earth. Here’s where the translation may be lost in English. The Hebrew word for “he began” is chalal. Here’s what it means and this should make the hairs on the back of your neck stand up! Chalal 1) to profane, defile, pollute, desecrate, begin. a) (Niphal) 1] to profane oneself, defile oneself, pollute oneself a] ritually b] sexually So we see that Nimrod began to profane himself in a ritualistic, sexual way. I would consider this akin to what is practiced today by satanic cults. It is ritual sex magick.31 Now let’s finish the translation. The next word is hayah which means “to be or become.” The question is become what? The next word is translated a mighty one, but what does the Hebrew tell us? The word used is gibbowr! Take a guess as to where else this word is found. It is the same word that is found in Genesis 6, which, as we discussed previously, refers to the Nephilim. Then it is found again when we read the account of David and Goliath. I believe that Goliath was a result of another incursion of the fallen angels on the earth to produce yet another hybrid or Nephilim. One of the features of this unholy union resulted in gigantism. We will discuss this further in a later chapter as it is yet another important move and countermove by the players on the cosmic chessboard. So let’s reconstruct the sentence using the translation from the Hebrew, and I admit that I am taking great liberty here: And Cush begat Nimrod who through ritualistic sex (magick) became a Gibbowr (Nephilm), or a mighty man. Is it possible that Nimrod was a demonically enhanced human being? Was he given extra power by the Fallen One in order to create a false religious system?
Indeed one that still exists and is functioning on all eight cylinders today? He initiated the building of Babylon, which might have been an attempt to open a portal through what I would call ritualistic magick, in which blood sacrifice is used in order to gain power. We will see this blood sacrifice being used to open portals over and over again. In Russ Dizdar’s groundbreaking book, The Black Awakening, he describes a demonically enhanced human or someone who has been demonized in order to create a satanic super soldier. Here’s what he says is the final goal: The final goal of the demonization of a chosen one is to load the programmed personalities who have demonic power. This “supernatural power” will energize then (their programming) to do all the chaos at the time of the black awakening/great revolt.32 According to Dizdar this type of demonically charged enhancement is happening today. If that is true, it may provide answers as to how Nimrod became a gibbowr. In other words, Dizdar tells us that through rituals people today are being demonically charged and enhanced with power that is not natural. Could this have been the case in the days of Nimrod? The Fallen One used Nimrod to set up a false system of worship, i.e., the Babylonian pagan worship that is still in operation today. What many people don’t understand is that the celebration of Christmas and Easter are based on this Babylonian system.33 While we enjoy the Christmas tree, lights and decorations as well as the exchanging of gifts, all of these traditions that have worked their way into the church have absolutely nothing to do with the birth of the Messiah. They are, in fact, rooted in the pagan Babylonian system. I pointed this out to a friend of mine who shrugged his shoulders and said that I was taking my research a little too seriously. I couldn’t disagree with him more as the tree, lights, and the gift giving have served to deliberately obfuscate the events of the birth of Messiah! It is just this kind of mindset that keeps people unaware of the game plan of the enemy. It is a slow dumbing down of the truth and replacing it with the lies of the Fallen One. In closing this chapter, it might be noted that I could spend a considerable amount of time discussing the Tower of Babel, Nimrod, and the confusion of tongues that resulted from those actions. However, I won’t elaborate further
because the scope of this book won’t allow an exhaustive study of the subject. What I’m trying to establish is that the cosmic chess match is ongoing and as we will see from other events, a move by one of the players is always followed with a countermove. The Most High God’s countermove to the Fallen One setting up Nimrod and constructing the Tower of Babel is, as I stated previously, confusing the language. This resulted in the ceasing of work on the tower and most likely the blood sacrifices, thus thwarting another move by the Fallen One. Then the people are dispersed throughout the world and perhaps the continents are formed at this time.
Author’s Note As I’m working on this revision, it is November 2010. Recently I was pointed to a very disturbing video. It is called Madness in the Fast Lane. I would highly recommend a viewing of this BBC documentary, because it graphically shows what demonically enhanced humans or, as Russ Dizdar calls them, satanic super soldiers, may look like when they begin to openly manifest. It could also be proof that modern Nephilim are walking among us. Here’s the link: http://documentaryheaven.com/madness-in-the-fast-lane/
CHAPTER 6: Job - A Look into the Third Heaven!
Most of us are familiar with the story of Job. It may be the oldest book in the Guidebook to the Supernatural, i.e., the Bible. The book of Job gives us a unique insight into the cosmic chess match because it shows us glimpses of the third heaven, how evil manifests in the world, and how the Fallen One can manipulate the natural world. In short, it is an important resource for us today in regard to spiritual warfare! The time of Job is certainly after the fall of man in the garden and after the flood of Noah. The stage is set as God assembles the sons of God and the angels together, and then the Fallen One, Satan, appears among them. In the text we see that Satan also is present in the congregation of angels. This is important for us to realize, as we see by this scripture that the Fallen One had access to the third heaven at this point. In other words, he had not yet been deposed to his present position—that of the second heaven. (See Chapter 3 for details.) Before I get too much further, we need to read the text and explore how the events that are portrayed in Job are a glimpse into just how serious the cosmic chess match is. (Job 1:1) There was a man in the land of Uz, whose name was Job; and that man was blameless and upright, and one who feared God and shunned evil. We are introduced to Job and that he resided in the land of Uz. We also are told
that he was a man who heard God and shunned evil. He was also blameless and upright. In other words, Job knew who the Most High God was. In modern vernacular, he had fellowship with Him. Please remember that this takes place before the Abrahamic covenant. In other words, there is no Jewish race, Temple, Mosaic Law, or Torah. All of that would come later. (v.5) So it was, when the days of feasting had run their course, that Job would send and sanctify them, and he would rise early in the morning and offer burnt offerings [according to] the number of them all. For Job said, “It may be that my sons have sinned and cursed [fn] God in their hearts.” Thus Job did regularly. Job is offering the burnt offerings in case his sons have cursed God. He is doing this before the Levitical priesthood was established, which was the system that was put in place centuries later by Moses to provide a way to expunge the sins of the Jewish people. We see by Job’s offering that even in antiquity there was a shedding of blood for the taking away of sin. This begs the question, from who did Job learn this? The point of these verses is to establish that Job knew the Most High God and was also keenly aware of the need to make things right, to atone for his sin, and to make amends for any wrongdoing. (v.6) Now there was a day when the sons of God came to present themselves before the LORD, and Satan also came among them. (Emphasis mine.) The phrase, “sons of God ,” is the same Hebrew phrase that is used in the Genesis 6 account. I bring this up because it relates back to Chapter 4 of this book. It becomes clear to me that we can’t have it both ways: either “sons of God” is translated angels, and thus the unthinkable happened—these fallen angels had sex with earthly women and created the Nephilim. Or somehow the ungodly line of Cain had access to the third heaven, the throne room of God. I doubt very much it was the latter! This phrase is extremely important because it shows us that the Fallen One, Satan, was present in the heavenly scene. In other words he had access, at this point in time, to the third heaven. He wasn’t expelled to the second heaven as of yet.
Author’s Sidebar Please take note that the same Hebrew wording used in the book of Job appears in the Genesis 6 account. “Sons of God” is what is translated in both books, and yet in Job it clearly denotes that it is the angels of heaven who are assembling in the heavenly scene, not the supposed wicked sons of Cain. This is important for us to grasp because without this understanding we miss one of the major moves of the match, that of Genesis 6, and therefore remain clueless as to the Fallen One’s agenda, especially concerning the last days! (v.7) And the LORD said to Satan, “From where do you come?” So Satan answered the LORD and said, “From going to and fro on the earth, and from walking back and forth on it.” Here is another verse that is pregnant with meaning, because we see that Satan, the Fallen One, has access to the earth. It would appear that he could go anywhere he wishes and walk about. We also see this when he appears to Yashua and tempts him for 40 days and nights. (See Chapter 12: The Temptation in the Desert.) I would point out that this reference to Satan walking about on the earth is, in my opinion, in real time. The Fallen One is manifesting in our space/time continuum; furthermore, the Fallen One’s presence is not imaginary or an illusion. He is here in realtime and there is physicality to his being. I would also point out that the Fallen One is able to offer all the kingdoms of the world to Yashua/Jesus (Chapter 12), if He will only fall down and worship him. He can only offer this because they are his to offer! This goes back to the original move in the garden in which man forfeited the title deed to the earth and the Fallen One usurped it. This is what the match is about! Who will rule the earth? Because of this, man was doomed to slavery and spiritual bondage under the rule of the Fallen One. With the promise of the Messiah and what He would do, all of that bondage would be broken. The chains would be loosed and captives set free! This redemption and retaking of the kingship of the earth eventually happened, in part, thousands of years later, because the Fallen One did not understand the plan that had been put in place by the Most High God—that of redemption. He
willingly aided in the very event that would spell his downfall and eventual demise: the crucifixion. (See Chapter 17.) It is interesting to me the way all of these stories intersect one another and weave a cosmic tapestry that shows this struggle playing out through the vast expanse of centuries! (v.8) Then the LORD said to Satan, “Have you considered My servant Job, that [there is] none like him on the earth, a blameless and upright man, one who fears God and shuns evil?” Here we see the Most High God directly presenting his servant Job to the Fallen One for his consideration. The Most High God knows Job to be a blameless and upright man. I would add that he is proud of Job. (v. 9-12) So Satan answered the LORD and said, “Does Job fear God for nothing? Have You not made a hedge around him, around his household, and around all that he has on every side? You have blessed the work of his hands, and his possessions have increased in the land. But now, stretch out Your hand and touch all that he has, and he will surely curse You to Your face!” And the LORD said to Satan, “Behold, all that he has [is] in your power; only do not lay a hand on his [person].” So Satan went out from the presence of the LORD. We see from this passage that the Fallen One knows all about the providence, the hand of blessing, and the goodness of the Lord that is bestowed upon Job. The Fallen One also points out that the Most High God has protected Job because “he has made a hedge around him, around his household, and around all that he has.” It would appear that because of this hedge the Fallen One is powerless to get to Job or to adversely affect his life. This should be very sobering to us, because I believe we are kept from tragic events that we will never know of because, like Job, we are hemmed in and protected by the merciful hand of the Most High God! Does that mean that there are angels that surround us and keep us from the evil that the Fallen One wishes on us? Could it be that this hedge that is being discussed is of a supernatural nature? If so, this would be a sobering reminder of just how fragile our lives are and that we owe our providence and well-being to the aegis of the Most High God. This is the beginning of the micro battle for Job as the Fallen One announces: (v.11) But now, stretch out Your hand and touch all that he has, and he will
surely curse You to Your face! This is the micro move, as the Most High God allows the Fallen One to do what he wants but with limitations. God answers: (v.12) Behold, all that he has [is] in your power; only do not lay a hand on his [person]. Even here we see that there are boundaries and protocols to which the Fallen One must adhere, as he is not allowed to harm Job physically, at least not yet. This is the beginning of a micro move, in that what transpires in the rest of the story is a textbook illustration of what the Fallen One would like to do to all of us. We must never forget that he comes to rob, kill, and destroy, and, as we explore the rest of the story, we will see that this is precisely what the Fallen One seeks to do. I also want to add that there is a huge macro move that is going on, and it is this: We are discovering what Job is about to go through and the story is told to us in both the Tanakh (the Hebrew scriptures), and is included in the Christian Bible. This story has been read by billions of people down through the annals of time and I believe it has been placed in the Guidebook to the Supernatural to give us a glimpse as to how the war is carried out and affects each and every one of us. It is classic textbook example: a training manual of an ongoing cosmic war or chess match that is there for our benefit, if we have eyes to see….
The Fallen One’s First Attack on Job Let’s pick up the story, but before we do, I would point out that the Fallen One wastes no time in striking, and, when he does, it is with all the power at his disposal and, as we shall see, it is deadly and devastating. (v. 13-19) Now there was a day when his sons and daughters [were] eating and drinking wine in their oldest brother's house; and a messenger came to Job and said, “The oxen were plowing and the donkeys feeding beside them, when the Sabeans raided them and took them away—indeed they have killed the servants with the edge of the sword; and I alone have escaped to tell you!” While he [was] still speaking, another also came and said, “The fire of God fell from heaven and burned up the sheep and the servants, and consumed them; and I alone have escaped to tell you!” While he [was] still speaking, another also came and said, “The Chaldeans formed three bands, raided the camels and took them away, yes, and killed the servants with the edge of the sword; and I alone have escaped to tell you!” While he [was] still speaking, another also came and said, “Your sons and daughters [were] eating and drinking wine in their oldest brother's house, and suddenly a great wind came from across [fn] the wilderness and struck the four corners of the house, and it fell on the young people, and they are dead; and I alone have escaped to tell you!” There are four servants here that are deliberately kept alive so they can be used as messengers to relay the tragic events that are happening to Job’s loved ones and possessions in short, everything in life that he holds dear is taken from him in an instant. This is orchestrated and deliberate, and these servants are unknowingly in the service of the Fallen One so that one after another they appear and tell their tales of woe. It is important for us to realize that the Fallen One uses other men, in this case the Sabeans and the Chaldeans, to accomplish his purposes. This is a great insight for us because nothing has changed in the ensuing thousands of years.
The Fallen One uses those who are yielded to him, knowingly or unknowingly, to accomplish his works of robbing, killing, and destroying, and that is exactly what is happening to Job. I also believe that the same goals of the Fallen One are happening today and, in fact, as we shall explore in later chapters, his evil handiwork has been applied throughout the whole of history. We hear from one servant that the fire of God fell from heaven and burned up the sheep and servants. I would point out that this is the wrong interpretation of a supernatural event from the servant. In other words, he is reporting a falsehood of the event that he has witnessed. How many of us have blamed sickness, financial hardship, or other events in our lives on God when, in fact, it was the sadistic handiwork of the Fallen One. This fire is not the fire from the Most High God, but the fire from the god of this world, the Fallen One, Satan. We learn from this that he has the power to come with lying signs and wonders, so much so, that we are told in the Guidebook to the Supernatural: (Matt. 24:24) …that even the elect would be deceived, if that were possible.34 We also know from the book of Revelation that the false prophet, one of the Fallen One’s main men in the end times, has the power to call fire down from heaven.35 Surely we can agree that the servant was deceived, as he thought the fire was from God. There was no discernment; he just assumed it was from God and he assumed wrongly. This verse gives us a sobering insight that when the Fallen One manifests on this earth in the last days it will be with the same type of lying signs and wonders and much, much more. Underestimating what the Fallen One is capable of doing may be one of the most foolish and dangerous positions that we can take! Sadly, much of the church today is ignorant of this, or willfully ignores what happened in the book of Job! This story should make it very clear that when the Fallen One goes after someone it is with all the fury of hell that he does so. Why should our day be any different than the time of Job? So many Christians live in a false security that none of what befell Job will ever happen to them, that they are immune from the attacks of the Fallen One.
I once gave a presentation on my book Politics, Prophecy & the Supernatural and at the end a man who was clearly vexed stood up. He stated that God would never give us anything we couldn’t handle. I agreed and pointed him to prophecy that has been handed down to us in order to warn us of what is coming on the earth, so that we will not be deceived in these last days! However, if you don’t know what the prophecy states, if you are ignorant of it and are not informed, you will leave yourself open to deception. Remember, too, that when the Fallen One is kicked out of the second heaven, as we are told will happen during the tribulation period, he becomes furious because he knows his time is short. He is now stuck in our space/time continuum and with that he has lost his ability to see through time. To go back to my cornfield analogy: he is standing next to us in the cornfield. He now sees through time the way we do, in a second-by-second linear fashion. He can no longer see into the future; he is blinded to it, for the first time, and this enrages him! Back to Job: we also hear from the last of the messengers: (v.19) …a great wind came up and struck the four corners of the house and the house collapsed killing all the sons and daughters of Job.
Author’s Sidebar In Chapter 15 of this book, we will explore a story that is similar to Job’s, as we are told that a mighty wind comes up on the sea and threatens to sink the boat in which Yashua/Jesus and the men who are with Him are riding. I bring this to your attention so that you will remember what happened to Job’s offspring and see how Yashua/Jesus’ power is far greater than the Fallen One’s.
Back to the Job Account The Fallen One is also called the Prince of the Power of the Air, one of his many dubious titles of distinction. We see from the text that he creates a violent wind that is so powerful, sudden, and devastating that the house is destroyed. Might this have been a tornado? I’m speculating, but it certainly is a possibility that this is what this “great wind” was. The thing to remember here is that, at this point in the story, Job is being hit by the full fury of the Fallen One. We also see that not only are men used to fulfill the Fallen One’s purposes, but the elements of fire and wind are also brought into the fray. We can see from this that the battle is very real, that the stakes are high, and that even though this is a micro move, in that it affects only Job, the cosmic repercussions come down to us through the centuries. This is a book that should be studied in detail, as it gives us a plain view into the diabolical machinations of the enemy of our souls, the Fallen One. What follows next is Job’s reaction to the tragedy: (v.20) Then Job arose, tore his robe, and shaved his head; and he fell to the ground and worshiped. In a scene at the end of the movie Schindler’s List when the Jews have been liberated from the death camp, their first act is to worship the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. This is exactly what we see Job do. He falls on his face because he realizes, in the depth of his soul, that there is no other place he can go. There is no comfort anywhere else. He also utters a phrase that is used every day in gravesite ceremonies all over the Christian world: (v.21) And he (Job) said: “Naked I came from my mother's womb, and naked shall I return there. The LORD gave, and the LORD has taken away; blessed be the name of the LORD.” Job realizes where his blessings originate. He understands that everything he has acquired is on loan from God! He knows all too well that when he leaves his
earthly tent he will take nothing with him. All that he has amassed will be left to another. The story continues and I will not reprint all of it here. I will instead give you the CliffsNotes version to get to the place in the story that I want to discuss. Once again the sons of God, angels of heaven, assemble, and the Fallen One is present with them. There is another exchange about Job between the Most High God and the Fallen One. This time the Fallen One declares that if Job loses his health, then he will curse God. The Most High God allows it but again sets limits on what the Fallen One can do, because he is not allowed to kill Job outright. Here’s the part that is pertinent to our discussion: (Job 2:7) So Satan went out from the presence of the LORD, and struck Job with painful boils from the sole of his foot to the crown of his head. We see here that the Fallen One strikes Job with painful boils. This is important because we see that sickness, but I’m not saying all sickness, can originate from the Fallen One. He has the power to strike a person with a malady. There are those who don’t believe that the Fallen One manifests in this way in today’s modern world. Sadly, I believe that they are misled and have been lulled to sleep. Their slumber is the perfect place for the Fallen One to wreak havoc. In the words of author C. S. Lewis, “…the devil wants us to think that he does not exist.”36 The Fallen One continues his campaign of robbing, killing and destroying into the present day. The battle is very real and many Christians never engage because they are not told that the battle is raging all around them. In many churches today, you’ll find the prosperity gospel, the self-help gospel, the name-it-and-claim-it gospel, and the signsand-wonders gospel, all of which lead people away from engaging in what I would call the Prime Directive that is to destroy the works of the Fallen One. That is what we are told to do by Yashua/Jesus.37
The Attack or Test is Over and Job is Restored I’m going to cut to the chase here and state that after the testing Job has endured, which includes being abandoned by pretty much everyone, including his wife (who admonishes him to “curse God and die”), the Most High God intervenes directly. His involvement stops the attack that has been waged by the Fallen One against Job, and then Job is restored. In short, the Most High God intervenes and undoes what the Fallen One has done. I believe that the book of Job can be viewed as an instruction manual in spiritual warfare. As I have mentioned here, it not only shows us what the Fallen One is capable of doing, but also gives us an insight into the cosmic war that continues to rage to the present day. However, it doesn’t stop there, as it reveals that the Most High God is in control of the situation even when it appears that He is not. Here is the end result of what transpires and it brings to a close the tragic events that have befallen Job: (Job 42:12) Now the LORD blessed the latter days of Job more than his beginning; for he had fourteen thousand sheep, six thousand camels, one thousand yoke of oxen, and one thousand female donkeys.
Recap I believe that it is imperative for us to grasp that the battle is real! There are some who don’t believe that a similar situation, like the one that happened to Job, can happen to them. We should never underestimate the machinations of the Fallen One. This is why at the end of this book I have enclosed a brief chapter on Spiritual Warfare. We need to walk in the full armor of God on a daily basis, and realize that we are engaged in a war. We must gird up the loins of our minds and prepare to destroy the works of the devil. We must always be ready to call upon the Name of Lord, to say out loud The Blood of Jesus, and to understand our authority in Christ, so that we can stand and fight in His righteousness, His salvation, His truth!
CHAPTER 7: Abraham
There is a dynamic that we must come to terms with and that is the macro and micro aspects of the cosmic chess match. Let me define the terms. By macro, I mean the major moves that involve countries, peoples, times and events: often on a very large scale. A dramatic example of this would be the flood of Noah, which certainly was a macro event/move by the players. As we saw in Chapter 4 the countermove of the Most High God, in response to the Fallen One’s infestation of fallen angels siring the Nephilim, wipes out all living things on the earth: the demonic hybrids (Nephilim), all the animals not taken aboard the Ark, and every other living soul whose DNA was in some way demonically enhanced by the fallen angels. A micro move is what we see played out in the life of Abraham, who is the subject of this chapter. He’s just one man, but he is given a promise: that from his bloodline a redeemer, the Messiah whom we first see in Genesis 3, would manifest on the earth. Knowing this, the Fallen One seeks to perform a series of countermoves to offset the promise and thus prove the Most High God a liar and win the match. For if God can be found a liar, then He cannot be trusted and He is not allknowing; therefore, checkmate, He loses the match! We will see this micro move graphically illustrated a bit later when Abraham fathers a child, but not through his wife Sarah. We will also see that the miraculous, or in today’s parlance, supernatural events take place in the life of Abraham that directly represent both macro and micro moves in the match.
Having said that, let’s take a look at one of the first moves, and it is a macro move. We are told that: (Gen 18:17-21) And the LORD said, Shall I hide from Abraham that thing which I do; Seeing that Abraham shall surely become a great and mighty nation, and all the nations of the earth shall be blessed in him? For I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the LORD, to do justice and judgment; that the LORD may bring upon Abraham that which he hath spoken of him. And the LORD said, Because the cry of Sodom and Gomorrah is great, and because their sin is very grievous; I will go down now, and see whether they have done altogether according to the cry of it, which is come unto me; and if not, I will know. I call your attention to the highlighted portion of the text that states that all the nations of the earth shall be blessed in him. This is a direct reference to the coming Messiah, and what could be more of a macro move than this? Of course there is also a micro move taking place as this promise of the Messiah coming from Abraham is personal and involves two people, Abraham and his wife Sarah. I want to call your attention to some pertinent verses beginning in Genesis 17: When Abram was ninety-nine years old,38 I state the obvious that what should stand out immediately is that Abraham is by our standards today an old man. (Gen 17:9) And God said to Abraham: “As for you, you shall keep My covenant, you and your descendants after you throughout their generations.” Here we see the micro promise that Abraham would have children, but we should remember that Abraham was 100 years of age, well past the age when men sire offspring. Now let’s see how Abraham answers. (Gen 17:17) Then Abraham fell on his face and laughed, and said in his heart, “Shall [a child] be born to a man who is one hundred years old? And shall Sarah, who is ninety years old, bear [a child]?” I am often asked, where is the humor found in the Bible? If one looks at this passage, it really is hilarious what God is proposing, and Abraham thinks so, too.
He falls down laughing because, and I say this hopefully with a degree of tact, he knows his “equipment” and Sarah’s “equipment” aren’t functioning the way they used to! You have to admit that in human terms this is off the charts! However, the Most High God has ways and means that are beyond our understanding and He is about to change what I believe are the ages of Abraham and Sarah. Later on in the narrative we read that there is a famine in the land and so Abraham goes to Egypt with Sarah to get food. This is in disobedience to what he was told by the Most High God to do. Before he arrives at Pharaoh’s house, he instructs Sarah to say that she is his sister. When Pharaoh sees Sarah he desires her and has her brought into his harem. This act causes lots of grief and ends when Abraham confesses that Sarah is his wife and not his sister! Without getting into the rest of the story, as this is not an exhaustive Bible expository teaching on Abraham, I would point out that something very supernatural is at work here. Why it is that Pharaoh would find a 90-year-old woman attractive? Secondly, how do a 90-year old man and a 90-year-old woman conceive when both of these peoples’ “equipment” is for all intents and purposes inoperative! Here’s some food for thought, and I will credit Bible scholar Chuck Missler for pointing this out.39 Is it possible that God reversed their ages? Is he capable of doing such a thing as Is it possible that God reversed their ages? Is he capable of doing such a thing as year-olds? Something is at work here and it is the ability of the Most High God to create the ultimate Deus Ex Machina, i.e., God in the Machine! The “machine’ is the universe and because the Most High God created it, He is able to access and change it to do His bidding no matter how unbelievable it may seem to us! There are miracles that are the norm for the Most High God and we see one graphically demonstrated here.
Hagar: the Countermove by the Fallen One I’ll give you the paraphrased CliffsNotes version of the events. Sarah, Abraham’s wife, isn’t able to get pregnant, at least not yet. Years go by and Sarah takes things into her own hands and tells her servant Hagar to go and sleep with her husband, Abraham. Hagar does so and she becomes pregnant. Shortly afterward, Sarah finds that she is pregnant and her instincts take over and she has Hagar banished. It is important for us to note that while we don’t see the Fallen One mentioned by name here like we do in the Job account, nevertheless, I believe that his fingerprints are over this scene. Why doesn’t Sarah wait for the promise that was given to her? Angelic messengers have visited her; yet, she takes matters into her own hands, and the results are devastating both to her own house and all who would come later. Here’s the important point to remember. Sarah didn’t wait for the promise. Is it possible that the Fallen One, sowing the seeds of doubt, whispered in her mind the way he did to Eve in the Garden? Did God really say that? Perhaps Sarah was able to sort out and discern whose voice she was hearing, but after years went by and she didn’t become pregnant, she listened to the lie. Taking matters into her own hands, she created another plan, one that was never supposed to be: the birth of Hagar’s son, Ishmael. What is interesting is that at the end of the story the Most High God tells Hagar that her child will be the father of a great nation, too. There is always grace and mercy, yet the original plan was thwarted and a redirect occurred. (Welcome to the world of free will!) The line of Abraham and Sarah became the bloodline of the Messiah. What better way than to try to divert this or corrupt this in some way—similar to what we discussed when we explored Genesis 6—and I believe that is what the Fallen One attempted here, although he ultimately failed.
CHAPTER 8: Sodom & Gomorrah
This chapter is a graphic illustration of how the two sides engage in combat. Once again we see a literal boots-on-theground scenario as the “good” angels are sent to destroy the work of the Fallen One! The destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah is an event that is unprecedented and continues to reverberate through the annals of time to the present day. Here are the key points that are relevant to our discussion. 1. Three men appear to Abraham. These are angelic messengers who look like men; but Abraham addresses one of them as Lord. He entertains them in his tent and they share a meal together. 2. Afterward two of these men depart from Abraham and continue their journey to Sodom. It is at this point that the Lord begins to tell Abraham what He intends to do in regard to Sodom and Gomorrah. 3. Abraham is left with the Lord (I believe that this is what is known as a theophany of Yashua/Jesus before His incarnation) and he begins to barter with Him in the hope of sparing the lives of the righteous people who may inhabit those cities. 4. The scene changes as the two men who are angels enter Sodom. It’s here that I will pick up the story.
(Gen 19:1-13) And there came two angels to Sodom at even; and Lot sat in the gate of Sodom: and Lot seeing [them] rose up to meet them; and he bowed himself with his face toward the ground; And he said, Behold now, my lords, turn in, I pray you, into your servant's house, and tarry all night, and wash your feet, and ye shall rise up early, and go on your ways. And they said, Nay; but we will abide in the street all night. And he pressed upon them greatly; and they turned in unto him, and entered into his house; and he made them a feast, and did bake unleavened bread, and they did eat. But before they lay down, the men of the city, [even] the men of Sodom, compassed the house round, both old and young, all the people from every quarter: And they called unto Lot, and said unto him, Where [are] the men which came in to thee this night? Bring them out unto us, that we may know them. And Lot went out at the door unto them, and shut the door after him, And said, I pray you, brethren, do not so wickedly Behold now, I have two daughters which have not known man; let me, I pray you, bring them out unto you, and do ye to them as [is] good in your eyes: only unto these men do nothing; for therefore came they under the shadow of my roof. And they said, Stand back. And they said [again], This one [fellow] came in to sojourn, and he will needs be a judge: now will we deal worse with thee, than with them. And they pressed sore upon the man, [even] Lot, and came near to break the door. But the men put forth their hand, and pulled Lot into the house to them, and shut to the door. And they smote the men that [were] at the door of the house with blindness, both small and great: so that they wearied themselves to find the door. And the men said unto Lot, Hast thou here any besides? son in law, and thy sons, and thy daughters, and whatsoever thou hast in the city, bring [them] out of this place: For we will destroy this place, because the cry of them is waxen great before the face of the LORD; and the LORD hath sent us to destroy it. The whole of the story begs the question of what happened in Sodom and Gomorrah that caught the attention of the Most High God that it would necessitate a divine boots-onthe- ground mission to destroy those cities. Why would the men of the city be attracted to and want to have sex with the angelic
messengers? Was this in fact status quo for the men in this city? Were the men of this city already contaminated in some way by fallen angels? I have stated before that the best interpretation of the Bible is the Bible itself. We get a cogent insight from the little book of Jude. (Jude 1:6-7) And the angels that kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, he hath reserved in everlasting chains under darkness unto the judgment of the great day. Even as Sodom and Gomorrah, and the cities about them in like manner, giving themselves over to fornication, and going after strange flesh, are set forth for an example, suffering the vengeance of eternal fire. (Emphasis mine.) I would propose that this was yet another incursion by the Fallen One to contaminate the bloodline of the Messiah. It is the same “sin” that we discussed in Genesis 6 earlier in this book. It is the same strategy that the Fallen One used before the flood and I believe that Sodom and Gomorrah is a reference to the book of Genesis when it says: “...and also afterward, when the sons of God went into the daughters of men.” (Gen 6:4) What we see is a macro move in that an entire region falls under the judgment of the Most High God and everything is destroyed. We also should take note that the men living in these cities were so depraved that the angels who were sent to destroy the cities had to blind them in order to stop their unwanted, perverted advances. This is almost an unimaginable scenario for those of us who live in the present day thousands of years later. A key verse is found in Jude and it clarifies what happened in Sodom and Gomorrah: Even as Sodom and Gomorrah, and the cities about them in like manner, giving them over to fornication, and going after strange flesh.... Let’s examine what these two words tell us about the events that resulted in a cosmic judgment in which those cities were wiped off the face of the earth. Strange: heteros - one not of the same nature, form, class, kind, different 40 Flesh: sarx - flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts 41 I believe from the above words that a strong case can be made that the men went after flesh that was not of their own kind; it was different, not of the same nature,
and thus it points us to the dark fact that once again the Fallen One had injected his unholy seed and poison into the world. It would appear that this incursion of fallen angels mixing with the seed of men has dire consequences, as we learn later that fire and brimstone rains down upon Sodom and Gomorrah and utterly destroys them. We see from the conclusion of the story that the two angels destroy the city but not before Lot is removed. (Gen 19:16 & 17) And when the morning arose, then the angels hastened Lot, saying, Arise, take thy wife, and thy two daughters, which are here; lest thou be consumed in the iniquity of the city. And while he lingered, the men laid hold upon his hand, and upon the hand of his wife, and upon the hand of his two daughters; the LORD being merciful unto him: and they brought him forth, and set him without the city. And it came to pass, when they had brought them forth abroad, that he said, Escape for thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay thou in all the plain; escape to the mountain, lest thou be consumed. (Gen 19:24 & 25) Then the LORD rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the LORD out of heaven; And he overthrew those cities, and all the plain, and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that, which grew upon the ground.
Recap There are those who will look at this as Jewish myth, however, I believe that the story is a sobering example of the war in which we are engaged and that will soon spill over into this dimension in ways that we have never experienced. The destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah is yet another example of the cosmic chess match being played out in real-time here on earth. As we can see, the stakes are high and human lives hang in the balance. The events that happened thousands of years ago might be a harbinger of what is about to take place here only on a much broader scale.
CHAPTER 9: Moses - The Battle Between the Two Sides Graphically Demonstrated!
We have in the story of Moses a graphic illustration of spiritual warfare thousands of years before the time of Paul, who wrote to us in his letter to the Ephesians about spiritual warfare. (I will discuss this in the supernatural warfare section of this book.) Here's a thumbnail sketch to bring you up to speed in case you don’t know the story. The children of Abraham are in Egypt. They have been there for four hundred years and have multiplied. The Pharaoh is alarmed by the Israelite population and decrees that all male babies be put to death.
Author’s Sidebar We see the attempted destruction of the Jews all throughout history as they are singled out for annihilation. From the time of pharaoh thousands of years ago to Hitler in the 20th century, the Fallen One has sought to destroy them as a race, a nation, and a people. There is no other nation on this planet that has so doggedly been persecuted, and yet we see that the Jews have been gathered back into their ancient homeland, just as prophecy says they would be in the latter days. I believe they are the chosen people and thus the Fallen One has sought to kill them all, as he was keenly aware that the promised one, the Messiah, would come through these people. Moses is born and his mother, not wanting to kill the baby, builds a basket of reeds and sets the child in it. The daughter of Pharaoh finds the infant and keeps it, and the baby is spared the fate that awaited other male children. Years pass and the child grows up in the royal palace. At some point he begins to wonder who he really is. Here's where we pick up the story: (Exodus 2:11) One day, when Moses had grown up, he went out to his people and looked on their burdens, and he saw an Egyptian beating a Hebrew, one of his people. 12 He looked this way and that, and seeing no one, he struck down the Egyptian and hid him in the sand. 13 When he went out the next day, behold, two Hebrews were struggling together. And he said to the man in the wrong, “Why do you strike your companion?” 14 He answered, “Who made you a prince and a judge over us? Do you mean to kill me as you killed the Egyptian?” Then Moses was afraid, and thought, “Surely the thing is known.” 15 When Pharaoh heard of it, he sought to kill Moses. But Moses fled from Pharaoh and stayed in the land of Midian. And he sat down by a well. Here we see that Moses becomes a murderer and, because of this, flees for his life. At this point he does not know the Most High God, there is no relationship,
and Moses is acting in the natural, as a man. In other words, there is no supernatural or spiritual dynamic that motivates, directs, and guides him; he even commits murder! An event will happen to him that will change all of that when Moses encounters the Most High God and we will see his transformation and how this transformation sets him against the willing participants of the kingdom of the Fallen One. (3:1) Now Moses was keeping the flock of his father-in-law, Jethro, the priest of Midian, and he led his flock to the west side of the wilderness and came to Horeb, the mountain of God. 2 And the angel of the LORD appeared to him in a flame of fire out of the midst of a bush. He looked, and behold, the bush was burning; yet it was not consumed. 3 And Moses said, “I will turn aside to see this great sight, why the bush is not burned.” 4 When the LORD saw that he turned aside to see, God called to him out of the bush, “Moses, Moses!” And he said, “Here I am.” 5 Then he said, “Do not come near; take your sandals off your feet, for the place on which you are standing is holy ground.” 6 And he said, “I am the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” And Moses hid his face, for he was afraid to look at God. 7 Then the LORD said, “I have surely seen the affliction of my people who are in Egypt and have heard their cry because of their taskmasters. I know their sufferings, 8 and I have come down to deliver them out of the hand of the Egyptians and to bring them up out of that land to a good and broad land, a land flowing with milk and honey, to the place of the Canaanites, the Hittites, the Amorites, the Perizzites, the Hivites, and the Jebusites. 9 And now, behold, the cry of the people of Israel has come to me, and I have also seen the oppression with which the Egyptians oppress them. 10 Come, I will send you to Pharaoh that you may bring my people, the children of Israel, out of Egypt.”
11 But Moses said to God, “Who am I that I should go to Pharaoh and bring the children of Israel out of Egypt?” 12 He said, “But I will be with you, and this shall be the sign for you, that I have sent you: when you have brought the people out of Egypt, you shall serve God on this mountain.” Moses encounters the Most High God, who appears to him in the form of a burning bush. It is here that Moses is told of the task that will consume the rest of the years of his life:that of taking the Israelites out of Egypt and into the Promised Land. What ensues in the coming months is a test of two wills. It is a study in the ongoing battle between the two sides and we would do well to study this in all of its detail, as it will give us an insight into spiritual warfare. Let's continue the story: (4:1) Then Moses answered, “But behold, they will not believe me or listen to my voice, for they will say, ‘The LORD did not appear to you.’” 2 The LORD said to him, “What is that in your hand?” He said, “A staff.” 3 And he said, “Throw it on the ground.” So he threw it on the ground, and it became a serpent, and Moses ran from it. 4 But the LORD said to Moses, “Put out your hand and catch it by the tail”—so he put out his hand and caught it, and it became a staff in his hand— 5 “that they may believe that the LORD, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, has appeared to you.” 6 Again, the LORD said to him, “Put your hand inside your cloak.” And he put his hand inside his cloak, and when he took it out, behold, his hand was leprous like snow. 7 Then God said, “Put your hand back inside your cloak.” So he put his hand back inside his cloak, and when he took it out, behold, it was restored like the rest of his flesh. 8 “If they will not believe you,” God said, “or listen to the first sign, they may believe the latter sign.
9 If they will not believe even these two signs or listen to your voice, you shall take some water from the Nile and pour it on the dry ground, and the water that you shall take from the Nile will become blood on the dry ground.” Here we see the three signs that are given to Moses: the changing of his staff into a serpent, the leprous hand, and the water turning to blood. These are real supernatural manifestations over which Moses has control. He has been equipped by the Most High God to go back to Egypt and set the people free. Notice that Moses did not seek this power or these gifts as they were given to him freely. There was no ritual, or secret initiation, no occult connection or years of meditation. Moses just got them instantly from the Most High God, and he didn't earn them. We should do well to remember this, as it is the first step in learning about the power of God. We cannot do anything to earn it. It is given freely to us when He deems it appropriate. In the second part of this book, we will discuss Nostradamus, the Hopi Indians, Edgar Cayce, and the Mayan prophecy. The commonality we will see in all of these, in my opinion, is that these people and cultures use occult means to obtain information, power, and supernatural gifts. (7:1) And the LORD said to Moses, “See, I have made you like God to Pharaoh, and your brother Aaron shall be your prophet. 2 You shall speak all that I command you, and your brother Aaron shall tell Pharaoh to let the people of Israel go out of his land. 3 But I will harden Pharaoh's heart, and though I multiply my signs and wonders in the land of Egypt, 4 Pharaoh will not listen to you. Then I will lay my hand on Egypt and bring my hosts, my people the children of Israel, out of the land of Egypt by great acts of judgment. 5 The Egyptians shall know that I am the LORD, when I stretch out my hand against Egypt and bring out the people of Israel from among them.” 6 Moses and Aaron did so; they did just as the LORD commanded them. 7 Now Moses was eighty years old, and Aaron eighty-three years old, when they spoke to Pharaoh. 8 Then the LORD said to Moses and Aaron, 9 “When Pharaoh says to you, ‘Prove yourselves by working a miracle,’ then
you shall say to Aaron, ‘Take your staff and cast it down before Pharaoh, that it may become a serpent.’” 10 So Moses and Aaron went to Pharaoh and did just as the LORD commanded. Aaron cast down his staff before Pharaoh and his servants, and it became a serpent. 11 Then Pharaoh summoned the wise men and the sorcerers, and they, the magicians of Egypt, also did the same by their secret arts. 12 For each man cast down his staff, and they became serpents. But Aaron's staff swallowed up their staffs. 13 Still Pharaoh's heart was hardened, and he would not listen to them, as the LORD had said. For the purpose of this book I have cut to the chase as it were and so have skipped much of the story. I would suggest that when you have time that you read it in its entirety. What we see here is the beginning of the battle, and it is supernatural in every respect. I believe that is not a quaint story but a real one that has been recorded to show us that there is a supernatural dimension. There are powers, principalities, hidden and unseen forces that are at work on this planet. These forces (the Mystery of Iniquity or the secret of lawlessness) have a dark agenda and have been working to manifest that agenda for millennia; the purpose of which is the seating of the Antichrist in the rebuilt temple in Jerusalem to be worshiped as God! But I'm getting ahead of myself again.... Moses and Aaron stand before Pharaoh and Moses takes his staff and throws it to the floor and it becomes a serpent. Now Pharaoh is surrounded by his magicians and these men, who are part of the royal court, have been trained in what I would call the mystery schools that can be traced back to Babylon. (Remember when we discussed Nimrod?) They are steeped in the dark arts and they have power. These magicians take their staffs and throw them to the ground, and we see that they also become serpents. This is nothing to Pharaoh and his magicians as they are able to duplicate what Moses and Aaron have done. However, what happens next is astonishing as Moses’ serpent swallows the serpents that came from the staffs of the magicians. Put yourself here and try to imagine what is taking place. It is certainly out of the ordinary and, in my opinion, what we are seeing is the real manifestation of the
supernatural, not some cheap parlor trick like we see today on TV. It is important for us to understand that Pharaoh and the people of Egypt had given themselves over to the Fallen One, as is evident by the magicians being used in the royal court. The land was given over to the dark arts and this, I believe, is another reason why the decree was given to kill the male Israelite children, because the force behind it may have been directly from the Fallen One. What follows is a demonstration of power between the two kingdoms: that of the Fallen One, who is the Prince of this World and the usurper of man’s dominion, and the Most High God, who is beginning to reclaim what was taken from man through the promise of the seed of the woman, or the Messiah, who will eventually come from the children of Israel. This is the first skirmish, and it is interesting because what we see is that the magicians lose, as their serpents are swallowed up by Moses' serpent. At the close of this first account I would call your attention to the fact that the Most High God is deliberately hardening the heart of Pharaoh. Why? So that he can demonstrate His power and authority over the Fallen One. This is another reason why I call the Bible the Guidebook to the Supernatural, because to me this is what it plainly is. Let's continue with the story and see what happens next: 20 Moses and Aaron did as the LORD commanded. In the sight of Pharaoh and in the sight of his servants he lifted up the staff and struck the water in the Nile, and all the water in the Nile turned into blood. 21 And the fish in the Nile died, and the Nile stank, so that the Egyptians could not drink water from the Nile. There was blood throughout all the land of Egypt. 22 But the magicians of Egypt did the same by their secret arts. So Pharaoh's heart remained hardened, and he would not listen to them, as the LORD had said. 23 Pharaoh turned and went into his house, and he did not take even this to heart. 24 And all the Egyptians dug along the Nile for water to drink, for they could not drink the water of the Nile. 25 Seven full days passed after the LORD had struck the Nile.
Now there are skeptics who will read this story and say that none of this happened and that this story is a colorful myth that is used to create a religious system. These socalled events defy the very laws of physics and have never been demonstrated before or since. However, I would insist that what is in the account is a literal one, and it serves as a window into the supernatural world that is around us all the time. This unseen world operates outside of the physics that we know; thus, it is supernatural! What we see from this “battle report” is another skirmish between Moses and Pharaoh's magicians. Moses turns the Nile to blood, but so do the magicians! You see, the other side, the kingdom of the Fallen One, has power; it is real, and it is given out to those who pledge their allegiance to him. However, it comes with a price and that price is the forfeiting of your soul for all eternity. We are told in Revelation 21:8 that magicians and soothsayers will not enter the New Jerusalem. I believe that the reason for this is that those who engage in these dark arts have already aligned themselves with the kingdom of darkness and this will not be tolerated in the Kingdom of the Messiah. Back to the story: At the end of this plague, when the water is turned to blood, Pharaoh still will not let the children of Israel go because his heart has been hardened. While it may appear that the Fallen One is in control of the sequence of events, it is important for us to realize that the Most High God is the one who is in control over everything that has transpired. I believe He's playing them (Pharaoh and the magicians). He knows what will take place in the future; He's not sweating it, or fretting, or pondering what His next move will be, because He knows the outcome. As the prophet Isaiah tell us: He knows the beginning before the end and the end before the beginning. I believe that some of this is for our benefit. In other words, I used the phrase battle report a few paragraphs back and I believe that this is an accurate portrayal of the events that we are told took place thousands of years ago. This written account concerning securing the freedom of the children of Israel has been handed down to us so that we would see not only the attributes of the Most High God, but also learn how the kingdom of the Fallen One operates. In short,
this is a Guidebook to the Supernatural, a battle report, and I would call it Spiritual Warfare 101. (8:1) Then the LORD said to Moses, “Go in to Pharaoh and say to him, “Thus says the LORD, “Let my people go, that they may serve me. 2 But if you refuse to let them go, behold, I will plague all your country with frogs. 3 The Nile shall swarm with frogs that shall come up into your house and into your bedroom and on your bed and into the houses of your servants and your people, and into your ovens and your kneading bowls. 4 The frogs shall come up on you and on your people and on all your servants.”’” 5 And the LORD said to Moses, “Say to Aaron, ‘Stretch out your hand with your staff over the rivers, over the canals and over the pools, and make frogs come up on the land of Egypt!’” 6 So Aaron stretched out his hand over the waters of Egypt, and the frogs came up and covered the land of Egypt. 7 But the magicians did the same by their secret arts and made frogs come up on the land of Egypt. We see that once again the Most High God gives Moses instruction on what to do. Moses carried them out and the land of Egypt was plagued by frogs. These were real frogs manifesting on the land and in houses and bedrooms and in the ovens and kneading bowls. In short, these pesky things were everywhere! Then the magicians follow suit and make frogs appear on the land. The word used here for “secret arts” is layt (Strong’s 3909). It means secrecy, mystery or enchantment. I want to make it really clear that the magicians who are working for Pharaoh are in the service of the Fallen One. There is power and it manifests in real-time in our dimension. The kingdom of darkness is a real kingdom and while it has gone hidden underground for the most part, it is still very much alive. And as I have mentioned before, the Mystery of Iniquity—the secret of lawlessness—is working behind the scenes. The Kingdom of Darkness has an agenda and it is to rob, kill, destroy, and to set up the antichrist in the rebuilt temple in Jerusalem.
We are shown throughout this story that the Most High God is infinitely more powerful than the Fallen One and there is no doubt as to what the outcome will be. In short, it is really no contest at all because checkmate has already happened. We are told in Revelation 22:15 that For without [are] dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie. Another interesting fact to consider is that at this point in these skirmishes it is Moses and Aaron against all the magicians in Pharaoh’s court! They are outmanned and outnumbered and it would appear that they don't stand a chance against the power that is behind the throne of Pharaoh; yet we will see that Moses and Aaron are operating with a power that is far beyond anything that the magicians of Pharaoh can muster. Indeed, Moses has an infinite God standing behind him, while Pharaoh's magicians only have a created being, the Fallen One, who is limited in what he can do as we shall soon see. Let's get back to the story: 16 Then the LORD said to Moses, “Say to Aaron, ‘Stretch out your staff and strike the dust of the earth, so that it may become gnats in all the land of Egypt.’” 17 And they did so. Aaron stretched out his hand with his staff and struck the dust of the earth, and there were gnats on man and beast. All the dust of the earth became gnats in all the land of Egypt. 18 The magicians tried by their secret arts to produce gnats, but they could not. So there were gnats on man and beast. 19 Then the magicians said to Pharaoh, “This is the finger of God.” But Pharaoh's heart was hardened, and he would not listen to them, as the LORD had said. Moses and Aaron are once again in the presence of Pharaoh, and Aaron stretches out his staff and strikes the dust and those pesky gnats that get into our eyes and ears in the summer time suddenly appear all over the land. I'm glad I wasn't there for that one! Again, I want to call your attention to the fact that these were real gnats and must have driven the Egyptian people nuts! It wasn't some kind of illusion or delusion, the gnats were real and they plagued the people. I love what the magicians’ say at this point: This is the finger of God—the real one! Even
though they are given over to the Fallen One, they recognize the power of the one true God. It would appear that the magicians are beginning to realize that a power much greater than anything they are used to dealing with is in operation. Again I call your attention to the fact that these guys are calling for Pharaoh to take note that this is the finger of God! To me this begs the question: if the magicians knew about the real God, would they then serve the lesser god of this world, i.e., the Fallen One? It would appear that they are aware of the real God, and, thus, state that what is transpiring in the land is the handiwork of the real God. 20 Then the LORD said to Moses, “Rise up early in the morning and present yourself to Pharaoh, as he goes out to the water, and say to him, ‘Thus says the LORD, “Let my people go, that they may serve me. 21 Or else, if you will not let my people go, behold, I will send swarms of flies on you and your servants and your people, and into your houses. And the houses of the Egyptians shall be filled with swarms of flies, and also the ground on which they stand. 22 But on that day I will set apart the land of Goshen, where my people dwell, so that no swarms of flies shall be there, that you may know that I am the LORD in the midst of the earth. 23 Thus I will put a division between my people and your people. Tomorrow this sign shall happen”’” 24 And the LORD did so. There came great swarms of flies into the house of Pharaoh and into his servants' houses. Throughout all the land of Egypt the land was ruined by the swarms of flies. Now we see that the Most High God is showing that He will protect the children of Israel. He has added another dynamic to the match in that He is calling out what will happen ahead of time so that when the flies appear only on the Egyptians and not the children of Israel, Pharaoh will know with whom he is dealing. Yet, even with this additional plague, Pharaoh will not let the children of Israel go.
We plainly see from the story that the two kingdoms, the one of the Most High God and the Fallen One, are at war with one another. Each has their own representatives that are being drawn into the fray: Moses and Aaron verses Pharaoh and the magicians. The kingdom of light verses the kingdom of darkness; the sons of God, verses the sons of Belial. (9:1) Then the LORD said to Moses, “Go in to Pharaoh and say to him, ‘Thus says the LORD, the God of the Hebrews, “Let my people go, that they may serve me. 2 For if you refuse to let them go and still hold them, 3 behold, the hand of the LORD will fall with a very severe plague upon your livestock that are in the field, the horses, the donkeys, the camels, the herds, and the flocks. 4 But the LORD will make a distinction between the livestock of Israel and the livestock of Egypt, so that nothing of all that belongs to the people of Israel shall die”’” 5 And the LORD set a time, saying, “Tomorrow the LORD will do this thing in the land.” 6 And the next day the LORD did this thing. All the livestock of the Egyptians died, but not one of the livestock of the people of Israel died. 7 And Pharaoh sent, and behold, not one of the livestock of Israel was dead. But the heart of Pharaoh was hardened, and he did not let the people go. We see here that the power of the Most High God is awesome, and as the warning tells us: it is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God. Yet, Pharaoh still won't let the people go. The Most High God also makes it very clear that this is no freak of nature or accident, as we see that the Israelites’ livestock is unharmed, while all the livestock of the Egyptians are struck down and die. What is going on is very deliberate on the part of the Most High God. I would like to make a point here: This is hardball. This is a portrayal of real supernatural events being played out on this planet. It has shaped the religion of the Jews and, as we shall see later, they have celebrated the Passover, the feast that resulted from the last of the plagues. Passover has been observed for thousands of years to remind them of what happened in this cosmic chess match
or heavenly war, for as such, it continues until the present. 13 Then the LORD said to Moses, “Rise up early in the morning and present yourself before Pharaoh and say to him, “Thus says the LORD, the God of the Hebrews, “Let my people go, that they may serve me. 14 For this time I will send all my plagues on you yourself, and on your servants and your people, so that you may know that there is none like me in all the earth. 15 For by now I could have put out my hand and struck you and your people with pestilence, and you would have been cut off from the earth. 16 But for this purpose I have raised you up, to show you my power, so that my name may be proclaimed in all the earth. The series of statements that are made here make it very clear and should be a sober reminder that the Most High God is not to be trifled with! He makes it known that He could have wiped out Egypt, but to demonstrate His mercy, He hasn't done this. I believe the lesson here is this: The Most High God is the same yesterday, today, and tomorrow. What happened thousands of years ago in Egypt can happen again here in the 21st century. Make no mistake that while the atheists and certain sections of academia have declared that God is dead, He most certainly is not dead, and we will see the ten plagues that we are reviewing here, and more importantly the power behind those plagues repeated during the tribulation period that is outlined in the book of Revelation. Although this will fall upon the whole earth and not be limited to the land of Egypt. 17 You are still exalting yourself against my people and will not let them go. 18 Behold, about this time tomorrow I will cause very heavy hail to fall, such as never has been in Egypt from the day it was founded until now. 19 Now therefore send, get your livestock and all that you have in the field into safe shelter, for every man and beast that is in the field and is not brought home will die when the hail falls on them”’” 20 Then whoever feared the word of the LORD among the servants of Pharaoh hurried his slaves and his livestock into the houses,
21 but whoever did not pay attention to the word of the LORD left his slaves and his livestock in the field. heaven, so that there may be hail in all the land of Egypt, on man and beast and every plant of the field, in the land of Egypt.” 23 Then Moses stretched out his staff toward heaven, and the LORD sent thunder and hail, and fire ran down to the earth. And the LORD rained hail upon the land of Egypt. 24 There was hail and fire flashing continually in the midst of the hail, very heavy hail, such as had never been in all the land of Egypt since it became a nation. 25 The hail struck down everything that was in the field in all the land of Egypt, both man and beast. And the hail struck down every plant of the field and broke every tree of the field. 26 Only in the land of Goshen, where the people of Israel were, was there no hail. 27 Then Pharaoh sent and called Moses and Aaron and said to them, “This time I have sinned; the LORD is in the right, and I and my people are in the wrong. 28 Plead with the LORD, for there has been enough of God's thunder and hail. I will let you go, and you shall stay no longer.” 29 Moses said to him, “As soon as I have gone out of the city, I will stretch out my hands to the LORD. The thunder will cease, and there will be no more hail, so that you may know that the earth is the LORD's. 30 But as for you and your servants, I know that you do not yet fear the LORD God.” 31 (The flax and the barley were struck down, for the barley was in the ear and the flax was in bud. 32 But the wheat and the emmer were not struck down, for they are late in coming up.) 33 So Moses went out of the city from Pharaoh and stretched out his hands to the LORD, and the thunder and the hail ceased, and the rain no longer poured upon the earth.
34 But when Pharaoh saw that the rain and the hail and the thunder had ceased, he sinned yet again and hardened his heart, he and his servants. 35 So the heart of Pharaoh was hardened, and he did not let the people of Israel go, just as the LORD had spoken through Moses. There is a lot that is happening in this passage and at this point notice that the magicians are nowhere to be seen Now the battle seems to be between Pharaoh and Moses, with Aaron by Moses' side. Again we see that the Most High God is calling the shots in advance. He is once again showing his preference for the children of Israel by stating that the hail will not touch them. It is also interesting to note that some of the Egyptian people heed the warning and remove their goods and livestock as well as their slaves from the coming hail. What we see is that this hailstorm may have been unlike any other. At the end of it nothing much has changed, as Pharaoh is still as obdurate as ever! He sees what is happening and for a moment acquiesces, but then changes his mind and remains as hardhearted as ever. I believe that these plagues had become the focus of everyone living in the land of Egypt as the population has witnessed a series of supernatural events that have impacted their lives dramatically, but as we shall see, this is not yet over and there is more to come. The ninth plague is the infestation of locusts that eat everything in sight. Men plead with Pharaoh and proclaim that Egypt is ruined. However, Pharaoh remains hardened. At this point there is no sign of the magicians. It would appear that they have left the battle and that the Fallen One has been outgunned and outmaneuvered. I believe that while the Fallen One continues to have free rein on the earth for all these thousands of years, at some point he will once again be outmaneuvered. I refer to the battle of Armageddon where the kings of the earth are assembled together, and, as Russ Dizdar tells us in The Black Awakening, they are looking up believing that they can defeat the King of King and Lord of Lords. They would do well to read what happened to Pharaoh when he tried to withstand the Most High God. It is also interesting to note that Pharaoh continues to give in and, the moment when the plague is lifted, he changes his position and won't let the Israelites go.
The Tenth Plague is darkness that covers the land. heaven, that there may be darkness over the land of Egypt, a darkness to be felt.” 22 So Moses stretched out his hand toward heaven, and there was pitch darkness in all the land of Egypt three days. 23 They did not see one another, nor did anyone rise from his place for three days, but all the people of Israel had light where they lived. 24 Then Pharaoh called Moses and said, “Go, serve the LORD; your little ones also may go with you; only let your flocks and your herds remain behind.” 25 But Moses said, “You must also let us have sacrifices and burnt offerings, that we may sacrifice to the LORD our God. 26 Our livestock also must go with us; not a hoof shall be left behind, for we must take of them to serve the LORD our God, and we do not know with what we must serve the LORD until we arrive there.” 27 But the LORD hardened Pharaoh's heart, and he would not let them go. 28 Then Pharaoh said to him, “Get away from me; take care never to see my face again, for on the day you see my face you shall die.” 29 Moses said, “As you say! I will not see your face again.” The skeptic will say that it is impossible that darkness could cover the earth for three days. However, I believe that this literally happened. We are dealing with the God who created the entire universe. He owns it, and while His actions will defy the laws of physics, as we know them, it is safe to say that He is operating outside those laws in a supernatural way. This darkness must have been extremely unsettling to everyone in the land. What were the magicians thinking at this point? Earlier they state that what Pharaoh is seeing is the finger of God; this plague of darkness must be so over the top for them that they don't have a clue as to how to deal with it. They most likely are hiding under a rock somewhere hoping this will all go away! At this point the Fallen One has seemingly abandoned his pawns in the game, and it is interesting to note that the magicians are powerless.
There is no countermove from the Fallen One. Is it possible that he knows the game is up? Again we must remember that the Most High God could have ended this match at any time, even back in the Garden of Eden right after the fall, but He didn't do this because He has a purpose and that is to bring about the Messiah through the line of Abraham. It is He who will redeem mankind...eventually. Gary Stearman of “Prophecy in the News” puts the reason why the Most High God allows all of this to take place this way: One possible answer to this question is that the Lord used Satan's revolution to create an exhibit of His saving grace, and the power of His love. Had the Lord obliterated Satan at the first hint of trouble, He would have raised a universal question: What is it that God fears? Throughout His creation, sentient beings would have begun to discuss God's reaction to Satan's obvious transgression. They might have said, “A God who controls His creation by destroying His competitors cannot really be omnipotent.” Or they might have said, “God feared for His own life and felt compelled to destroy Satan.” Either way, God's sovereignty would have been called into question. Spectators might also have said, “Perhaps Lucifer's challenge was legitimate; now we will never know, because God destroyed him.” The final Plague and the end of the battle...at least for now: (12:29) At midnight the LORD struck down all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, from the firstborn of Pharaoh who sat on his throne to the firstborn of the captive who was in the dungeon, and all the firstborn of the livestock. 30 And Pharaoh rose up in the night, he and all his servants and all the Egyptians. And there was a great cry in Egypt, for there was not a house where someone was not dead. 31 Then he summoned Moses and Aaron by night and said, “Up, go out from among my people, both you and the people of Israel; and go, serve the LORD, as you have said. 32 Take your flocks and your herds, as you have said, and be gone, and bless me also!” This is a dramatic conclusion to the battle, and the one event that finally tips the balance, that results in the Israelites being let go. There is much that happens in this final chapter; the Passover feast is established, which is the blood of a lamb
being applied over the doors of the houses so that the angel of death would pass over that house. I believe that this is a foreshadow of the Messiah as when Yashua/Jesus was being crucified outside the city, centuries later, the Passover lambs were being slaughtered for the same Passover meal that was instituted by Moses. He is our Passover. He is the Lamb of God who takes away the sins of the world. He paid the price, once for all, and He has the keys to death and hell. He will come again and when He does it will be as King and it will be the final move in this long, cosmic chess match that has continued through the millennia.
Recap We learn from this graphic battle report that the Fallen One’s kingdom was established in the land of Egypt. He had his priests and magicians who were in his service. They were able to duplicate the miracles that Moses and Aaron produced, to a point, but afterward they were totally outgunned! The players are most definitely not equal, as I have stated before. There are certain protocols that the Most High God is following and I'm not sure why He doesn't just checkmate the Fallen One and be done with it. (Please refer back to Gary Stearman's quote a few pages back.) In the end, we know who the winner is. We know who will announce checkmate and I believe that day is coming and may be closer than any of us think. The signs of His coming are beginning to manifest and I think that we are in the birth pangs that we are told will happen before his coming. They are wars and rumors of wars, famines and pestilence, earthquakes in diverse places and troublesome times. In Part Two, I will explore some of this in depth and also point out why I believe the 2012 Mayan Calendar prophecy might be a self-fulfilling, staged, prophetic event!
Author’s Sidebar Throughout the centuries the Fallen One has sought to kill the Jewish people and we see this same dynamic being played out in these two stories that I mentioned. (For a more detailed account and additional information, please read the book of Exodus and the book of Esther.) While the Fallen One is not mentioned directly by name, we must ask ourselves from where and whom does this ancient genocide originate and more importantly, why? We should also ask ourselves, why the Jews? Why is it that through the centuries we see that nations, peoples, and kingdoms seek to destroy these people? Is this normal or are there dark, supernatural forces that are fanning the flames of hatred behind the scenes? In my opinion, I believe that the Fallen One has been trying to destroy the Jews for thousands of years. I also believe that he will attempt this one last time as we see revealed in the book of Revelation where all the kings of earth are assembled on the plains of Megiddo for the final battle. As we saw in the early chapters of Genesis, the Fallen One is seeking to destroy the promise of the redeemer, the Messiah, the Anointed One. This is what he is obsessed with and this is his modus operandi! He will stop at nothing to thwart the plan of the Most High God that was put in place shortly after the fall. He hates mankind and, even more, hates the idea that at some point in history we will be redeemed. What we see with the decree from Pharaoh to kill the male babies is a direct assault on the promise of the Messiah being born. It’s rather simple: kill all the Jews and the prophecy will fail, the Messiah will not be born and it’s “Checkmate, game over!” What is sobering is that this has continued to the present time, as we shall see in later chapters.
CHAPTER 10: The Giants in the Promised Land? Why are They There?
What we will see in this chapter is that the Fallen One continues to try to outmaneuver the Most High God. Here is a quick thumbnail sketch of what happens: Moses has led the children of Israel for a while and now they are at the borders of the Promised Land. He sends 12 spies into the land to check it out and when they return they report that they saw the Nephilim there! You may remember that these are the same creatures we see in the Genesis 6 passage. In other words, it would seem that there is, in fact, a second incursion of the unthinkable; the fallen angels have once again procreated with the women of earth and the result is a demonic/human hybrid known as the Nephilim. There are those who tell us that this could not have happened; however, we have the written word of the Torah (the first five books of the Hebrew and Christian Bibles)that tells us that the Nephilim were in the land. We also have the writing of the first century Jewish historian, Flavius Josephus, who tells us that the bones of these creatures were openly on display in Jerusalem at the time of his writing, which was thousands of years later! Is it coincidence that when the spies are sent into the land they encounter the same entities that we see in Genesis 6? I think not, and would submit to you that the presence of the fallen angels creating these unholy hybrids, or Nephilim, is once again a deliberate attempt by the Fallen One to thwart the plans of the Most High God. I want to let you examine the text for yourself:
(Numbers 13:25) At the end of forty days they returned from spying out the land. 26 And they came to Moses and Aaron and to all the congregation of the people of Israel in the wilderness of Paran, at Kadesh. They brought back word to them and to the entire congregation, and showed them the fruit of the land. 27 And they told him, “We came to the land to which you sent us. It flows with milk and honey, and this is its fruit. 28 However, the people who dwell in the land are strong, and the cities are fortified and very large. And besides, we saw the descendants of Anak there. 29 The Amalekites dwell in the land of the Negeb. The Hittites, the Jebusites, and the Amorites dwell in the hill country. And the Canaanites dwell by the sea, and along the Jordan.” 30 But Caleb quieted the people before Moses and said, “Let us go up at once and occupy it, for we are well able to overcome it.” 31 Then the men who had gone up with him said, “We are not able to go up against the people, for they are stronger than we are.” 32 So they brought to the people of Israel a bad report of the land that they had spied out, saying, “The land, through which we have gone to spy it out, is a land that devours its inhabitants, and all the people that we saw in it are of great height. 33 And there we saw the Nephilim (the sons of Anak, who come from the Nephilim), and we seemed to ourselves like grasshoppers, and so we seemed to them.” It is interesting to note that Joshua and Caleb believe that they can take the land; however, the people believe the other spies. Because of their unwillingness to enter the land, this kicks off a forty-year sojourn in which that generation dies off because of their unbelief. Afterward, when Joshua goes across the Jordan and begins to take the land, he is told to kill all the inhabitants of the cities he conquers. He is also instructed to kill the animals and burn everything. In other words, this is such a severe mandate from the Most High God that it would tend to make one believe that the God of the Hebrews was a genocidal, murderous, maniac...unless of course the Nephilim—or demonic hybrids— were in the land and the judgment that we saw meted out in Genesis 6 is once again applied here. This leads me to the big question: Why were the Nephilim in the Promised
Land? I believe that the answer to this is that the Fallen One knew the plan and so set out to hinder it in any way he could. I would propose that because of his perspective of time, he saw into the future and made plans to hinder what the Most High God was trying to do. Thus he engineered a huge countermove and succeeded in stalling the entrance of the children of Israel into the Promised Land for 40 years. The people who were with Moses wandered in the desert because of their unbelief, until every last one of that generation died off. What amazes me is that after seeing first hand all the miracles and wonders that the Most High God performed for them to free them from Pharaoh and Egypt, they caved in just when they were about to get to the promise. I would also propose here that this tactic is used on us today as many of us fail to attain the promises that we should because we don't press in at the last stage of the journey and, thus, we fail to cross into the PromisedLand. On the micro level, the Fallen One is always trying to rob us of where we should be, who we should become, what our purpose is in this life, and on and on it goes. On a macro level, the Fallen One defeated an entire generation of people. Because of fear and doubt, they refused to press on and take what they were told was theirs. This should serve as a cogent and sobering reminder of the battle in which we are engaged. Nothing has changed in thousands of years and, as we approach what I believe are the last days, it's only going to get tougher as the Fallen One ramps up for his last stand.
CHAPTER 11: The Birth of the Messiah and the Slaughter of the Innocents
Most of us know the story, but for the sake of someone reading this who hasn’t a clue, I will post it below. Before I do, I want once again to call your attention to the overwhelming fact that this cosmic chess match is an all-out war. The war rages for the souls of men and control of the planet. The Fallen One craves his antichrist, or as I prefer to call him, the one who is instead of Christ, being enthroned ultimately in Jerusalem. It is a real war, and when we begin to look at the texts that some of us have studied for decades with this perspective, we see that we are on a war footing. This perspective will not only breathe fresh life into the scriptures, but will alter the way in which we look at the world and our response to current events. This battle, this cosmic chess match, has been documented in both the Old and New Testaments. It comes to us now in the English translation, and some of the words, phrases and nuances, I will admit, have been lost. However, please make no mistake that the texts portray with startling accuracy and insight the ongoing battle that has been raging ever since man was created and set in the paradise of Eden and promptly lost it. As I have mentioned, the Fallen One usurped man’s rightful place and ever since
has been battling for control of the entire planet and the system with which it will be ruled. Here are some points that highlight what happens under the Fallen One’s man, Herod. * Jesus is born in Bethlehem. * Shepherds see and hear angels who announce the Messiah’s birth. * The Messiah’s star appears in the heavens. I believe that this is a rare conjunction between Jupiter and Venus, near Regulus (the King star) in the constellation of Leo—again another reference to the King. Apparently, when this rare conjunction of Jupiter and Venus occurred, it appeared as one giant star that would not move. For more information on this, I highly recommend the DVD, The Star of Bethlehem.42 * We then see the wise men that several years later come seeking the one who was born, the King, because they have followed His star from the east (from Babylon) and now are in Jerusalem. * The wise men ask Herod where this new King can be found. * Herod orders the slaughter of any male child under the age of two. Here is the text that is pertinent to our discussion: (Matthew 2) Now after Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, wise men from the East came to Jerusalem, When Herod the king heard [this], he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. Then Herod, when he had secretly called the wise men, determined from them what time the star appeared. Then, being divinely warned in a dream that they should not return to Herod, they departed for their own country another way. Now when they had departed, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared to Joseph in a dream, saying, “Arise, take the young Child and His mother, flee to Egypt, and stay there until I bring you word; for Herod will seek the young Child to destroy Him,” and was there until the death of Herod, that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the Lord through the prophet, saying, “Out of Egypt I called My Son.” Then Herod, when he saw that he was deceived by the wise men, was exceedingly angry; and he sent forth and put to death all the male children who were in Bethlehem and in all its districts, from two years old and under,
according to the time which he had determined from the wise men. Now when Herod was dead, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared in a dream to Joseph in Egypt… I want to call your attention to this sentence: Then Herod, when he had secretly called the wise men, determined from them what time the star appeared. So Herod calls the wise men and does this in secret. The question is, why? To keep the lid on the people professing loyalty to a new king? It certainly could be that the wise men told Herod that this child was the long-awaited Jewish Messiah. Herod, like so many throughout history, enjoys holding the reins of power and will go to great lengths, including the murder of innocent lives, to retain them. The next sentence once again shows us that the supernatural is at work: Then, being divinely warned in a dream that they should not return to Herod, they departed for their own country another way. We see that the wise men receive a warning dream and they depart another way. Although the text does not elaborate, most likely the wise men enjoyed Herod’s company in his palace. They were his guests and sat at his table. It would be logical for them to return and once again enjoy a few days of refreshment before the long journey back to Babylon. Had they returned to Herod, most likely he would have found out precisely where the child was living and knowing this would have been able to destroy him. Can anyone say, Checkmate? We are told that the kingdoms of the world are under the control of the Fallen One.43 We see that they are his to give to whomever he chooses. In my opinion, Herod was the Fallen One’s man of the hour, a willing tool to do his bidding. This story also serves another purpose, because it demonstrates the limited foreknowledge that the Fallen One has. He is not all-knowing. He cannot see the future like the Most High God can. (Remember the cornfield illustration.) He cannot be everywhere and neither can his spies. However, once he finds out, through the star appearing and the subsequent visit by the wise men, he goes all out to rob, kill, and destroy. Next, we see other supernatural events that are set in motion to protect the child: Now when they had departed, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared to Joseph
in a dream, saying, “Arise, take the young Child and His mother, flee to Egypt, and stay there until I bring you word; for Herod will seek the young Child to destroy Him.” Joseph is warned in a dream. Let’s examine what is going on. An angel of the Lord appears and tells Joseph to arise and flee. It would appear that there is no time to lose. Is this because Herod had sent his henchmen to kill every male child under the age of two? It would appear that Joseph, Mary, and the toddler Jesus, flee in the middle of the night, perhaps minutes before Herod’s soldiers arrive to do their dirty work. This should be a sobering reminder to us as to what extremes the Fallen One will go to accomplish his goal of winning the match. However, as we are told in the book of Revelation, he is cast into the lake of fire and his doom is sealed for all eternity, but that still doesn’t deter him from trying to win. His pride and arrogance have blinded him to the judgment that awaits him! So there are micro moves and macro moves in this story. We see angels, kings, wise men and common folk all caught up as the moves are played out. The outcome will affect the entire planet for all time and set in motion the redemption of all men, everywhere, throughout history. What is sobering is how close the Fallen One came to accomplishing his goal. The aftermath is the fulfillment of prophecy that Jeremiah the prophet pens, and is followed centuries later by the fulfillment. (Jeremiah 31:15) Thus says the LORD: “A voice was heard in Ramah, Lamentation [and] bitter weeping, Rachel weeping for her children, Refusing to be comforted for her children, Because they [are] no more.” (Matthew 2:18) “A voice was heard in Ramah, Lamentation, weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping [for] her children, Refusing to be comforted, because they are no more.” What Herod sets in motion is the slaughter of every male child from the age of two, down. This is a horrific event, but, as we shall see, it is what the Fallen One specializes in. The senseless slaughter, murder and mayhem of innocent people are his calling cards. Truly he comes to rob, kill, and destroy. This story should be a sober reminder that nothing has changed in thousands of years, except that I believe we are close to the time when the Fallen One will be cast to earth, and he will then know that his time is short, and as a result we are told:
Woe to the inhabitants of the earth, for the devil has been cast to earth and he knows his time is short. I call your attention to the two prophecies that predict the slaughter of the innocents because they show that, although the Fallen One most likely knew of them, he didn’t understand how, where, and in what time period they would be fulfilled. He also was unable to realize how it pertained to the coming Messiah, which is further proof of his limited ability. To us he may appear as a powerful being, and he certainly fills those shoes if we go up against him in our own strength, but he is no match for the Most High God. He is limited in power and ability, and is not able to see clearly how the future will unfold. This is why seers who access the Fallen One’s "kingdom" like Nostradamus, Edgar Cayce, Blossom Goodchild, and others who allegedly predict the future are wrong so much of the time. Please make a note of this, because the Fallen One has his own prophets and thus he, too, may be trying to set in motion events so that it would appear that these seers know the truth. One of those events that I will explore in a later chapter is the 2012 phenomenon that is fueling a cottage industry of books, television shows, and endless Internet chatter. You will see that this may in fact be a ruse of cosmic proportions. What my research has uncovered may show that the 2012 phenomenon has the fingerprints of the Fallen One all over it.
CHAPTER 12: The Temptation in the Desert
As I have stated previously, there are macro and micro moves in the cosmic chess match. Here is a series of micro moves focused on the person of Jesus. The back-story is this: John baptized Jesus the Baptist in the Jordan River. While Jesus is being baptized, we are told that the heavens open and the Holy Spirit appears like a dove above Jesus and a voice is heard proclaiming, This is my son. 44 Can you imagine if you were there during the moments when all of this was happening? It would be one of the most amazing events a human being could witness. After this anointing of Jesus, the scriptures tell us that he went out to the desert and fasted and prayed for 40 days and nights. First off, I have fasted for three to four days and it’s not an easy task. The body grows weak. I talked to one man who did a 30-day fast and he informed me that after a week he got used to it and his body didn’t crave food anymore. Research tells us that after 40 days the body begins to shut down and can no longer sustain itself. 45 It is interesting to note that Jesus pushed the limits of human endurance with this fast, but there is another dynamic that is going on while he is fasting. First, we know that Jesus, as a man, has to be nearing the end of his physical strength after 40 days. We also know that being alone in a desert without human contact for that long would bring about great psychological ramifications.
He would be exhausted on all levels, physically, emotionally, and spiritually as well. It is at this precise moment that the Fallen One himself pays a visit to Jesus and, as we shall see, this takes place after 40 days of temptation. I would take liberty here and say that I believe the Fallen One has been watching and waiting to see what the Son of God is doing. He chooses this precise moment in time because he recognizes that Jesus is at His weakest as a man, and who wouldn’t be after a 40-day fast! We would be wise to apply this insight into the way in which the Fallen One works to our own lives because he seeks to rob, kill, and destroy. He chooses our weakest moments, our crises, our times of personal loss, or any other event that would weaken, destabilize, and make us more likely to yield to his influence. It was no different with Jesus. The Fallen One knew exactly what he was doing. He was attacking on the micro level, man-to-man, but if successful his ploy would have macro repercussions affecting all of mankind and would essentially crown him the victor. Once again a possible “Checkmate!” is in the works! Let’s examine the passage in depth and see what transpires. It amazes me that when we look at the scriptures through the lens that there is a cosmic war raging, every story takes on a new meaning. I believe the entire Guidebook to the Supernatural, or Bible, should be viewed as intelligence reports from a cosmic war, or a chess match as I have chosen to call it. (Luke 4:1) Then Jesus, being filled with the Holy Spirit, returned from the Jordan and was led by the Spirit into [fn] the wilderness, being tempted for forty days by the devil. And in those days He ate nothing, and afterward, when they had ended, He was hungry. I want to call your attention to what some may overlook in this passage, and it is the startling fact that Jesus is being tempted for 40 days! In other words, the Fallen One is pursuing his agenda relentlessly. He will not let up. I believe that every temptation that is common to man was presented to Jesus in order to see if He would take the bait. Let’s take a moment and look at what the word “tempted” means. Tempt: Peiraz̅: (Gk) in a bad sense, to test one maliciously, craftily to put to the proof his feelings or judgments.46 It becomes plain from looking at the Greek that the Fallen One was engaged in a
malicious attempt to cause Jesus to sin and to break a commandment of the law that had been handed down by the Most High God through Moses to the Jews. If he had succeeded, the Fallen One would have won the match and the human race would have been enslaved forever. Thankfully, this is not what happened. However, I am getting ahead of myself. Let’s pick up the story again. We are told of three very specific temptations the Fallen One uses to trip Jesus up. Each is designed to entice and attract and it is my personal belief that these same tactics, and endless variations of them, are still being used on mortal men and women today. The Fallen One is the ruler of this world, both in the time when Jesus walked the earth and today. It is his domain even unto the present, although he was defeated at the cross. With that in mind, it becomes clear that he can offer worldly possessions and material wealth to anyone. The only hitch, as we shall see, is that the person to whom this is rendered must serve and eventually worship him. Here’s the first temptation that we see: (Luke 4:3) And the devil said to Him, “If You are the Son of God, command this stone to become bread.” We must remember that Jesus is really hungry at this point. The Fallen One is attacking both his divinity and his humanity. He knows full well that Jesus can turn the stones to bread, or, in fact, turn them into a sumptuous feast if He wants to. So he is trying to use Jesus’ inherent abilities because He is both God and man to bring down. However, Jesus rebukes the devil (something that we must learn to do) immediately when the battle begins to rage. He does this by quoting scripture. We are told in Ephesians Chapter 6 to put on the whole armor of God.47 Part of that armor is the Sword of the Spirit, or the word of God. A sword is both an offensive and defensive weapon. To stay with this analogy, Jesus parries the Fallen One’s thrust with scripture, the Word of God, and by doing so keeps him at bay. Here is what Jesus replies: (Luke 4:4) But Jesus answered him, saying, “It is written, ‘Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word of God.’” 48 So there’s one malicious attempt to sway the Son of God. As we continue, please remember what is at stake here. While this may seem trite, we must realize that if Jesus had succumbed to the Fallen One’s temptations, the human race would
have been doomed to slavery for eternity without hope of redemption. The stakes couldn’t have been higher. Yet, the deck was stacked as Jesus was the Son of God. He was on a mission and only He knew what was going to take place because He knows the end from the beginning and the beginning from the end. (This strategy will be the focus of another chapter.) (Luke 4:5) Then the devil, taking Him up on a high mountain, showed Him all the kingdoms of the world in a moment of time. And the devil said to Him, “All this authority I will give You, and their glory; for [this] has been delivered to me, and I give it to whomever I wish.” Here we see some very interesting dynamics, and I want to call your attention to them because they will figure into later chapters in this book. We see that the Fallen One takes Jesus to a high mountain and shows him “in a moment of time” all the kingdoms of the world. Is this a metaphor? Is this poetic license on the part of the writer or does it speak of something else? Was the Fallen One literally able to “show” all of the kingdoms of the world in a moment of time? If so, how was he able to do this? I believe that, while it may seem unbelievable from our perspective, he was able to actually pull this off. I would bring your attention to what we covered in regard to where the Fallen One’s dwelling place is: the second heaven. He is somehow able to slip between that dimension, the second heaven, and the first heaven, which is earth. However, I do not believe that he has unlimited access to all points on this planet. The reason for this is that it would appear that there are certain portals that link the two dimensions together. We get a glimpse of one of these portals in the book of Daniel. I have covered this extensively in The Alien Interviews book so I would direct your attention there for a full explanation.49 Briefly, the angel who is dispatched to Daniel takes 21 earth days to reach him. We are told that he is restrained by an evil angelic being called the Prince of Persia. The angel gets reinforcements and is able to eventually get through to Daniel. This is a CliffsNotes version of the story, but it drives the point home that there may be gateways, portals or openings from the second heaven to the first. These portals may be under constant struggle for control between the good angels and the fallen ones.
As I mentioned in Chapter 3, the Fallen One inhabits the second heaven. In this place, time restraints that we find here on earth do not apply. In other words, in this other dimension, time would be viewed differently than it is here. If this were so, if we were in the second heaven, what would be considered a moment of time to us would in fact be of a longer duration on earth? Can time, as we know it be compressed? It is important for us to grasp the fact that the Fallen One is not under the same type of space/time constraints as we are here on earth. Later, in another chapter, this will come into play, as I will discuss possible false, prophetic markers that the Fallen One has put throughout the linear timeline of history for the purposes of his end game, which is one of deception. We now see that the Fallen One declares that these kingdoms have been delivered to him to give to whomever he wishes. I believe that there are those dwelling on the earth now that have made a deal in order to acquire power in the present system under which we are enslaved. Please understand that I’m not implicating all politicians and kings of the earth, but there are some who have achieved this power, both now and throughout history, by precisely making some kind of deal with the Fallen One. Once again Jesus declines the offer. Here’s what he replies: (Luke 4:8) And Jesus answered and said to him, “Get behind Me, Satan! For it is written, ‘You shall worship the LORD your God, and Him only you shall serve.’” There is no equivocation on the part of Jesus here. He takes his “sword,” the Word of God, and thrusts it at the Fallen One. He does not entertain the offer for an instant, because He knows what is at stake. Finally the Fallen One tries his last attempt to see if he can slip Jesus up. Here is what he does: (Luke 4:9) Then he brought Him to Jerusalem, set Him on the pinnacle of the temple, and said to Him, “If You are the Son of God, throw Yourself down from here. For it is written: ‘He shall give His angels charge over you, To keep you, and, In [their] hands they shall bear you up, Lest you dash your foot against a stone.’”
Now the Fallen One is resorting to using the scripture to see if he can trick Jesus, but he twists it and takes it out of context. We must understand that this is a tactic deployed by the Fallen One, and he continues to use it today. The first time we hear of it is in the garden when he asks Eve, “Did God really say that?” He sows doubt in the mind, which is why we must understand that the mind is the battlefield for all of us. We must learn to take every thought captive and bring it under the authority of the Blood of Jesus. Only in this way can we keep ourselves from being sucked into the Fallen One’s twisted, deceptive plans. Jesus replies: (Luke 4:12) And Jesus answered and said to him, “It has been said, ‘You shall not tempt the LORD your God.’” Then we read: (Luke 4:13) Now when the devil had ended every temptation, he departed from Him until an opportune time. (Emphasis mine.) There are two important dynamics here. The first is that Jesus knows what the Bible says. It is part of Him. It is living inside Him and I believe He is the author of it. He doesn’t have to think about a reply, as the reply comes from His essence; in fact, HE is the WORD! The second is that the Fallen One departs until a more opportune time. It becomes plain that we are seeing move and countermove by the players. The Fallen One has not succeeded in tripping Jesus up, but he is aware that Jesus as a man is vulnerable. One plan has failed, but the Fallen One is planning another move that in the end will backfire on him and spell his defeat, even though at first it appears that it will bring him the ultimate victory and checkmate.
Recap So to sum up this chapter: Jesus is alone, hungry, tired, and worn down physically, mentally and spiritually. He has pushed the limits of human endurance by fasting for 40 days. He most likely has also gone without sleep. It is like Mohammed Ali going 16 rounds using rope-a-dope. He’s getting clobbered and yet he stands his ground. Eventually he wears out his opponent and wins the fight. The Fallen One has tried everything he can think of, every trick in his book of temptations, and yet he has failed. Jesus has stood His ground and thus completes another series of moves, with no one becoming the decisive victor… yet.
Author’s Sidebar As a side note to this story, I can’t help but point you to the last temptation in this series of moves. We see from this that Jesus is taken to Jerusalem, and then placed on a pinnacle of the temple. I believe that this is literal. He was physically taken and placed in his human body on the pinnacle of the Temple. This was not a demonically contrived illusion, but was done in real-time. The reason I bring this up is because it is important for us to realize that while the Fallen One and his minions are capable of creating images in our minds, they also are able to physically manifest here. This is an important dynamic in regard to the other books that I have written. There are some who claim that fallen angels cannot manifest today. While I do not want to use this book to delve into that, as it would take us down a rabbit trail, I will, however, state here that this is not the opinion or position that I hold, because I believe they can manifest in this dimension.
CHAPTER 13: Boots on the Ground! The Messiah and the Demoniac!
This move by the players is both a micro and a macro. First let’s examine what the text tells us. Remember that when we approach these stories from the viewpoint that a war is raging or that there is a cosmic chess match being played out, what were perhaps familiar scriptures to some up us become pregnant with new insights. They also become sobering in that we see the lengths to which the Fallen One will go to try to achieve victory. He’ll do whatever it takes, including the destruction of every human soul on the planet if given half a chance to accomplish this goal. Now to the story at hand, and I’ll paraphrase it for you in the modern vernacular. Jesus and a bunch of guys who are hanging out with him (later to be known as disciples) are sailing on the Sea of Galilee and make landfall at a place known as the Gadarenes. Jesus and his “crew” are accosted by a fearful man who in fact is completely demon possessed! I must pause here and talk about demons for a moment in order to make a point. In my opinion, there is a difference between demons and fallen angels. Fallen angels are the angels that followed Lucifer in the rebellion. They are demented, twisted, malicious and sadistic creatures and can manifest in our time/space
continuum and appear in a variety of forms, even as an angel of light. We saw an example of this in the last chapter when we saw that Satan himself manifested to Jesus and tempted him relentlessly for 40 days and nights. One dynamic that I left out of the story but will expound on here is that directly after the temptation was finished the good angels came to Jesus and refreshed him. This is what the texts say: (Matthew 4:11) Then the devil left Him, and behold, angels came and ministered to Him. The word for “came” is proserchomai and it means: to come to approach—draw near to—to assent to. 50 I believe it is reasonable to assume from the Greek word above that this would indicate that real angels appeared to Jesus in real-time and ministered to Him in this dimension and not in another. Please consider that Jesus experienced the temptation as a man and so, in my opinion, it would follow that the temptation, as well as the good angels ministering to Him in the aftermath, were real events and not illusionary. Satan was able to manifest in this dimension, and the good angels, the ones who ministered to Jesus, were able to materialize here also. This is why I believe we must realize that there is a war raging in another dimension that involves the good and bad angels. It continues from antiquity until the present day and is played out here on earth and also in the “heavenlies,” or the second heaven. Now, I believe that demons are not fallen angels; they are the disembodied spirits of the Nephilim that were killed in the flood.51 In order to manifest in this dimension they must possess something. What we see in the story about the man who lived in the Gadarenes is that he is possessed by demons. We will also see that when Yashua/Jesus asks the demon possessed man a few questions, the demons that are in him give some very interesting clues to what the future holds. This is important for us to realize because it will figure into later chapters. I will point it out to you and I want you to make a mental note, because it shows us that time as we know it can be accessed in the future by these entities. They cannot know all of the future, they are not omniscient, but they can see further
into it than we can. Remember the cornfield illustration? Apply that illustration here. Here’s what the text says in regard to the Demoniac. I’m going to combine all three Gospel accounts, as they give us a clearer picture of what is going on. (Luke 8:27) As Jesus was climbing out of the boat, a man who was possessed by demons came out to meet him. Homeless and naked, he had lived in a cemetery for a long time. 52 torment us before the time?” (Luke 8:30) “What is your name?” Jesus asked. “Legion,” he replied—for the man was filled with many demons. (Luke 8:31) The demons kept begging Jesus not to send them into the Bottomless Pit. (Luke 8:32) A large herd of pigs was feeding on the hillside nearby, and the demons pleaded with him to let them enter into the pigs. Jesus gave them permission. (Luke 8:33) So the demons came out of the man and entered the pigs, and the whole herd plunged down the steep hillside into the lake, where they drowned. The story is straightforward: demon-possessed man meets Jesus. Jesus has the power over the demons and casts them out. Man becomes free of the demons. The gist of it is that Jesus is destroying the works of the Fallen One’s kingdom of darkness! This is a micro move in that one man is directly affected by what Jesus does. One man’s paradigm is changed. One man is rescued from complete insanity, depravity, and eventually death. I’ll say it again because it is a sobering statement and one that needs to be said again and again. We are in a cosmic war and the Fallen One wishes to do to each one of us what he was able to do to the man who was demon-possessed. His goal is to rob, kill, and destroy. We see this demonstrated graphically in that the Fallen One’s minions were able to possess this man until Jesus intervened. In this case, the Fallen One was outmaneuvered by Jesus. It was a micro move in which the man was literally set free by divine intervention. If Jesus had not shown up on the scene I believe the man would have continued to be tormented
by demons until they finally would have killed him, or he would have killed himself. For those of us who believe in Jesus, we must understand that we should be engaging in precisely this type of activity: setting the captives free and casting out demonic spirits. It should be the norm of what we do as Christians to destroy the works of the devil! Here’s the point that I mentioned earlier to which I wanted to call your attention: torment us before the time?” (NKJV)53 They know! The demons know what the future holds for them. They know that eventually they will be cast into the abyss, but they also know that at this point in time, when they inhabit this unfortunate man, that it is not the timeframe in which this will happen. It is why they are crazy with fear and loathing as they scream that Jesus has no right to torture them before God’s appointed time. The reason why this is important to our discussion is that it points to the fact that the demons know the end game; they understand what awaits them in the future. This begs the question: how do they know this? Is it because they were told? Or is it because they dwell in the second heaven and have a greater view through time than we do? It seems reasonable to me that the demons knew from the earth time frame in which they were living that this was not their appointed time to be cast into the abyss and so were able to challenge Jesus. The Greek word for “appointed” is: Kairos: a fixed and definite time, the time when things are brought to crisis, the decisive epoch waited for.54 I believe looking at the Greek opens up a new world for us. We see from this word that one interpretation of Kairos is: the time when things are brought to crisis, the decisive epoch waited for. For our purposes, it seems reasonable to assume that the demons are aware of their judgment. They may know in what period of time the earth will be and how it will look when they meet their ultimate judgment.
They know and proclaim that the time in which Jesus cast them into the swine was not the time of the end. Interesting isn’t it? This opens up a few scenarios that I will present for your consideration. The fact that the demons “know” the time in which they live seems to back up my theory of the cornfield analogy. In other words, the Fallen One and his cohorts, because of where they reside, experience time in a different way than we do. Because of this, might they also have the ability to create artificial markers to deliberately deceive us? In other words, they may be capable of creating a false prophecy. You remember in Chapter 8 when I discussed the reappearance of the Nephilim? How did the Fallen One know where Moses would lead the Jews? How did he know about the eventual construction of Jerusalem, the Temple, and the nation of Israel? As I mentioned, this is a very deliberate move by the Fallen One to thwart the plans of the Most High God. It is a major macro move because it affects the destiny of the generation of Jews that came out of Egypt, since all but Joshua and Caleb of that generation died in the wilderness.
Recap It is important for us to realize that the Fallen One can see farther up the road than we can, but he is not all-knowing. He cannot see every move in its specificity. In closing, Jesus destroyed on a micro level the works of the Fallen One. He is but one man, but He has His “boots on the ground” and is in direct combat with the works of the Fallen One. We can see from this story how the souls of men and women are the prize that is sought. We can see that every soul is precious and Jesus will go to any length to save that soul, just as He did with the possessed man!
CHAPTER 14: The Transfiguration
I am of the opinion that Jesus went everywhere and did everything deliberately. He knew His purpose, to take back the stolen/forfeited title deed to the earth, and restore men and women to fellowship with the Most High God and, thus, everything He did was seasoned with that goal in mind. It is in that light that we will examine an extraordinary event known as the Transfiguration that is one of the most supernatural in the entire Guidebook, because it clearly shows the intersection between another dimension, an unseen world, and ours. Something so amazing happened during that event that those men, who were with Jesus and witnessed the interface of the third heaven with the first heaven, or our world, were shocked to their core at what took place. Who wouldn't have been shocked, as we will see when we explore the account of what happened. It is overwhelming to me to think that this event occurred because, as a supernatural event, it is just off the charts! Only three men were privy to what transpired, and then, as we shall see, they were told to keep what they had witnessed secret until a later time. Not until the second coming will we see this kind of manifestation, and then it will be openly declared for all men and women to see and not be hidden or revealed to just a handful of people.
Before we explore the text, I want to point out what many have overlooked for centuries. I believe that it is of the utmost importance to our discussion: the location of the Transfiguration. Where did it take place and why is it so important to us? Here's the text: (Matthew 17:28) Now about eight days after these sayings he took with him Peter and John and James and went up on the mountain to pray. 29 And as he was praying, the appearance of his face was altered, and his clothing became dazzling white. 30 And behold, two men were talking with him, Moses and Elijah, 31 who appeared in glory and spoke of his departure, which he was about to accomplish at Jerusalem. 32 Now Peter and those who were with him were heavy with sleep, but when they became fully awake they saw his glory and the two men who stood with him. 33 And as the men were parting from him, Peter said to Jesus, “Master, it is good that we are here. Let us make three tents, one for you and one for Moses and one for Elijah” not knowing what he said. 34 As he was saying these things, a cloud came and overshadowed them, and they were afraid as they entered the cloud. 35 And a voice came out of the cloud, saying, “This is my Son, my Chosen One; listen to him!” 36 And when the voice had spoken, Jesus was found alone. And they kept silent and told no one in those days anything of what they had seen. Tradition holds that this event happened at one of two locations. The first is Mount Tabor, the second is Mount Hermon. You might recall that Mount Hermon is the location where the 200 fallen angels descended in the days of Noah as is mentioned in the non-canonical book of Enoch. I have stated in my other books that while the book of Enoch is not part of the canon (the accepted books that make up our Bible) I do believe that because it is quoted in Jude, 2nd Peter, and referred to in both 1st and 2nd Corinthians, we can appreciate its historicity as well as allow it to give us an
insight into the antediluvian world (the world at the time of Noah that existed before the flood). It also provides keen insight into this ongoing battle that we see raging between the Fallen One and the Most High God. As I stated at the beginning of this chapter, Jesus, while He was on this planet, went everywhere in a very deliberate way. Remember the story of Lazarus? He waits two extra days before going to him to raise him from the tomb. Other instances that we didn't discuss here, but are still very applicable are: * He waits before going to Jerusalem to celebrate the Passover. * He waits before he goes to raise Lazarus from the dead. * He lingers at the Samaritan well, waiting for a woman * He knows who will come to draw water. * He goes into the desert and fasts. * He sends his disciples out onto the Sea of Galilee without Him, and then later walks on the water in the early evening and greets them! (And people think there is no humor in the Bible...HELLO!) These are just a few of the examples that show us that everything He did was thought out, strategic, and part of a master plan that He was carrying out while here. Jesus knows what happened on Mount Hermon. He knows that this is the gate or portal where the fallen angles descended, and that action resulted in the unholy offspring, the Nephilim, being sired by the fallen angels and the women of earth. I believe it is why He deliberately journeys there, to Mount Hermon, to reclaim that territory! Indeed the gates or portals that are the doorways from this dimension to the other were taken back in a dramatic way as Moses and Elijah show up and then are overshadowed when the voice of the Most High God who decrees, “This is My Son, of whom I am well pleased!” There is no direct countermove that we see by the Fallen One, but I believe that this might have further infuriated him and goaded him into becoming more reckless as his kingdom was being taken apart piece by piece. A short time later, the crucifixion takes place and history changes forever. The Fallen One loses his kingdom, and the God/man Jesus takes it back.
Author’s Sidebar It is interesting to note that Mount Hermon is in what I would call a no-man’s land today, because it sits between Israel, Lebanon and Syria. At the base of the mountain lies the ancient Cave of Pan that has been there for thousands of years. Today there are still altars to Pan, Baal and other "gods" on the mountain. (J. R. Church believes that this region was inhabited by the lost tribe of Dan.) My friend and Acceleration Radio guest Judd Burton told me that he believes this is the precise location where Jesus told Peter: “The gates of hell will not prevail against my church!” He comes to this conclusion because the cave of Pan existed at the time that Jesus declared this to Peter. He also believes as I do that this is a deliberate declaration by Jesus to reclaim what mankind had lost thousands of years ago by the incursion of the fallen angels and the unholy union that resulted in the Nephilim! When the story of the Transfiguration is viewed in this light it becomes clear that this is a strategic move in an ongoing war.
CHAPTER 15: A Second Attempt to Kill Jesus?
This is a very interesting story because it once again shows us that the Fallen One is out to destroy Jesus, the Messiah. And why wouldn’t he? Jesus is threatening his kingdom. Jesus is going town to town, destroying the works of the Fallen One a piece at a time. He is healing the sick of all known diseases, including leprosy, which in the ancient world was considered a death sentence. He is, in short, wreaking havoc on what the enemy of our souls, the Fallen One, has been sowing here on earth for thousands of years. We must always remember that the calling card of the Fallen One is to rob, kill, and destroy. He is “the father of lies and a murderer from the beginning” (John 8:44). Jesus is obliterating these works and, as I have mentioned in other chapters, He is setting the captives free from the bondage that the Fallen One has set over their lives. (Think of what happened in the Gadarenes!) This new attempt on Jesus’ life is a micro event in that if successful it only concerns Jesus and some of his followers. The story takes place on the Sea of Galilee. Jesus and his disciples are in a small boat and are making their way to another town by going across the Sea of Galilee. Suddenly, this storm with raging winds and high waves comes up from out of nowhere and threatens to sink the boat. Here is the text that makes us ask whether this is a natural event or something concocted by the Fallen One.
(Mark 4:36) Now when they had left the multitude, they took Him along in the boat as He was. And other little boats were also with Him. And a greatwindstorm arose, and the waves beat into the boat, so that it was already filling. But He was in the stern, asleep on a pillow. And they awoke Him and said to Him, “Teacher, do You not care that we are perishing?” Then He arose and rebuked the wind, and said to the sea, “Peace, be still!” And the wind ceased and there was a great calm. But He said to them, “Why are you so fearful? How [is it] that you have no faith?” And they feared exceedingly, and said to one another, “Who can this be, that even the wind and the sea obey Him!”55 There is nothing in this account that points directly to the work of the Fallen One, but I would argue that it has his fingerprints all over it. A skeptic might put forth the argument that this storm was just a natural occurrence and there was nothing supernatural or demonic about it at all. At first glance, it would appear that this is certainly a viable position. However, we know that the enemy uses any means he can to accomplish his ends. He is the prince of this world, the ruler of it, the god of this age, and at this point he is still in possession of the title deed, the ownership of the earth. Derek Prince puts it this way: Who is the god of this age? Satan. Why is the age evil? Very simply because it has an evil god. We know God could depose Satan (The Fallen One) but that is not His program. Satan will remain the god of this age so long as this age continues. God’s program is to terminate the age. When the age is terminated, Satan will no longer be god. He knows that well, which is why he does everything in his power to prevent this present age from coming to an end!56 The Fallen One was the god of this world at the time when Jesus was alive and, since Jesus proved to be a threat to his kingdom, he sought to kill Him. Can I prove that this storm that was demonically enhanced was therefore the work of the Fallen One? The short answer to that is “no,” however, as I have pointed out, I believe that it bears the markings of the Fallen One’s calling card, which is to rob, kill, and destroy. What better way to hold onto power than for the Fallen One to kill Jesus and declare checkmate! Let’s go back to the story and travel in pictures for a minute. A violent wind is whipping the sea into frenzy. The sky is dark and ominous, as the sun is blotted out above. The boat is tossing in the water, its timbers strain against the waves and it begins to take on water. Unless the ship can find safe harbor it will sink.
We see that unless something miraculous happens, all life will be lost. This will essentially wipe out the work of the Messiah that is just getting underway and eliminate His miracles and inroads into the Fallen One’s kingdom. It would appear that the goal here is death by drowning. Death would end the cosmic chess match and the victor would be the Fallen One. I can’t help but think that as each attempt ends in failure, the Fallen One is getting angrier, and with his rage building he is becoming reckless because he wants to kill Jesus and will go to any lengths to accomplish this end. (I believe this may have been intentional on the part of Yashua/Jesus, because He is playing the Fallen One and He knows that soon his hubris and unchecked rage at being outmaneuvered will get the better of him, which is exactly what He wants.) The story tells us the disciples fear that the boat will capsize and all hands will be lost. That being the case, they wake Him up. I wonder how He could be asleep at this point because the boat is rocking on the waves! At any rate Jesus rebukes them by asking them where their faith is. Then, He turns His attention to the storm that is howling around them and says three words: “Peace, be still.” Here are the Greek words: Peace: Si̅pa̅: of a calm, quiet sea Be still: phimo̅: 1) to close the mouth with a muzzle, to muzzle 2) to stop the mouth, make speechless, reduce to silence ;to become speechless 3) to be kept in check57 Bible commentator Matthew Henry says this: The word of command with which Christ rebuked the storm, we have here, and had not in Matthew, v. 39. He says, Peace, be still—Siompa, pephimomso—be silent, be dumb. Let not the wind any longer roar, nor the sea rage. Thus he stills the noise of the sea, the noise of her waves; a particular emphasis is laid upon the noisiness of them.58 Then, miraculously, the storm stops. I don’t believe it was a gradual decreasing of the waves and wind, but a sudden stop where the sea became calm and the wind ceased. It must have been amazing to see the contrast, the before and after, at Jesus’ command. The disciples are dumbfounded by this and this attitude is expressed when they say: (Matthew 8:27) What manner of man is this? Surely more than a man, for even
the winds and the seas obey him. Jesus is accomplishing a feat that no human was able to produce before and certainly not since. He is commanding the wind and waves to stop and they obey Him at His word. By doing this, He is overcoming the power and plan of the Fallen One. He is outmaneuvering and outplaying the Fallen One; and by so doing escapes the trap and the subsequent death of Himself and most likely all His followers. Jesus is demonstrating His power over the natural elements of wind, water, and air. It is interesting to note that one of the titles for the Fallen One is The Prince of the Power of the Air. It is not by accident that this is happening. Some of us have heard this story since we were little and it has grown old, and we cease to marvel at what is going on: how the miraculous, the supernatural, is intersecting with the natural. Can you imagine the amount of energy in that storm as wind, rain, and waves combine together to create that fearful setting? Yet, with three words Jesus exercises His divine power and stops the storm in its tracks. While there are some who will say that this is a nice fable, I would call your attention to the fact that Jesus’ mission, while on the earth, was to destroy all the works of the devil. In other words, up until now God has not had what I respectfully call “divine boots” on the ground. He’s had angels, prophets, and even the pre-incarnate Jesus, if we agree that, whenever the Angel of the Lord appears, it is in fact a theophany,59 or an appearance of Jesus the Messiah before the incarnation. Now that the Messiah, the Anointed One, has come into the world, everything changes. The Fallen One sees this, but, because he is not all-knowing, he doesn’t know what the battle plan is. His attempts to kill Jesus fail. This is because in the words of Jesus: (John 10:8) No man takes my life from me, but I lay it down of my own accord. I would point out that no fallen angel would take His life either! In other words, the sacrifice by the God/man Jesus, the shedding of His blood for all mankind that will redeem all of those who accept it, is accomplished within the timetable that the Messiah sets: not the Jews, or Pharisees, or the Fallen One, but Messiah and El Elyon, the Most High God.
Recap In closing, this story is a graphic illustration of the Fallen One’s capability to create storms and what we would consider natural catastrophes. (Remember the chapter on Job?) I’m not saying that every hurricane, tornado and thunderstorm is demonically enhanced, but there are instances when the Prince of this World can and will use his power to create these events in order to fulfill his purposes. In the end, the Fallen One discovered that he was no match for the power of the living God because his move was met with a very powerful countermove! We would do well to remember that when the storms of life begin to toss our "boat" around, to call on Him who is able to save both body and soul. It is always good to call upon the name of Jesus. His name is higher and mightier than any other name: Every head will bow and every tongue confesses that Jesus, the Anointed One, the Messiah, is Lord of Lords (Philippians 2:10, 11).60
CHAPTER 16: The Raising of Lazarus
The Raising of Lazarus is perhaps one of the most poignant stories that we have in the Bible. It goes against everything we know about the natural order of this world, as it defies what awaits us all: death. It is a story that the skeptic will find absurd and it is the stuff that makes a good “religious” myth, but to the person who is spiritual, who has had his or her spirit born again by the Most High God, it is a foreshadow of what awaits us all. I am speaking of eternal life. If Lazarus was dead and put in a tomb for three days and then miraculously rose to life again, it is the one of the most profound accounts found anywhere on the planet. It is both a micro and macro move. I remind you again that the Fallen One seeks to rob, kill, and destroy. What could be more paramount than death? The overwhelming finality of death crushes those who are left alive in its wake. Death awaits every person on this planet and has haunted mankind, like the grim specter it is, ever since the fall of man back in the garden when it was pronounced as a judgment for man’s rebellion. The purpose of the Messiah’s coming was to rectify this, as we shall see when we examine the texts. Here’s the thumbnail sketch of what transpires:
Jesus goes to the tomb that is holding the dead, decaying body of his friend, Lazarus. While there, He comes face to face with the finality of death that awaits us all and deals with it in a demonstrative way. We are told that, “Jesus wept,” which is the shortest sentence in the Guidebook. I believe that Jesus is not only weeping for Lazarus but for every human being who had fallen under the curse of death, from Adam in the distant past, to those of us who would come in the future. This is why Jesus reacts the way He does. He understands the full impact of it and He intends to do something about it. As I have mentioned continually in these pages, the Fallen One seeks to kill. Did Lazarus receive this sickness from the Fallen One? Is it just a coincidence that the Fallen One is bringing sickness and killing those who are close to the Messiah? I believe that it is very possible that the micro move here is that the Fallen One has instigated Lazarus’ sickness and subsequent death. The sting of death is certainly felt by everyone involved and Lazarus’ sisters wonder why Jesus didn’t come sooner. As we shall see, there is a greater plan at work here, and that is taking what the Fallen One has sown, death and destruction, and reworking it for the good. What the text tells us of that event is a lot of text, but the Fallen One is employing strategies that we need to look into to better understand the warfare in which we are engaged. (I have emboldened certain lines to call your attention to them.) (John 11) Now a certain man was sick, Lazarus of Bethany, the town of Mary and her sister Martha. It was that Mary who anointed the Lord with fragrant oil and wiped His feet with her hair, whose brother Lazarus was sick. Therefore the sisters sent to Him, saying, “Lord, behold, he whom You love is sick.” When Jesus heard [that], He said, “This sickness is not unto death, but for the glory of God, that the Son of God may be glorified through it.” Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus. So, when He heard that he was sick, He stayed two more days in the place where He was. Then after this He said to [the] disciples, “Let us go to Judea again.” [The] disciples said to Him, “Rabbi, lately the Jews sought to stone You, and are You going there again?” Jesus answered, “Are there not twelve hours in the day? If anyone walks in the day, he does not stumble, because he sees the light of this world. But if one walks in the night, he stumbles, because the light is not in him.” These things He said, and after that He said to them, “Our friend Lazarus sleeps, but I go that I may wake him up.” Then His disciples said, “Lord, if he
sleeps he will get well.” However, Jesus spoke of his death, but they thought that He was speaking about taking rest in sleep. Then Jesus said to them plainly, “Lazarus is dead. And I am glad for your sakes that I was not there, that you might believe. Nevertheless let us go to him.” Then Thomas, who is called the Twin, said to his fellow disciples, “Let us also go, that we may die with Him.” So when Jesus came, He found that he had already been in the tomb four days. Now Bethany was near Jerusalem, about two miles away. And many of the Jews had joined the women around Martha and Mary, to comfort them concerning their brother. Now Martha, as soon as she heard that Jesus was coming, went and met Him, but Mary was sitting in the house. Now Martha said to Jesus, “Lord, if You had been here, my brother would not have died. But even now I know that whatever You ask of God, God will give You.” Jesus said to her, “Your brother will rise again.” Martha said to Him, “I know that he will rise again in the resurrection at the last day.” Jesus said to her, “I am the resurrection and the life. He who believes in Me, though he may die, he shall live. And whoever lives and believes in Me shall never die. Do you believe this?” She said to Him, “Yes, Lord, I believe that You are the Christ, the Son of God, who is to come into the world.” And when she had said these things, she went her way and secretly called Mary her sister, saying, “The Teacher has come and is calling for you.” As soon as she heard [that], she arose quickly and came to Him. Now Jesus had not yet come into the town, but was in the place where Martha met Him. Then the Jews who were with her in the house, and comforting her, when they saw that Mary rose up quickly and went out, followed her, saying, “She is going to the tomb to weep there.” Then, when Mary came where Jesus was, and saw Him, she fell down at His feet, saying to Him, “Lord, if You had been here, my brother would not have died.” Therefore, when Jesus saw her weeping, and the Jews who came with her weeping, He groaned in the spirit and was troubled. Jesus wept. Then the Jews said, “See how He loved him!” And some of them said, “Could not this Man, who opened the eyes of the blind, also have kept this man from
dying?” Then Jesus, again groaning in Himself, came to the tomb. It was a cave, and a stone lay against it. Jesus said, “Take away the stone.” Martha, the sister of him who was dead, said to Him, “Lord, by this time there is a stench, for he has been [dead] four days.” Jesus said to her, “Did I not say to you that if you would believe you would see the glory of God?” Then they took away the stone [from the place] where the dead man was lying. [fn] And Jesus lifted up [His] eyes and said, “Father, I thank You that You have heard Me. And I know that You always hear Me, but because of the people who are standing by I said [this], that they may believe that You sent Me.” Now when He had said these things , He cried with a loud voice, “Lazarus, come forth!” And he who had died came out bound hand and foot with grave clothes, and his face was wrapped with a cloth. Jesus said to them, “Loose him, and let him go.” Then many of the Jews who had come to Mary, and had seen the things Jesus did, believed in Him. Let’s strip this down (although not verse, by verse) and examine the parts that are pertinent to the ongoing chess match. Jesus says: “ This sickness is not unto death, but for the glory of God, that the Son of God may be glorified through it.” He stayed two more days in the place where He was. We see that Jesus knows what is going to happen because He tells the disciples that the sickness is not unto death. But wait, we know that Lazarus dies, so is Jesus contradicting himself? Not in the least, for He is pointing to the miracle that he knows He will work in a few short days. There is another dynamic happening in this scene and that is Jesus deliberately waits another two days before going to where Lazarus is. Could this be a set-up because the Fallen One is trying to draw Jesus into a place where he can have Him killed? We see this in this line spoken by his disciples: “Rabbi, lately the Jews sought to stone You, and are You going there again?” So it becomes plain that Jesus is about to risk His life by going to Lazarus. I believe that this is part of the Fallen One’s strategy, because he knows that he has a group of men in place who want Jesus dead. He also believes, and wrongly
so as we shall see later, that if he can kill Jesus, he can win the match. You see, at every turn he seeks to kill! Jesus waits the two extra days. He knows that Lazarus has died by this point as He says: “Lazarus is dead. And I am glad for your sakes that I was not there, that you might believe. Nevertheless let us go to him.” This begs the question, how does He know that Lazarus is dead? We see from this that Jesus is operating on a level that transcends the physics of the natural world, as we know them. He approaches everything in life from an eternal perspective. In other words, He is always about doing the work of His Father and that work is destroying the works of the Fallen One. We will see Him graphically demonstrate this a little later in the story when He raises Lazarus from the dead! Next we see that Jesus is at the tomb and there is a crowd of people who are wailing and mourning. Part of the reason for this is that Lazarus died before his time. Not that death is ever convenient, but an early death. I believe that Lazarus was likely around the same age as Jesus, thus the grieving crowd. We also see that Jesus groans within Himself, and then we read: Jesus wept. As I have stated earlier, I believe that He weeps for all men and women who have succumbed to the curse of death. He weeps because He knows only too well that the Fallen One has usurped the rightful place of man. Because of that, the world, in fact, all of creation is in a fallen state and “groans” to be set free.61 Jesus is both God and man. As God, He weeps for the condition that He knows will be rectified when He presents Himself as the sacrifice, the atonement, the propitiation, for the sins of all mankind from the time of Adam to the second coming in the distant future. As a man, He weeps because His friend is dead and He knows that there is a point in time where He, too, will taste the final sting of death, because He will die on the cross. Finally, we get to the part of story where Lazarus is brought back from death when Jesus says: He cried with a loud voice, “Lazarus, come forth!”
Jesus proclaims this. He utters this in a loud voice. It is a command, not a plea. It is full of the resolution that only the Son of God can have: a knowing confidence that the soul of Lazarus will be reconnected with the body. That the lifeless body of His friend will somehow, in ways that defy the natural man and science today, come back to life; that on a molecular and cellular level tissue will be restored, the heart will begin to beat again, and breath will fill the lungs. The story ends with Lazarus coming forth from the grave, alive and well. The Fallen One’s plans are once again thwarted because Jesus is not stoned to death by the crowd who might seek to kill Him, for His time had not come yet. His plans are also thwarted as we see that the Son of Man, Jesus, has power over death itself. This story has been told and retold for thousands of years now. When examined as part of an ongoing war strategy, this story takes on new meaning. We see that the raising of Lazarus shows us in bold, graphic strokes a painting of the future when all men and women will be raised from the dead. I believe that the raising of Lazarus is a prototype of where we are headed in the not-too-distant future because: Those who are dead in Christ will rise to meet the Lord in the air and then the rest of us who are alive will follow and so be evermore with the Lord, even so comfort one another with these words (1 Thess. 4:16).
Recap The Fallen One believed that in making Jesus’ friend Lazarus sick unto death, he could draw Jesus out into the open so that He would heal him; thus, setting Him directly in the path of the men who wanted to kill Him, ending the Messiah’s mission and, thus, in his twisted, evil, genius of a mind: “Checkmate!” Jesus deliberately waits for two days before setting out to help His friend. When He arrives, Lazarus is already dead. Had He come into the village when Lazarus was sick, the crowds might not have been there to shield Him from those Jews who wanted to kill Him. So I believe that we are seeing an ongoing strategy taking place. Once again Jesus sets in motion a micro move, raising Lazarus, but its macro implications are that death can be conquered! It is not final. That there is One, the God/man Jesus, who with a word can reunite soul and body and bring life into him who was dead; and that is the ultimate macro move because it affects every human being on this planet!
CHAPTER 17: The Crucifixion – the Fallen One’s Miscalculation
We see throughout the the Bible that prophecy is being given to mankind; some prophecy is brought by angelic messengers, others by prophets who are told what to write down, and still others—what I would consider of utmost importance—is given by Jesus, Himself. It is astounding to realize that prophecy is the calling out, a priori, of events ahead of time. We are told in the book of Isaiah that the Most High God, El Elyon, alone is able to call out the end before the beginning. He set a standard to which only He can adhere. No one else can make this claim! As we shall see in later chapters, there are impostors throughout history who attempt to prophesy; yet, their predictions are wrong. (In Part Two of this book I will discuss some of these false prophets and the dangers that they pose, and how they may figure into and assist the Fallen One’s ultimate end game.) As we have shown in prior chapters, the Fallen One is seeking to destroy Jesus: the Messiah and the Anointed One. He begins this assault shortly after the birth of Jesus when Herod sends his soldiers to kill all of the children two years old and under. We see his attempt later when Jesus is tempted while he is in a weakened state because of fasting. Jesus is then offered all of the kingdoms of the world and yet
He refuses. We see another attempt on Jesus’ life, in the storm that almost sinks the boat as it crossed the Sea of Galilee. I believe that when Jesus went to raise Lazarus from the dead that there were Jews who were trying to kill Him. He was a marked man and the Fallen One sought to rob, kill, and destroy Him. I have established that the Fallen One is trying to kill Jesus. That has been firmly outlined in the pages of this book. He is aware that Messiah has come to liberate mankind, as is evidenced by the sick that are being healed, and the demon possessed who are being set free. Jesus has come to literally set the captives free; and He even proclaims this in a synagogue when He is given the scroll of Isaiah, and He reads: (Isaiah 61:2 and Luke 4:18) “The Spirit of the LORD is upon Me, Because He has anointed Me To preach the gospel—the good news—to [the] poor; He has sent Me to heal the brokenhearted, To proclaim liberty to captives And recovery of sight to the blind, To set at liberty those who are oppressed;” In short, as Jesus recites this scripture, He is challenging the rulership of the Fallen One as He is proclaiming that He is here to destroy his kingdom. He is making it very clear what His mission is while on earth, to destroy the kingdom of the devil and place it back into the hands of its rightful owner, man. This is both a micro and macro declaration. Micro, in that Jesus is healing people, one on one, on a personal level. Lepers are healed, the dead are raised, and the sick recover, and on and on it goes. It is the supreme act of mercy and love, bestowed by a benevolent God/man on those who were fortunate enough to be living during His time on earth. Can a skeptic argue with that? On a macro level His mission is to provide a way to redeem all of mankind, everyone who will come in the years after his death and resurrection. He will literally reclaim through His death on the cross the title deed to the earth that the Fallen One usurped when Adam fell to temptation in the garden. What is interesting about this chapter is when Jesus visits another synagogue a demon cries out:
(Luke 4:33) Now in the synagogue there was a man who had a spirit of an unclean demon. And he cried out with a loud voice, saying, “Let us alone! What have we to do with You, Jesus of Nazareth? Did You come to destroy us? I know who You are— the Holy One of God!” It would appear from this that the Fallen One has his spies everywhere, because one was sitting in a synagogue on the Sabbath day; however, they came undone when in the presence of Messiah. (I wonder how many of these “spies” sit in the pews on Sunday morning.) So we see that Messiah is going about His mission of destroying the kingdom of the Fallen One, i.e., destroying the works of the devil. The Fallen One is alarmed at what is transpiring and is trying to stop it by the frequent and persistent attempts on Jesus’ life. He knows something is up, but here’s the rub: he’s not sure what it is. Again I will bring to your attention that the Fallen One is not all-knowing. While he can read the prophecies of the coming of the Messiah, he does not fully understand the game plan of the Most High God. In fact, as we shall see in a few moments, his lust to kill Jesus actually plays into the divine plan to set the captives free—every man, woman and child bound under the system of the Fallen One—and to reclaim the title deed to the earth! Jesus informs His disciples that He is going to Jerusalem to die. He mentions this several times. In fact, when He is transfigured on Mount Hermon, He is discussing this with Moses and Elijah. The disciples who are with Him don’t understand. They don't get the plan! Here’s some speculation on my part: I believe that the Fallen One and his minions are not able to read minds. They can’t tell what we human beings are thinking. They can, however, put thoughts into our minds. They can suggest ideas, schemes or plans, and I believe that they listen to what we say and from that get a good idea of what we are thinking. I also believe that there were a group of fallen angles and demons specifically assigned to Jesus to monitor everything He did, everywhere He went, and everything He said. I also believe that at the same time the enemy had his troops in position; Jesus was surrounded by good angels, sort of an angelic team of bodyguards.
I think we get a glimpse of this in Gethsemane when Jesus is comforted by an angel as he sweats great drops of blood,62 and He informs those who have come to arrest Him that He is able to call a legion of angels and stop all of this if He so desires.63 (No man takes His life, but He lays it down willingly.64) That being said, is it possible that Jesus is talking of His death in a way that is baiting the Fallen One? It would be like creating disinformation in today’s world of espionage. Remember there is a heavenly war that is being waged and it is going full force while Jesus is on the earth. The Fallen One has also infiltrated the ranks of Jesus’ innermost circle. This again is a deliberate, strategic move, because now he has a man on the inside that he can control. Of course, I’m speaking of Judas Iscariot, the one who would betray Him. It is no accident that Judas is in place. It is part of the Fallen One’s plan to stop whatever Jesus’ mission is. Remember, the Fallen One is not sure of what the mission is. He is losing his kingdom of death and destruction to Jesus, because wherever Jesus goes He brings about the exact opposite, which is life and wholeness! The final hours leading up to the death of Jesus on the cross have been commented on for centuries. I will not do so here because there are books that would most likely fill several library shelves on this subject. What I would like to do, however, is point out in the narrative the workings of the Fallen One and how his actions, which he believes will bring him victory or checkmate in the cosmic chess match, will in the end prove to be his ultimate undoing. We will look at what happens to Judas. Here’s the text: (Luke 22:3) Then Satan entered Judas, surnamed Iscariot, who was numbered among the twelve. So he went his way and conferred with the chief priests and captains, how he might betray Him to them. And they were glad, and agreed to give him money. This immediately begs the question: how could Satan, the Fallen One, have access to Judas to do this? How did he possess him? When did this relationship begin? The Fallen One had his man on the inside and it was Judas. When the right moment came and the Fallen One had his “ducks” lined up, he entered into Judas personally. I call your attention to the fact that the texts show us that this was of
utmost importance to the Fallen One, so much so that he was not going to trust the task to anyone other than himself. So he enters into Judas. This brings up the subject of demonic or satanic possession. I believe that Judas had an ongoing relationship with the Fallen One. He at some point opened himself up fully and willingly to the lies that were whispered in his ear. Then we see the plan unfold as Satan immediately goes to the chief priests, the religious leaders of the time, the very ones that Jesus calls whitewashed tombs and broods of vipers, and betrays Him!65 The Fallen One has found his allies and now, because he believes the opportunity is presenting itself, he enters into Judas that he may bring about the fruition of his plan to kill Jesus. Jesus has tipped his hand in saying: (Matthew 26:2) You know that after two days is the Passover, and the Son of Man will be delivered up to be crucified. The Fallen One may have been acting on these very words. His spies may have reported back. However, like the false invasion plans that were given to the Nazis before DDay, 66 the Fallen One is playing directly into Jesus’ hand. So Judas is about to betray Jesus and for that he gets 30 pieces of silver. By the way, this is also one of the many prophecies that occur in a 24-hour period surrounding Jesus’ death. These prophecies, taken together as a whole, paint a vivid description of what awaits the Messiah at the crucifixion. If the Fallen One had been able to piece them together, he would never have had Jesus killed! He would have done exactly the opposite. He would have had His life prolonged and protected at all costs. However, he did not put the pieces together and so remained ignorant of what was to ultimately become his defeat or checkmate! Next we see that Jesus is arrested in the garden. This is where we get a hint that He has at His command legions of angels: (Matthew 26:53) Or do you think that I cannot now pray to My Father, and He will provide Me with more than twelve legions of angels? While in the garden Jesus sweats great drops of blood. He is in agony because He knows what lies ahead. He asks if this cup can be taken from Him but then
says, “nevertheless, thy will be done.” Those words will change the very fabric of the universe in my opinion! Then Judas enters the garden and with a kiss betrays the Savior of the world. At this point the disciples scatter and, in the following hours, Jesus will undergo torture, humiliation, and rejection by the Jews and, finally, His death. The Fallen One is ecstatic, as he believes that he has won the match. He is about to have Jesus killed and thereby protects his kingdom; at least, this is what he believes at this time. Most of us know the story, so I won’t belabor it here. In short, Jesus is crucified, and then as he hangs naked and broken on the cross in the murky darkness that has covered the land of Palestine for three hours, He utters His final words: “It is finished.” At this point He gives up the ghost. A great earthquake shakes the land, and the tombs of the righteous dead are opened and those who were long since dead are seen walking in the streets of Jerusalem. The veil in the Temple that is a heavy, woven, thick piece of cloth is torn from top to bottom. It is the mega-shift in all of history. It is the singularly most important event since the foundations of the world were laid. It will have repercussions that will break apart the kingdom of the Fallen One. It will, in fact, spell his doom. We are told in an account what happened after Yashua/Jesus “gave up the ghost.” Here is the text that explains to us what happened next; it is taken from 1Peter 3:18: 18 For Christ also suffered once for sins, the righteous for the unrighteous, that he might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh but made alive in the spirit, 19 in which he went and proclaimed to the spirits in prison, 20 because they formerly did not obey, when God's patience waited in the days of Noah, while the ark was being prepared, in which a few, that is, eight persons, were brought safely through water. (Emphasis mine.) What we see here is that Jesus went to where the spirits were imprisoned, and He proclaimed to them victory! We are told in the texts who these spirits were and I will once again call your attention to the Genesis 6 account in the early chapters of this book. The spirits he preaches to are, in my opinion, the same ones that
Jude tells us: (Jude v.6) And the angels who did not stay within their own position of authority, but left their proper dwelling, he has kept in eternal chains under gloomy darkness until the judgment of the great day. The bottom line for me is that this is a victory cry; He is pronouncing, “Checkmate!” The Fallen One thought the mission would end by crucifying Jesus, but it actually spelled his ultimate defeat. He didn't understand what was taking place. He didn't realize that Messiah, the Anointed One, would shed His blood once and for all for the remission of all the nasty stuff we human beings do on a daily basis! The cross was the ultimate defeat, as Jesus, who seemed to be outmaneuvered by the Fallen One, in fact, lays down His life willingly, and then in His death travels to the place where the fallen angels had been chained and proclaims to them that the game is over and the Most High God has won. Listen to another verse that amplifies this victory: (Ephesians 4:8) Therefore it says, “When he ascended on high he led a host of captives, and he gave gifts to men.” 9 In saying, “He ascended,” what does it mean but that he had also descended into the lower regions, the earth? Bullinger 67 has a short paper on this, and I would highly recommend reading it, as he believes as I do that this was a victory cry, a proclamation that the title deed of the earth, the Luciferic system, the reign of the Fallen One, had now officially come to an end. I have enclosed part of a novella that I had written a number of years ago when I was under contract with Zondervan Publishing house. While it is a fictional account, it will give us an insight into what may have happened. In verse 8 above, we see that He led a host of captives with Him as He ascended to heaven. Many believe that until that time the souls of men and women were in sort of a holding area. Because the entire universe had been corrupted by the Fallen One (which is why we are told that all creation groans) there was no way for these spirits to be released. This is part of what the cross and Jesus’ sacrifice were all about, the release of the captives who had been held in this area from the time of the death of Abel, and Adam and Eve, up to the time of the crucifixion itself
when Jesus tells one of the thieves who is hanging next to Him: “today you will be with me in Paradise!” The resurrection follows three days later. Jesus rises from the dead and emerges from the tomb. In His resurrected body He is seen by His disciples and then later by more than 500 different witnesses. Then He gathers His disciples and goes to the Mount of Olives where He ascends into the heavens. We are told that an angel then tells the men and women who witness this that He will return in the same way that He left, and, when He does, His feet will split the Mount of Olives in half! I believe that this is literal and not hyperbole! His disciples are told to wait in Jerusalem until they receive the Holy Spirit. Later, this happens as the power of the spirit of the Most High God descends on those who are gathered in an upper room and the building shakes. It is paramount to our discussion to realize that this was the first time since the fall in the garden that the Spirit of the Living God once again indwelt men and women. This is the experience, being born again, that created the Christian church. The wall that had separated the Most High God from men had been torn down and allowed the reconnection of our spirit to the Creator of the universe. Sadly, this experience has been cheapened by some of the so-called teleevangelists who have made more of a carnival sideshow out of it. The media has made the phrase born again almost a byword of ridicule. The fact of the matter is that there is nothing more important in a person’s life than becoming born again. Without that happening, we will remain natural men and women and will never be able to understand the things of the spirit. It is important to note that the disciples thought that Jesus’ return would be soon. They were expecting it, and I believe the Fallen One thought so, too. However, that was almost 2000 years ago and even though checkmate was declared at the cross, the Most High God has not actually claimed the prize yet. I must admit to you that this has baffled me to the point that I have lain on my bed and stared at the ceiling for hours in contemplation wondering why He tarries or delays. He has His reasons, but in the meantime the Fallen One continues to create as much havoc here as he possibly can. He knows that he has lost the match. He knows that he will ultimately lose the place where he now resides, the second heaven, but in his twisted dementia he believes that somehow he can pull victory from the ashes of defeat.
Recap The cross is the game changer. In essence it is checkmate in that the title deed that was usurped back in the garden by the Fallen One has now been taken back. This was accomplished by the man who was without sin, and offered his life, willingly, as a sacrifice, for all people throughout all time, which is why we are told that Jesus is the Lamb of God who takes away the sins of the world. It is as Jesus proclaimed moments before He died: “It is finished.” Those words have a deeper connotation than most of us think because it is a proclamation that the cosmic chess match is over and the victor is the Most High God. However, as we shall see in Part Two of this book, the Fallen One wants to drag as many people with him as possible to an eternity of separation from the Most High God. He wants a re-match, and although this isn't formally granted, the Fallen One acts like it has been! This is why we see a continuation of move and countermove by the players right up to the present day. Even though the match is over, there still is a war that is raging and will continue to rage until the second coming when Jesus will finally take control of the kingdom. The bottom line is that the Fallen One still believes that he will ascend to the throne and be worshiped as God. We shall see in Part Two, that this is his end game and he will spare no expense to accomplish his goal.
CHAPTER 18: 70 A.D. – Yet Another Attempt at Annihilation
In 70 A.D., about 40 years after the crucifixion, death, and resurrection of Jesus of Nazareth, a prophecy Jesus gave was fulfilled. I don’t pretend to understand the full implications of what happened when more than one million men, women, and children were slaughtered after almost three years of siege to the city by the Roman General Titus.68 The rest of the inhabitants of the city were sold into slavery. This began the Diaspora that would continue until modern times when we see the Jews re-gathered from the four corners of the world and reestablished in their ancient homeland. So what is this? There is an apocryphal story that goes something like this: a group of Christians were given a warning that the Roman army was approaching and so they left the city well in advance of the siege that would eventually starve the occupants, destroy the Temple Mount Complex, and fill the streets with the blood of a million victims. So the question is this: how did they know and why did they act on the information that was given to them? It would appear that this is a direct fulfillment of Jesus’ words that we see in Matthew 24 when He is asked as He is leaving the Temple Mount Complex about the stones of the Temple and how wonderful they are. He answers saying that not one stone will be left upon another. First off, this is a very specific prophecy and one that would come to pass less than 40 years from when He uttered it. We see that Jesus is able to see into the future with far greater clarity and specificity than the Fallen One. (May I remind you once again
of the “cornfield” illustration?) The question that perplexes me is that not only does this one event, the destruction of Jerusalem in 70 A.D., fulfill Jesus’ shortterm prophecy, it also points to another, when He says that Jerusalem will be under the control of non-Jews, i.e., Gentiles, until the time of the Gentiles is finished. I will present the list of non-Jews who controlled Jerusalem here for your review: * Rome: 70 A.D. * Moslems: 691 Build the Dome of the Rock * Crusaders: 1099 * Saladin: 1187 * Mamluk: 1200 * Ottoman Turks: 1517 * British: 1917 * Jordan: 1945 * Israel: 1967 So we see from the list above that the city of Jerusalem was controlled for almost 2000 years by non- Jewish empires, i.e., the Gentiles. The point I’m making, and it is certainly speculation on my part, is that we know from the accounts of Josephus69 that the Jews had been rebelling against Rome continually since it was occupied by the Roman army in 63 B.C.70 We also know that Rome had lost patience with the Jewish rebellion and so Titus, the Roman general, was sent to crush the sedition once and for all. My hypothesis is from the perspective of the ongoing cosmic chess match, because even though the Fallen One lost the match at Calvary, he will continue to rule this “age” and be the “god” of this world until he is once and for all disposed of at the Battle of Armageddon. In A.D. 70, the Christian church was centered in Jerusalem. Yes, Paul and others had spread the word to the outside world, but I believe the Fallen One, knowing his defeat at the cross of Calvary, sought to destroy the fledgling group that had been filled with the Spirit of the Living God. This is why, like Joseph who receives the warning dream and acting on it flees with Mary and the baby Jesus before Herod’s thugs can kill him, the Christians are warned and leave Jerusalem before the siege. We see here a very complex set of moves by the players that results in the Christian “church” fleeing Jerusalem, the Temple being destroyed, and the Jews being scattered throughout the Roman
Empire. The Christian church leaving Jerusalem is the move that begins to spread the “good news” of eternal life to the outside world. The Fallen One must now contend with the Jews, the Most High God’s chosen people, and the new spiritfilled believers who resulted from losing the key moves that were played out at Cavalry. He’s backpedaling for all he’s worth at this point! So we see that what the Fallen One had planned for death and destruction, the Most High God ultimately makes good come from it. However, we must never forget that destruction, mayhem, and bloodshed are the Fallen One’s ultimate end game and will remain so until he is finally reined in at the Battle of Armageddon. Once again his plans are thwarted, as he succeeds in nearly destroying the Jewish people. He has one move that he will continue to play over and over again and it is this: the killing of all Jews. If he had been successful and killed every last Jew, then he would have negated prophecy, proven that the Most High God is a liar, re-established himself as ruler of the world and enslaved mankind for eternity. I call your attention to the prophecy of Jesus to which I referred earlier: Jerusalem would be controlled by the Gentiles, until the time of the Gentiles was over. It would seem obvious that if all the Jews could be destroyed, then the Fallen One would win. As I have mentioned in these pages before, we see that he almost succeeds. The Temple being destroyed closes a way of worship that was instituted centuries earlier and now, for all practical purposes, ceases to exist. However, as we shall see later, one of the key prophecies is the rebuilding of this temple, the third Temple. This series of moves by the players has consequences for humanity that reach into the present day. It sets up the ongoing struggle that we see in the Middle East. It points to a time when Israel will be gathered from the four corners of the earth and set back into its initial homeland, as prophesied in Ezekiel 37, which was fulfilled in 1948. I believe that the Fallen One was so enraged by his defeat that took place on Calvary that he might have instigated the Roman legions to try once again to win
the match, even though he'd already lost. Think about it. If he could have killed every Jew and destroyed the center of Christianity in one blow, he could have negated the prophetic words of Jesus, and proven the Most High God a liar. He didn’t, but the results were still catastrophic for both Christians and Jews. The result of the Roman siege is still felt today as we see the constant struggle over who will control Jerusalem. We know that there is an element in Israel that wants to rebuild the Temple on what is left of the Temple Mount. However, the Muslims will go to war over this, as they consider this site to be the third holiest site in Islam. We must come to a realization that the Fallen One is intent on creating as much havoc as possible and will have one last shot at doing so before he is cast into the abyss for a thousand years. At this point, 40 years after his defeat on Calvary, he has not yet been thrown down to the first heaven (earth), but nonetheless, I believe he knows his time is short….71
Conclusion for Part One
I n summary, I have demonstrated that there is a cosmic chess match or heavenly war that has been waged for millennia. Most of us are unaware of this and, in fact, think that this struggle only applies to a time that is long gone and isn't applicable to us now. This couldn’t be further from the truth, as we shall see in Part Two, for the Fallen One continues on his mission of wanton destruction and death on a large scale, even though he knows full well that he was defeated at the cross. I have discussed herein that at every turn there are moves and countermoves by the players that affect not only individuals, but nations, peoples and the future of this planet. In short, we are engaged in a heavenly war. It is being waged in an unseen dimension known as the second heaven, and, from time to time, manifests openly on our planet. In Part Two, I will discuss how the Fallen One may have set so-called prophetic markers through history to create what I will call a self-fulfilling, staged, prophetic event.
PART TWO The Cosmic Chess Match Continues!
CHAPTER 19: How Prophecy Affects the Match: Does It Exist?
What is prophecy? Does it exist? Is it real, or is it something akin to a fortuneteller in a carnival sideshow? How do we know whether we can rely upon a specific prophecy? Is all prophecy simply invalid because we live in a rationalistic, science-based world, and thus find it hard to apply the scientific method to prophecy? If by chance prophecy is true, then how does it (or can it) affect our lives? And of course the big question is how we can ascertain whether the source from which the prophecy originates is benevolent or malevolent? So what is prophecy? Simply put, prophecy is the forecasting of future events. It is the telling of events that will happen in advance with perfect accuracy. These prophecies usually come from a prophet. He or she receives the prophecy from a source. (More about the importance of identifying the source later.) There are different standards of what the mettle of a true prophet is. According to the ancient biblical texts, a true prophecy has to be 100% correct, 100% of the time. There is no room for error. The penalty for error is death by stoning. Harsh, isn’t it? However, before we judge the penalty, let’s take a look at why the penalty would be meted out in such a dramatic way. The ancient Hebrews, from whom much of the Biblical prophecy in this book stems, believed that God was speaking through a prophet. Therefore, the office of a prophet was one that was held in the highest regard. In short, the prophet
became the mouthpiece for God. Thus, if the prophet uttered something that turned out not to be true, the people realized he was a false prophet. According to these biblical texts, there were many cases in which the people’s lives—the entire nation of Israel— depended on what the prophet said, so he had better get it right. In the ancient world it was an office that was held in high regard; so much so that in many cases, kings consulted a prophet before they would go off to war. There are some very startling, accurate prophecies that are found throughout the pages of the Bible. Some of these have already been fulfilled; others have yet to be fulfilled. Skeptics who will read this will scoff, and ask me to point to an example of a prophecy that has been first stated in the written record and then later fulfilled. Thanks for asking! One prophecy that I will offer as proof will be from a letter that Luke the Physician wrote after he had interviewed people in the first century. It is an account of what was handed down orally, and Luke took the task upon himself of writing down the experiences of the eyewitnesses as accurately as possible. The prophecy that I will cite is startling in its accuracy because it has to do with the destruction of Jerusalem. Yashua uttered it almost 40 years before its fulfillment. This first century rabbi, Yashua, or, by His Greek name, Jesus. This prophecy is as follows: (Luke 21:20) When you see Jerusalem surrounded by soldiers, you will know that it will soon be destroyed. If you are living in Judea at that time, run to the mountains. If you are in the city, leave it. And if you are out in the country, don't go back into the city. This time of punishment is what is written about in the scriptures. It will be an awful time for women who are expecting babies or nursing young children! Everywhere in the land people will suffer horribly and be punished. Swords will kill some of them. Others will be carried off to foreign countries. Jerusalem will be overrun by foreign nations until their time comes to an end. (Contemporary English Version) This prophecy was fulfilled in A.D. 70 when the Roman General Titus laid siege to the city. Over one million inhabitants were slaughtered and those Jews who remained were carted off as slaves to various parts of the Roman Empire.72
As I pointed out in Part One, this was both a macro and micro move by the Fallen One in order to both annihilate the Jews and wipe out the nascent Christian sect that at that time was mostly Jewish and centered in Jerusalem. Let’s examine this from the standpoint of the skeptic who will say that the Letter of Luke was written well after the A.D. 70 date. This is a valid point and unfortunately there is no way to push it back to an earlier date with any certainty. So while those of us who believe that these were prophetic words uttered by Jesus, far in advance of the destruction of Jerusalem, we can’t cite them with certainty as being a priori because the earliest known copies of the text appear after the fact. We can, however, look at the second part of the prophecy that states the following: (Luke 21:24) Jerusalem will be overrun by foreign nations until their time comes to an end. We can see that this prophecy has great specificity, as this is exactly what happened for the last almost two millennia. It has been almost two thousand years since this prophecy was written down and since that time the city of Jerusalem has been controlled by various nations, until after the Six Day War in 1967 when the Jews declared the city of Jerusalem to be under their control.73 Here is a list of the empires that controlled the city until 1967. * A.D. 70 the Romans * 614 the Persians * 637 Caliph Omar * 1099 the Crusaders * 1187 Saladin * 1250 the Egyptian Mamelukes * 1517 the Turks * 1917 the British * 1925 The Jordanians * 1967 Israel retakes the city74 It seems apparent to me from the list of conquering nations above that the prophecy is accurate and has now been fulfilled. What makes this startling and sobering to the skeptic is that the return of the Jews to their ancient homeland and their regaining control of Jerusalem would be akin to the Manhattan Indians showing up and declaring their sovereignty over New York City.
I have stated before that most cultures when taken over by a more dominant one will disappear within two generations because their language and customs slip away and are replaced by that of the culture that has conquered them. So it is with that mindset that we look at the impossibility of the nation of Israel being re-formed in its ancient homeland and then regaining its capital, Jerusalem, after almost two thousand years of not having control over it. Recently Pope Benedict 16th stated that the Israelis should divide Jerusalem. One rabbi shot back that the pope should divide Rome, and rightfully so!75 I have cited two prophecies that should at least make you sit up and take notice. This begs the question that if prophecy is real, who is the author of it? In the case of the prophecy that I just cited, Jesus uttered it, and so the source is identified. The question remains, and is central to our discussion, how did He know the future with such accuracy before it happened? How could He see so far into the future in advance? Can others do this? I would point you back to the earlier chapter of this book in which I gave the cornfield example. The Most High God sees all of time. Every event, past, present, and future, is open to Him at the same time. The Fallen One has a limited perspective and cannot see the future in all of its details. However, I believe that the Fallen One can set up his own prophetic counterfeits in order to obfuscate and diminish the real prophecy. We will see examples of this in Part Two, specifically in regard to the entire hubbub that surrounds the Mayan Calendar and the 2012 date. So both sides are using prophecy to call out the future. In the case of the Most High God, He is calling out the end before it happens with pinpoint accuracy. The Fallen One cannot do this, but he will attempt to lure as many as he can into his ruse before he is finally cast out of the second heaven and cast to the first heaven, which, as I have stated previously, is earth.
Recap I believe that prophecy is real and not only was fulfilled in ancient times, but is also being fulfilled in modern times while the stage is being set for other prophetic passages to come to their time of fruition. I also believe that the Most High God is the only one in all of creation who can know everything at the same time. He alone is able to call out in advance, the end before the beginning and the beginning before the end. However, the Fallen One is a great impostor and so may have created counterfeit prophecies that are deliberately obfuscating real, biblical prophecy.
CHAPTER 20: The Ninth of AV!
This chapter is unique because it spans thousands of years in its scope. What we will learn is that the Fallen One has attempted to liquidate, kill off, exterminate, terminate, and bring to an end the race of people known as the Jews. He has done this on more than one occasion and that is the subject of this chapter. He has sought the destruction of the Jewish people throughout history and has even attempted it in modern times, as we will soon discover. He has been relentless in these attempts because he believes that if he can wipe the Jews out, he will win. How? Because if the Jews don't exist as a people, a nation, and a tribe, then prophecy will not be fulfilled; if prophecy that the Most High God has stated will happen for whatever reason does not, then the Fallen One has proved the Most High God to be a liar and thus he would win the match, or perhaps I should say rematch because the match was decided on Calvary two thousand years ago: the victor being the Most High God. Of course this is NOT going to happen, but the Fallen One is so full of hate and, while he is an evil genius, his hubris has clouded his judgment and so he still believes that he can win the rematch, even though there is no rematch being played! There are those who wonder about the hatred toward the Jews. We see it today, as we hear from Mahmoud Ahmedinejhad, who continually spreads his vitriolic comments toward Israel on almost a weekly basis. I have covered this in Politics, Prophecy & the Supernatural, so I will not go into it here, but surely we can agree that anti-Semitism is on the rise. Here are a handful of quotes that the
president of Iran has hurled toward Israel: “Israel is a dry withered tree, soon to be plucked up by its roots and thrown into the sea.”76 “Israel is a cancer soon to be irradiated.”77 “Israel should be wiped off the map.”78 The point I’m making is that unless we understand that the Fallen One spawns these supernatural forces and, I believe, fans the flames of this hatred, we will never understand it. In short, we are watching in real-time the end game of the Fallen One being played out on the world stage. He is trying to drag as many people as he can with him to his final destination, that of the lake of fire. However, in the meantime, and I believe it is in the near future, he will try once again to annihilate the Jews.
The Supernatural Hatred of the Jews Why the deep hatred of the Jewish people? Why is anti-Semitism raising its ugly head in the modern era, in the 21st century? According to the latest statistics, antiSemitism is on the rise.79 It just doesn’t make sense, does it? The root of the hatred, in my opinion, against the Jewish people is that the Jews are the Most High God’s chosen people, and it is because of this that the Fallen One hates them with a vengeance and wants to wipe them off the face of the earth! There are some Christians who say that the Jews lost this privilege—that of being the chosen people—when they rejected their Messiah. This is called replacement theology and, in my opinion, it is a heretical teaching. In short, replacement theology says that the church is now Israel and all the promises that the Most High God gave to Israel now belong to the church. Unfortunately, this is not stated anywhere in the Guidebook to the Supernatural. It is an invention of men and women to once again diminish the Jews and Israel. (I wonder what fallen angel whispered this falsehood and started the rumor in the first place.) In my opinion, if one takes this position, then one will never, and I mean never, have an understanding of prophecy and how the cosmic chess match is being played out. Most of the prophecy that we have seen in our lifetime is directly related to Israel: The gathering of the Jews from the four corners of the world80 The control of Jerusalem81 The desert blooming82 The language of Hebrew restored83 These are a few of the prophecies that have come to pass. There are others that are yet unfulfilled, but I believe that we are in the days when we will see them happen as the news media flashes the headlines on TV sets all over the globe.
Tisha B’Av – the Ninth of Av This day, the ninth of Av, has been a day of calamity for the Jewish people. It would appear that this is no coincidence and, as we shall see, the fingerprints of the Fallen One are all over what has transpired on this day. Here is a brief overview, taken from the Jewish Virtual Library, of what happened:84 Tisha B'Av, the Fast of the Ninth of Av, is a day of mourning to commemorate the many tragedies that have befallen the Jewish people, many of which coincidentally have occurred on the ninth of Av. Tisha B'Av means “the ninth (day) of Av.” It usually occurs during August. Tisha B'Av primarily commemorates the destruction of the first and second Temples, both of which were destroyed on the ninth of Av (the first by the Babylonians in 586 B.C.E.; the second by the Romans in 70 C.E.). Although this holiday is primarily meant to commemorate the destruction of the Temple, it is appropriate to consider on this day the many other tragedies of the Jewish people, many of which occurred on this day, most notably the expulsion of the Jews from Spain in 1492. Tisha B'Av is the culmination of a three-week period of increasing mourning, beginning with the fast of the 17th of Tammuz, which commemorates the first breach in the walls of Jerusalem, before the First Temple was destroyed. During this three-week period, weddings and other parties are not permitted, and people refrain from cutting their hair. From the first to the ninth of Av, it is customary to refrain from eating meat or drinking wine (except on the Sabbath) and from wearing new clothing. The restrictions on Tisha B'Av are similar to those on Yom Kippur: to refrain from eating and drinking (even water); washing, bathing, shaving or wearing cosmetics; wearing leather shoes; and engaging in sexual relations. Work in the ordinary sense of the word is also restricted. People who are ill need not fast on this day. Many of the traditional mourning practices are observed: people refrain from smiles, laughter and idle conversation, and sit on low stools. In synagogue, the book of Lamentations is read and mourning prayers are recited. The ark (cabinet where the Torah is kept) is draped in black.
Here is a list of the calamities that befell the Jewish people on the ninth of Av.85 These dates are taken from the Mishnah. I will comment after each one and will use a different font to do so. * The twelve spies Moses sent to observe the land of Canaan returned from their mission. Only two of the spies, Joshua and Caleb, brought a positive report, while the others spoke disparagingly about the land. The majority report caused the Children of Israel to cry, panic and despair of ever entering the “Promised Land.” For this, they were punished. God said that their generation would not enter the land. Because of the Israelites' lack of faith, God decreed that for all generations this date would become one of crying and misfortune for their descendants, the Jewish people. (See Numbers Ch. 13–14.) We discussed some of this earlier. What is being mentioned here is the countermove of the Fallen One? In short, he has been busy putting Nephilim (the offspring of fallen angels and women) in the area that the Most High God has designated as “the Promised Land.” As I mentioned before, this is a major macro move because it affects everyone who has come out of Egypt in the Exodus. * The First Temple built by King Solomon and the Kingdom of Judah was destroyed by the Babylonians led by Nebuchadnezzar in 586 BCE and the Judeans were sent into the Babylonian exile. The Fallen One is seeking to destroy the entire nation. The first temple is destroyed and the Jews are carted off to Babylon. * The Second Temple built by Ezra and Nehemiah was destroyed by the Romans in 70 CE, scattering the people of Judea and commencing the Jewish exile from the Holy Land. According to the Talmud in tractate Ta’anit, the destruction of the Second Temple began on the Ninth of Av and the Temple continued to burn throughout the Tenth of Av. More of the same here as the Romans destroy the focal point of the Jewish nation, the Temple, and then scatter the remaining Jews to the four corners of their empire. * The Romans crushed Bar Kokhba’s revolt and destroyed the city of Betar, killing over 100,000 Jews, in 132 CE.86 * Following the Roman siege of Jerusalem, Roman commander Turnus Rufus plowed the site of the Temple and the surrounding area, in 133 CE. 87
This is the final straw for the Romans, and Jews entering what was once Jerusalem did so on pain of death. There are other events that fall on the ninth of Av of which we should take note. They are: * The First Crusade was declared by Pope Urban II in 1095, killing 10,000 Jews in its first month and destroying Jewish communities in France and the Rhineland. (See footnote #79.) * Jews were expelled from England in 1290. (See footnote #79.) * Jews were expelled from Spain in 1492. (See footnote #80.) * On Tisha B'Av 1914 (August 1, 1914), World War I broke out, causing unprecedented devastation across Europe and set the stage for World War II and the Holocaust. (See footnote #80.) * On the eve of Tisha B'Av 1942, the mass deportation began of Jews from the Warsaw Ghetto en route to Treblinka. 88 * The Jewish community center in Buenos Aires was bombed, killing 86 and wounding 300 others, on Monday, July 18, 1994, the 10th of Av. Jewish Calendar 1994. * The Israeli withdrawal from 25 settlements in the Gaza Strip and northern Samaria, considered a calamity by some Jews and Israelis but necessary or positive for Israel by others, began on August 14, 2005, the day after Tisha B'Av. (Forced evacuations of remaining residents began on August 17.) It is obvious that there is a cosmic connection to this date. It is not a coincidence that these calamities that befell the Jews happened on or very close to the ninth of Av. I recently blogged about this date and I have learned to keep an eye on world events every year when we near the time of the ninth of Av. Dates, times, and geographical settings are of great importance to the agenda of the Fallen One. He uses these to further his agenda….
CHAPTER 21: Darwinism: A Theory of Deception!
Before I start this chapter, I want to let you know that this will not be a discussion of the Darwinian Theory in detail. However, it will show us what I believe is the Fallen One’s handiwork that continues into the modern era. There are those who will read this and think it preposterous that Darwin and his theory have anything to do with the so-called supernatural. I would point them to this scripture that tells us that “the natural man cannot understand or discern the things of the spirit.” (1 Corinthians 2:14) Please remember that there are those who are willingly in the service and the will of the Fallen One, just like there are those who dedicate their lives to Yashua/Jesus, the Anointed One. Then, there are others who do not openly serve the Fallen One, but are in his service nonetheless. I believe that Darwin fits the latter and here’s why: Darwin changed the way people think, their worldview, and he did it on a global scale. However, why was his theory promulgated worldwide? Why was this theory pushed upon the masses as fact, when in fact it is nothing more than a theory with little evidence to support it? Why were Darwinism and the idea of evolution and natural selection espoused by some of the greatest minds of the 19th century? Darwinism is this in a nutshell: all life in the universe and on this planet in particular evolved by its own accord by chance
with what Darwinists call natural selection. There exists only the dispassionate, natural world in which only the strong and most adaptable survive. There is no God who created the universe. There is no devil that would tempt us into sin because there are no moral absolutes, so do whatever you like, because there is no sin to worry about and plague our consciences: no judgment for the way we live, no deity who might be holding us accountable for our actions! In short, there is no real purpose in being alive other than reproducing the species and enjoying oneself. The Theory of Darwinism goes against everything that a Judeo/Christian worldview holds dear and sacred. We will see how this theory led to the genocide and horrific mass murders of millions of people, deeds that left black marks on the 20th century. All the blame for these atrocities cannot be laid at the feet of Darwin, but in retrospect, his theory was what set it all in motion. Darwinism rejects the God of the Bible. In short, there is no God for most of those who embrace his theory. I believe that Darwin’s theory is the most devastating and misleading work ever to be penned on this planet, with perhaps Mien Kampf running a close second. I also believe that behind both of these works lurks the hand of the Fallen One. I want to make it clear that I’m not saying that Darwin was possessed by the devil, only that he was a tool that was sharpened and honed by the Fallen One and was used to fulfill part of his diabolical plan. Darwinism is taught in the United States school system as fact. Unfortunately it is not fact but theory. It has led millions of people away from the God of the Bible and the supernatural. In Darwinian Theory there is no supernatural; there are no miracles. There is nothing but the empirical and the scientific method—what can be seen and reproduced in a laboratory. No god/man, Yashua/Jesus, who performs miracles, raises the dead, feeds the five thousand, cures the lepers, or dies to save mankind, because there is nothing wrong with mankind! Darwinism’s biggest accomplishment for the Fallen One is that it sets aside the question as to how life originated. It creates an intellectual vacuum, a hole, as to the origins of the universe. In other words, where and how did life begin? One of my favorite clips is from the Ben Stein movie, Expelled. If you haven’t
seen this yet, drop this book in your lap and run, do not walk, to the nearest video store and rent it. Do it right now! Please, it’s that important! Near the end of the movie, Stein sits down with one of the premier evolutionists of our time, Richard Dawkins. Stein poses the question to Dawkins, “Where did life originate?” Dawkins settles in his chair and replies, “Perhaps millions of years ago in another galaxy an advanced race of aliens created us….”89 Herein lies what I would call intellectual fascism. It’s fascism because in the minds of Dawkins and others of his ilk, if a person holds any belief other than Darwinism, he or she is a Neanderthal or an uneducated fool and, as Stein points out in his film, in academia, even mentioning the prospect of Intelligent Design is enough to get one fired! Thus, this is intellectual fascism. We must all think like Darwin, Dawkins and the high priests of academia or we are imbeciles! Of course, what is interesting about this part of the clip is that Dawkins has no idea how or where life originated. His argument is intellectually bankrupt. He doesn’t know! It’s all a sham, an intellectual house of cards. Yet, he holds tenaciously to the theory of Darwin and insists that there is not any other viable position in the halls of academia. In academia today, if a professor would be stupid enough to suggest that the universe may be the result of intelligent design, he or she risks his or her tenure at that university. As Stein points out, he thought that institutions of higher learning were supposed to encourage discourse and an exchange of ideas. It would appear that this is not the case as graphically demonstrated in Expelled. Darwin sets up what I believe is part of The Coming Great Deception and the Luciferian End Game. This was the subtitle of my Politics, Prophecy & the Supernatural book. Let me take a moment and explain what I mean. We have discussed in this book the concept of a cosmic chess match: an ongoing war between the Most High God and the Fallen One. We see that there is foresight by the Fallen One, because he seems to know certain, but not all, aspects of the future. He also is able to read prophecy and understand it in part. I have demonstrated this throughout the book in a myriad of examples, so I think it fair to assume that Darwinism was and is a tool of the Fallen One that sets up what may be the greatest deception that has ever been foisted on human beings.
No one knows where life originated. If we are intellectually honest, we must admit that it is a mystery. That being said, my belief in God creating the universe is just as valid as the atheist believing that it all just happened by chance over millions of years. I can’t prove my position, but the atheist, as revealed by Dawkins’ answer to Stein’s question, can’t prove his position either. In fact, most creationists would insist that evolution is an untenable position in the first place, with absolutely no proof and no examples of species transitioning from one to another. This sets up a tension that we will now explore.
The Missing Link! Is it possible that the Fallen One sets ups what I would consider false flag events? Does he deliberately instigate what I would call false prophecies? Does he plan for the future? Does he have an end game? May I suggest that the answers to the above questions is a resounding yes! I believe that the Fallen One has a master plan, and I would point to an ancient text that tells us that: (2 Thess. 2:7) The mystery of iniquity is working and will continue to work.... What is the “mystery of iniquity”? The secret of lawlessness is another translation that is used for “mystery of iniquity” and has been at work for millennia. The Fallen One has been strategizing and planning his end game for untold centuries and his master plan is to bring about the advent of the antichrist in the rebuilt temple in Jerusalem. However, I believe that to accomplish this he may have set in motion other goals and objectives along the road to being worshipped.
Back To Darwin One such goal is to create a belief system that challenges the God of the Bible. As we have seen in this section discussing Darwin, what may be the most pernicious aspect of his theory is that it is able to lead people away from the truth of the Bible as his theory is in direct contradiction to an Almighty God creating the universe. By doing this he sets up an intellectual vacuum, a vacant space in which another idea, another worldview can be inserted...and that idea will be his idea. In other words, Christianity, a worldview to which more than 1.8 BILLION people on this planet adhere, stands in the way of the Fallen One's objective. He must first weaken this belief system before he can insert his own. What amazes me is that, since Darwin first promulgated his theory a little more than 150 years ago, the world has changed to such a degree that Europe, which at one time was a bastion of Christianity, has become a modern-day mission field because millions of people have abandoned their Christian roots. Some have become neo-pagans who are embracing the religions of Druidism, goddess worship, or the worship of the earth itself, Gaia. Others, educated in the colleges and universities of Europe, have become agnostics or atheists. Thus, many people are ripe for a NEW AGE of religious belief or a new paradigm or system in which the practitioner has no sin; every act or behavior is acceptable and he or she can become like a god. When we go to the book of Revelation and examine what is told will happen in the last days, we see that there will be a one-world religious system along with a oneworld government. It is from this climate that I believe the Fallen One will spring what may be his last great move! The climate is ripe for a new paradigm, a new religion. One planet, one people… please! It sounds nice, doesn't it? However, the roots of deception run centuries deep and the tree that has grown quietly through the centuries is about to bear its poisonous fruit. When I pointed to Richard Dawkins’ suggestion that life began in another galaxy millions of light years away and was created by a race of highly intelligent aliens, I was alerting you to the fact that this concept of Dawkins may play directly into the hands of the Fallen One! Here's why:
The Great Deception? The Great Deception is a phrase that I coined in the second book of the Nephilim Trilogy. The idea behind this comes from 2 Thessalonians, which tells us: “The man of sin will not be revealed until the falling away comes first.” I have discussed this in Politics, Prophecy & the Supernatural, so I will not belabor it here, except to state that the word for “falling away” in the Greek is apostasia, which is where we get our word for apostasy. In my opinion this means that there will be a great falling away before the man of sin, or the antichrist, is revealed. I have also stated in my written work, TV interviews, radio interviews, public lectures and conferences that I believe the cause of this falling away will be the revealing of the socalled extraterrestrial presence. Do you see why Dawkins' position is so volatile? He's already part of the deception in that he has set forth his belief in the alien gospel. If they do show up, Dawkins and millions of others will have the answers to the missing link of Darwinism because these visitors will tell us that they created all life on the earth: that they genetically manipulated early man. That they started the world’s earliest civilizations, created our religions, and were worshipped by our ancestors as gods. Now they (ET) are back at this critical juncture in human history to usher mankind into a new age of prosperity, knowledge and peace.
Conclusion Darwin and his theory opens the door for an alternative paradigm or worldview to be presented that is contrary to what we find in the Bible, in that God created the universe ex nihilo, from nothing. He spoke it into existence: (John 1:3) ...for through him all things were made and without him nothing that was made was made. Both positions can't be right. One is wrong and misleading, and that one in my opinion is Darwinism, which sets everyone up to believe the lie. We are told in 2nd Thessalonians: Therefore God sends them a strong delusion, so that they may believe what is false.... It may become clear, as future events unfold, that this strong delusion is linked inexorably to Darwinism.
CHAPTER 22: The Holocaust: the Deadliest Move of the Fallen One
In order to understand what happened in Germany under the Nazis in WWII, one must understand that there were dark, supernatural forces at work; that through one man, Adolph Hitler, these Luciferian, satanic forces almost destroyed every Jew on the planet. Towards the end of the war, trains carrying Jews east to the death camps were given preference over military transports, carrying troops and armaments badly needed by German forces. Why? The answer lies in what I believe was an attempt to wipe every Jew off the face of the earth. Had Hitler been successful, and accomplished his diabolical goal, the Fallen One would have won the “re-match” because the prophecies that are stated in Ezekiel 37 would not have come to pass, thus proving the Most High God a liar. In order to understand this, we need to take a look at the time right before Hitler came to power. We know that after 70 A.D., the Jews were scattered throughout the Roman Empire. They tried to integrate throughout Europe and other nations; however, they tenaciously held to their religion and, after hundreds of years of being persecuted in these borrowed homelands (re-read the ninth of Av chapter), a trickle of Jews began to go to the HolyLand.
This is important for us because, in my opinion, the Fallen One has been waiting for this time to begin and knows only too well that the Jews will at some time be regathered from the four corners of the earth and reestablished in their ancient homeland, Israel. The Fallen One is well aware of prophecy, although he doesn't understand all the details of its fulfillment. There are also other signs that are portends of this event. One dramatic sign is that the latter rain that had not fallen in Israel for almost two thousand years began to fall at the turn of the 19th century. Then the earthquakes that have plagued the region for centuries suddenly stopped. Finally, the locusts that would fly up from Africa and devour crops stopped coming into the land. All of these events are sending warning signs to the Fallen One. Rabbis who noted all of this for centuries and commented on it believed, as I do, that the lack of sufficient rainfall, earthquakes, and locusts were all the handiwork of God. It was and still remains His land and Jerusalem is the apple off His eye. Taken together, these are the beginnings of the fulfillment of ancient prophetic texts that state: (Ezekiel 37:14) And I will put my Spirit within you, and you shall live, and I will place you in your own land. Then you shall know that I am the LORD; I have spoken, and I will do it, declares the LORD. So we see that this prophecy written 2500 years prior to that time and collecting dust for all those centuries was about to be fulfilled. This is a major move by the Most High God in that it signals what many prophecy scholars regard as the setting of the end time clock. The Fallen One sees this and, because he is aware of prophecy, sets in motion his countermove.
Hitler as an Antichrist We know from the writings of John the Apostle that (1 John 4:3) ...and every spirit that does not confess Jesus is not from God. This is the spirit of the antichrist, which you heard was coming and now is in the world already. It seems reasonable to me that the Fallen One would have his person chosen to be the antichrist always in the wings, waiting to come onto the world scene, because he does not know when the time of the end is. He does not know precisely when the Jews are going to be gathered back into the homeland, Israel. Thus, he must maintain a vigilant watch to see what is transpiring. Like the move he made with Herod in killing all of the children less than two years of age, he is relentless in his pursuit of dominating and controlling the earth. He enjoys his power, and, as Jesus declares, which should be a sobering warning to all of us, Satan is the ruler of this world and one his many titles is the Prince of the Power of the Air.
Recap The latter rains are beginning to fall in Israel, the locusts have stopped their migration and the earthquakes have diminished, and we have the steady trickle of Jews that are coming back into the homeland. At this point, Israel is not a nation; that won't happen for decades. But the Fallen One is sensing that the situation is changing and so he sets his man in motion. I believe that Hitler was satanically anointed for the task at hand. Hitler was raised up for one purpose by the Fallen One and that purpose was to wipe out every Jew on the planet. In Hitler we find the perfect reflection of evil. I would go as far as to call it the face of evil. I recently purchased a DVD series by Time/Life entitled, The Nazis: a Lesson from History. It showed the rise of Hitler and the Third Reich. It uncovered the occult connection that was prevalent in the Nazi party. When watching the series I was amazed at the appeal and the mesmerizing affect Hitler had on the enormous crowds that turned out by the thousands to hear this fiery orator. We must understand that Hitler told us in advance, in Mein Kampf, what his intentions were in regard to the Jews. In Hitler's words, the Jews were to blame for Germany's defeat in WWI. The Jews became the scapegoat for all of Germany’s woes. They were thought of as less than human, vermin, a curse and a bane to the German people. At first the Nazis forbade them to hold certain jobs; next came the “relocation” of entire towns to the death camps. In the east, Poland was the site of unspeakable war crimes as entire Jewish populations of towns and villages were rounded up and shot. Men, woman, children, the young and old alike, all were deemed to be inferior, less than human, vermin, and all were murdered. Often the citizens of the towns watched the proceedings. It is one of the most horrific chapters in human history, and it was, in my opinion, spawned from the gates of hell. According to most reliable historians, six million Jews were killed in the death camps. There are those who say that the Holocaust never happened and that the figures are greatly exaggerated. I couldn't disagree more. Recently the actual blue prints of the Auschwitz concentration camp were presented to Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. He held the blueprints in front of the United Nations to remind everyone in the chamber of the stark realities of the Holocaust. He then
stated that his wife had lost most of her family in the death camps. The body count in my mind stands at six million. The death camps were horrific. The average life span of someone was less than three months. The women and children arriving at the camps were gassed immediately and so were the infirm or aged. Only young men and those who were deemed fit to work were spared, at least for a short while. The women who were attractive were spared and in some circumstances forced to “work” in brothels. Those who went on to work as slave laborers endured some of the most unimaginable conditions to befall humans. They were starved to death and worked without mercy. In short, they were thought of as disposable shells. Hitler and the Nazis almost succeeded in carrying out their plan. For a while it looked as if they would bring about the death of every Jew. Can you imagine if they had won the war? Would they have demanded that the defeated countries hand over their Jewish populations? The Germans did this during WWII when they demanded the Jews of the British-controlled Channel Islands to hand over their Jews. Those who were turned in were never seen again, because they were sent to the camps and killed. The Fallen One raised up his man or antichrist for the hour, Hitler, to carry out his plan for wiping out every Jew. It was a macro move of global, catastrophic consequences. Millions of lives were lost and millions more affected in ways that we will never fully grasp. However, there was a countermove that the Fallen One did not foresee and, as we shall discover, the Most High God turned the horrors of the Holocaust into the rebirth of the nation of Israel
CHAPTER 23: Countermove: From the Ashes of the Holocaust the Nation Israel is Born!
(John 16:20) He turned my sorrow into Joy.... The Holocaust almost succeeded in wiping out every Jew on the planet. As I have mentioned, the Fallen One saw the Jews coming back into the Holy Land, and so he raised up his man for the time, Hitler, to destroy them in an attempt to negate the prophecy that we see in Ezekiel 37 that tells us that the Lord will gather the Jews from the four corners of the earth and bring them back into the Holy Land. However, the Most High God caused the nation of Israel to be born from the ashes of the Holocaust. After the end of WWII, the Jews began to migrate from Europe to the Middle East, specifically to what is now Israel. Some came from the recently liberated death camps; others migrated after experiencing the discrimination perpetrated by countries that had been supportive of the Germans’ overt anti- Semitism. Still others sensed a deep longing, which is called Al Alya, calling them back to their ancestral home of Israel. From the ashes of the Holocaust came the rebirth of the nation of Israel. What the Fallen One had meant for death and destruction, the Most High God turned into the fulfillment of prophecy.
This was a macro move in that it sets the prophetic clock ticking. Some of us lose sight of the significance of this clock, but since the birth of Israel in 1947, it has been winding down and getting closer to the time when He, Yashua/Jesus, will return and He will destroy the evil one with the breath of His mouth. The Fallen One was once again outmaneuvered. Like the crucifixion, where he thought that killing Jesus would bring about victory but instead brought about his ultimate defeat, the Holocaust was the birth pangs of the nation of Israel. This move has far reaching repercussions in that to Bible prophecy scholars it is a historical milestone. Clarence Larkin, in his books that were penned decades before Israel became a nation, heralded that the time was approaching when Israel would return to their ancestral homeland. He and others of his ilk were right because Israel did return just like the prophecies stated that she would. Larkin knew that what was written would come to pass. He was thought of as a fool to his critics, but the startling fact is that Israel did return and, just like the prophecies stated, became a nation in a day. What most people don't realize is that prophecy is being fulfilled right before our eyes, but it has been obfuscated by the 2012 phenomenon that has drawn people from what is true to what I believe is false. (More on this later.)
In Conclusion The Holocaust was an orchestrated attempt at the annihilation of the Jews. There are some who will read this and wonder why a loving God would allow such a thing in the first place. I have no easy answer for that, except to say that this battle, which has been raging for centuries between the forces of light and the forces of darkness, is hardball played to the extreme. Unfortunately it's not over and I believe that we are headed toward some of the most uncertain and tumultuous days that have ever come upon the earth. Jesus tells us what I believe may be the most sobering words in all of scripture: (Matt. 24:22) Unless those days were shortened no flesh would Survive What is at stake is the survival of the human race. The Fallen One, now that he knows his time is short and he has been defeated, is trying to drag as many others down with him as he can. We see a cogent example of this when Hitler proclaimed toward the end of WWII that because the German people had failed him they deserved to be destroyed. Like the master whom he served, the Fallen One, Hitler was only concerned with himself and his own personal power base. He left a legacy of death and destruction and more than 50 million bodies in his wake.
CHAPTER 24: Lies from the Second Heaven: A Look at the SoCalled Prophecies of the Maya, Nostradamus, the Hopi Indians, Edgar Cayce & Blossom Goodchild
Over the last few years, the so-called prophecies of the Maya, Nostradamus, the Hopi Indians, Edgar Cayce and Blossom Goodchild have dominated all forms of media in the United States. People are anxious because the times we are living in are fraught with uncertainty. There are earthquakes happening with greater magnitude and higher numbers on the Richter scale than previously recorded. As of this writing, the Japanese earthquake of 9.1 on the Richter scale and the devastating tsunami that followed killed more than 15,000 people. Erupting volcanoes are shutting down air travel, leaving thousands of passengers stranded for days in some cases. There are wars and rumors of wars and the Middle East—or what is now being called the Arab Spring—is erupting as nations seek to throw off the oppressive regimes of dictators that have held on to power for decades. However, as I have blogged about incessantly, what I believe will replace these dictators is Sharia law, because Islam has no way of creating a democracy. It is a religion that does not believe in the central tenants from which our republic and subsequent democratic system sprang. It does not believe that all men are created equal and have inalienable rights. Once the dust settles in the Middle Eastern nations that are experiencing unrest, such as Tunisia, Egypt, Libya, Bahrain, and others, what will remain, in my opinion, will be Sharia. If I am right and Sharia is implemented, then Israel will be the target. At a recent gathering more than 1.5
million Egyptians chanted in Tarir Square: “To Jerusalem we go, martyrs in the millions.” The die is cast and Israel will be the focus of these newly-formed Islamic republics. There is the growing uncertainty of a global financial meltdown and there is talk that the United States is headed toward a full-blown depression. Then there is the Gulf oil spill amounting to millions of gallons of pollution that has contaminated the once pristine waters of the Gulf of Mexico. All of these events combined with tsunamis, violent weather, drought, torrential rains, flooding, and, the new kid on the block, sinkholes that are appearing all around the globe, leave many people wondering what is happening to our planet. (For more on this may I suggest you purchase a copy of our DVD, Watchers 2: Signs in the Heavens and Earth.) I believe that it is not business as usual but these are the birth pangs spoken about in prophecy that was penned almost 2000 years ago. Enter the likes of our aforementioned list of so-called prophets, seers, and shamans to whom people are turning for answers. I will now give a very brief description of each for those of you who are not familiar with the subject and some of the players. The reason why I’m going over this is that I believe that the Fallen One has his prophets, too. He has placed these so-called seers in every age. Those whom I will mention have attracted millions of followers. If I were going to obfuscate true prophecy inspired by the Most High God, then this false prophecy would certainly be one way of getting the job done.
The First is the Mayan Calendar The Maya were a group of people living in Central Mexico. Their culture and civilization spanned from 2000 B.C. until the conquest of the Spanish in the 16th century. The height of Mayan culture extended from 250 to 900 A.D. One of the remarkable accomplishments of the Maya was their precise astrological calculation of the stars and planets. This ability remains a mystery to modern researchers because the Maya did not possess knowledge of the wheel, yet they built intricate stonework complexes and understood astronomy. How did they acquire this knowledge? How did the Maya devise calendars of such accuracy that only in our modern day can they be rivaled? The Mayan Calendar is the primary focus of our discussion because it is the source of endless books, movies, Internet sites, radio and television interviews, etc. Briefly stated, the Maya believed in a god-man whose name was Quetzalcoatl that translates the “Plumed Serpent.” The Maya built huge temple complexes. One such complex is the Temple of Kulkulcan at Chechen Itza in which a pyramid of stone, not unlike the great pyramid of Giza, was constructed between the 9th and 12th centuries A.D. One of the most unique features of this pyramid is that on the winter and Summer solstice the image of a large undulating serpent is created by the sun. This image appears to be moving down the sides of the pyramid.90 How did the people in this culture know how to do this and why the image of the serpent? Were they contacted by a race of aliens? Some, like the majority of guests who appear on the popular Ancient Alien series produced by the History Channel on which I was guest for Seasons One and Two, believe this. Did they stumble on this knowledge by themselves or was it given to them? Here’s a theory that correlates with the cosmic chess match. It has to do with the manifestation of the fallen angels on the planet. If we recall
what was discussed in Chapter 4 of this book, the cohabiting of the fallen angels with the daughters of men that created the Nephilim, then we can hypothesize that the knowledge the Maya attained from the plumed serpent may have come from a fallen angel. In researching material for this book, I have found a wide dispersion of theories regarding Quetzalcoatl. Some believe he was one of the disciples of Jesus: others that he was a European explorer who was mistaken as a god. Others believe that he descended from the sky. The bottom line for me is this: we will never know who Quetzalcoatl was. However, we can see that the knowledge he gave to the Maya is affecting the modern culture today in ways that no one would have predicted a century ago. There is much discussion on the 2012 phenomenon. People are wondering whether or not we are headed toward the destruction that some say is foretold in the Mayan calendar. As I mentioned earlier, television shows abound on the subject and as of this writing there are about one hundred books that have been published regarding 2012. Why is this happening now? Why are the so-called prophecies of the Maya (based solely on their calendar) reaching a worldwide audience? I will venture to answer this after I have finished discussing the other so-called prophets and seers, because I believe all of this is from the same source, from the Fallen One.
Human Sacrifice One of the most brutal and horrific aspects of the Mayan culture was the practice of human sacrifice to “appease” the gods. When the Spanish Conquistadors arrived and began to explore the world of the Maya, they were overcome with revulsion when they entered a room at the top of one of the temples …that reminded the men of a butcher shop back home in Spain.91 Accounts that I have read report the same nightmarish scenarios of human sacrifice. Some of us have seen the Mel Gibson movie, Apocalypto. It shows what I believe is an accurate portrayal of how human sacrifice was carried out. If the victim’s heart was to be taken out, reported one Spanish observer in the sixteenth century, ...they conducted him with great display...and placed him on the sacrificial stone. Four of them took hold of his arms and legs, spreading them out. Then the executioner came, with a flint knife in his hand, and with great skill made an incision between the ribs on the left side, below the nipple, then he plunged in his hand and like a ravenous tiger tore out the living heart, which he laid on the plate....92 Human sacrifice is certainly nothing new and it was practiced by cultures all over the world in antiquity. However, we must ask ourselves to who was the victim’s heart being offered, and why? Who initiated this? In my opinion, this has the fingerprints of the Fallen One all over it. Travel with me for a moment. Let us suppose that a fallen angel manifested in this region and set itself up as a god and, like the similar account that we read in the book of Enoch, gave out knowledge that was far superior to the primitive peoples who lived there. This may account for the human sacrifice because we have the ancient accounts telling us that the Nephilim drank the blood of men and each other. They were cannibals.93 Is there a connection here? I would propose that there is. The Mayan Calendar with its complexity may have been handed down, like the Enochian knowledge was reported to have been, by a fallen angel who became
known as the plumed serpent Quetzalcoatl. In doing this, an entire race of people became enslaved in satanic, ritual sacrifice that opened up portals into the second heaven. In other words, like we are told in the book of Enoch, the fallen angels gave men the secrets of heaven. This is one of the main reasons why they were punished; the other being that they had sex with the daughters of men. I believe that this is a deliberate set up and I will tell you why in the conclusion of this chapter. However, having established who the Maya were, it is time for us to move to the next so-called prophet.
Nostradamus There are hundreds of books detailing the life and work of Nostradamus. That being said I will only give you a cursory sketch of who this seer was. One fact we can agree on is that he continues to influence popular culture hundreds of years after his death. There is a cult of followers who attend conferences about Nostradamus and discuss his prophecies. There is a wealth of books by authors who appear on various television and talk shows spouting the amazing accuracy of the prophecies of the French seer. We will seek to cut to the chase and find out the source of his prophecies and just how exact they are. That is really all I am concerned with because, exposing the source of his information, as I did with Quetzalcoatl and the Maya, will tell us everything we need to know about the man. But first here’s a brief bio: Nostradamus is the Latinized form of Michel de Nostredame, the French astrologer, who lived from 1503 to 1566. He wrote a series of prophecies that were written in four line quatrains. They are often vague and obtuse and open to all sorts of interpretation. There is not much specificity in them in my opinion. For instance, followers of Nostradamus make a big deal about the HISTER prophecy, stating that this was calling out the name of Hitler hundreds of years before the fascist dictator came on the scene. Here’s my problem: Nostradamus can’t get the name right! He uses the name Hister rather than Hitler.94 Please take a moment and compare this to the Bible’s specificity regarding the name of Cyrus.’ The prophecy concerning Cyrus had been written hundreds of years before he was born and yet, when Cyrus defeated the Babylonians, there were those Jews who knew of the prophecy and showed Cyrus where his name had been written down in their scrolls!95 That blew Cyrus away and it should have because there was no misspelling of his name. I want to point out that biblical prophecy has a great deal of specificity combined with pinpoint accuracy that these other so-called prophets and seers do not have. I recently spoke in Wellington, Colorado, and there was a person there who
insisted that all the prophecies of Nostradamus were true and that for fear of being persecuted in the Inquisition, he kept his prophecies obscure. This is blatantly untrue as this article states: Some accounts of Nostradamus’ life state that he was afraid of being persecuted for heresy by the Inquisition, but neither prophecy nor astrology fell in this bracket, and he would have been in danger only if he had practiced magic to support them. In fact, his relationship with the Church as a prophet and healer was excellent. His brief imprisonment at Marignane in late 1561 came about purely because he had published his 1562 almanac without the prior permission of a bishop, contrary to a recent royal decree.96 What is essential to our discussion is the source of his prophecies; how did he come by them? What methods did he employ to arrive at these so-called predictions? Nostradamus employed what I believe were occult methods that enabled him to “see” some or part of the future. According to his biographers, he used the occult means of scrying to get his information. Here’s a definition of what scrying is and it is interesting to note that witches also practiced this: The term scrying, deriving from the English descry— “to make out dimly” or “to reveal”—denotes an ancient art of clairvoyance: concentrating on an object until visions appear. Scrying has been practiced by magicians and Witches through the ages. Among the purposes of scrying are predictions of the future, answers to questions, solutions to problems, help in finding lost objects, and help in tracking down criminals. The object on which to concentrate is usually a shiny, smooth surface that makes a good speculum, such as the crystal ball used by Gypsy fortune-tellers or the still water of a lake or pond into which many early scryers gazed. Some of the most frequently used objects are mirrors, polished stones or metals, and bowls of liquid. Ink, blood, and other dark liquids were used by the Egyptians for centuries. Bowls of water were used by Nostradamus that enabled him to see into the future.97
What the Guidebook tells us about Scrying and Other Occult Activities Before we continue with our discussion of Nostradamus, I will discuss what the Guidebook to the Supernatural, the Bible, informs us of what scrying is. In one of the earliest books of the Bible, Deuteronomy, we find this passage: (Deut. 18:10-12) Let no one be found among you who sacrifices his son or daughter in the fire, who practices divination or sorcery, interprets omens, engages in witchcraft, or casts spells, or who is a medium or spiritist or who consults the dead. Anyone who does these things is detestable to the LORD, and because of these detestable practices the LORD your God will drive nations before you. The practices that are prohibited are listed below with a brief definition of what they are:98 Divination: the practice of attempting to foretell future events or discover hidden knowledge by occult or supernatural means. Sorcery: the art, practices, or spells of a person who is supposed to exercise supernatural powers through the aid of evil spirits; black magic; witchery. Interpreter of Omens: a person who interprets anything perceived or happening that is believed to portend a good or evil event or circumstance in the future; portent. Witchcraft: the art or practices of a witch; sorcery; magic. Caster of Spells: a word, phrase, or form of words supposed to have magic power; charm; incantation: The wizard cast a spell. Medium or Spiritists: a person supposedly used as a spiritual intermediary between the dead and the living. Necromancer: a method of divination through alleged communication with the dead; black art. We see from the list above that Nostradamus used occult means to obtain his information. Scrying is a form of divination. It is an attempt to gain information unlawfully, and we are instructed explicitly to avoid this kind of activity. Now here’s what I want to discuss because it is in some ways the central message of this book: Why are we warned not to engage in these practices? The
reason is that when a person is engaged in any of these forms, they are opening themselves to the beings that inhabit the second heaven. We know that the Fallen One inhabits the second heaven. It is his domain and he has rule over it. Because of this, we cannot enter into that realm; we cannot trust the entities, fallen angels, and demons that inhabit it. We are told in the Guidebook that the Fallen One is the father of lies. We cannot trust anything he tells us. As I have pointed out in earlier chapters, the Fallen One can see further through time than we can. It is from this perspective that he is able to give information to those who enter a Faustian-type bargain with him. This information is skewed. It contains some truth, but certainly not all truth. Much of it is false and thus we cannot, and I repeat, cannot embrace, listen to, adhere to, accept, or in any way access any of it! In short, consider the source and run to the nearest exit! We are warned to stay away because of the deceit and deception that is the hallmark of this realm. It would do us well to understand that the Fallen One is a master of deception, the father of lies, and seeks to establish his schemes through puppets like Nostradamus, the Hopi prophets, the makers of the Mayan calendar, Edgar Cayce, and others who employ occult means in order to obtain information. There is another reason why we are not to enter the realm of the second heaven: we are physically, mentally and spiritually not equipped to deal with the entities there. For years I wondered how it was that seers and false prophets like the ones we are discussing could get some of their prophecies right. I knew they were tapping into something, but I also suspected that the information they were accessing was not the whole story and that it was faulty in some way. When I realized that the Fallen One was cast down from the third heaven and now resides in the second, it became very clear that this was the real, physical place that occultists had been accessing for centuries. The Guidebook warns us specifically not to engage in these occult activities, because the Most High God knows that it is not only detrimental to our well being but also that the information gleaned from there is spurious at best! The Fallen One has the ability to see some of the future but not all of it. However, to
us mere mortals, what he is able to provide looks like a big deal and we fall for it time and time again. In researching the occult for decades now, I have discovered that the end of many of these so-called prophets is one of personal disaster, and, in some cases (like Jane Roberts, the author of Seth Speaks, and Edgar Cayce), untimely death.
Nostradamus Continued Below is the Introduction to the Second Edition of the Complete Prophecies of Nostradamus.99 This is taken directly from the book that was published in March of 1949. You won’t hear this on the pro-Nostradamus shows that abound in all forms of media. Beyond a shadow of doubt, the methods employed and results obtained by Nostradamus in looking into the future were outside of the physical framework. What to the contemporary critics of his day, for want of a better term they chose to call magic or occult, we today now recognize as the operation of certain tenuous and imponderable laws that permeate the entire Cosmos. These intangible but all pervading forces we group today under the general title of “Extra Sensory Perception.” Such startling and apparently miraculous phenomena as mediumism, telepathy, telekinesis, etc., are today the serious subject of study by such accredited scientists as Dr. Rhine of Duke University and Prof. Gardner Murphy of New York University. An entirely new line of investigation is in progress in this new science of “Para-psychology” which promises rich rewards for mankind. Who knows? Perhaps someday this new line of scientific activity may be developed to a point where it will have a practical application to our everyday life and make possible a revolutionary concept of nature’s forces. -Henry C. Roberts. Let’s strip this down and expose what dovetails precisely into what I just finished outlining in regard to Nostradamus’ occult activities! Here we have the modern equivalent of the list that Deuteronomy tells us to avoid. Some of the language is different, but I would point out that Mr. Roberts is speaking of the same practices. For instance, he cites mediumship. Nothing much has changed in thousands of years, because this is the exact verbiage that is used in the Guidebook to the Supernatural! He also states that Nostradamus’ prophecies were “of certain tenuous and imponderable laws that permeate the entire Cosmos.”
ounds very scientific doesn’t it? He’s right in that there are laws that govern S occult practices. A person can contact the second heaven by a variety of means. Shamans use drugs to catapult the seeker into what is sometimes referred as the Lower Astral. I believe this is nothing more than a modern name describing the second heaven. Gurus meditate to produce an altered state of consciousness. Once again they are breaking into the second Heaven by occult means. In some churches there is what I would call a Kundalini serpent spirit that is producing counterfeit signs and wonders.100 I would like to take a moment here and discuss what I believe was a false revival that involved thousands of people and was embraced by the GOD TV network, as well as many other so-called leaders in the Christian community. I'm writing about this not to attack another person but to warn of the occult activity that is masquerading as the Holy Spirit. I am speaking of the Lakeland revival that was led by Todd Bentley. The phony revival went on for months and finally came to an end when Bentley was found to be having an affair. In my opinion (and I’m going to link to a few very revealing YouTube videos that back up my claim) Bentley operated with the Kundalini serpent spirit.101 When you view this video you will notice that many of the manifestations that were believed to be of the Holy Spirit are in fact duplicated by gurus, shamans and other New Age practitioners. In one video Bentley claims to have been taken to heaven by his private angel, Emma, and operated on.102 This video sounds so much like what I have heard regarding the so-called Alien abduction phenomena (see my The Alien Interviews book103) that I was taken aback when I first viewed it. It would appear, at least to me, that the same spirits that Nostradamus engaged hundreds of years ago are alive and well and manifesting in churches with false signs and wonders. In closing the Nostradamus section, Roberts states in his forward that: An entirely new line of investigation is in progress in this new science of “Parapsychology” which promises rich rewards for mankind.
With all due respect to Roberts, he is in my opinion clearly deluded and sucked into the doctrines of demons that we are told will manifest in the last days.104 Parapsychology is nothing more than a modern name for ancient occult techniques that we are told to avoid! We are not equipped to deal with the Fallen One and his minions on their turf, the second heaven. We are not to access that realm. We are not to engage in anything that would create an altered form of consciousness and thus, act as a spring board into what New Agers call the Lower Astral, but in reality is nothing more than the second heaven, the home of the Fallen One and his crazed, demonic, fallen hordes.
The Hopi Prophecies A caveat is necessary before I begin this section. All Hopi Indians are not shamans and all shamans are not Hopi Indians. There are many good Hopi Indians that have found salvation in Yashua and renounced the shamanistic ways that permeate their culture. We must also recognize that other cultures from all over the world since antiquity have had similar shamans, seers, oracles, prophets and prophetesses and that many engaged in the practices of divination, necromancy, and sorcery in order to prophesy. There is truly nothing new under the sun! In the 1960s the Hopi Indians were sought out by the hippies of my generation. Many of us were disillusioned with the “religion” of our parents and so went looking for alternatives. Some of us got hooked on the gurus of India (this is where I wound up), others went to the southwest corner of the United States and sought vision quests in sweat lodges sometimes aided by hallucinogenic drugs with First Nation people or Native Americans. There is a void in all of us: a God-shaped hole that cries out to be filled. We seek to fill this hole in many ways. I realize that my comments here may seem controversial regarding a seemingly gentle, noble people who have lived in simplicity for generations. My polemic is not with them, but the information that was given through some of their seers. I always go back to the basic instruction found in the Guidebook. If there is necromancy, sorcery, mediumship or any form of man-made attempt to access the future, we are acting in an illegal way, and the Guidebook warns us not to engage in this! I want to make one thing clear. I’m not saying that people cannot have prophetic dreams or visions that are from God. I believe that the Most High God still gives those today, but I do not believe that they are given to those who seek the future by shamanistic vision quests. At the heart of the matter, once again, is from where are the Hopis accessing their material? From whom are their shamans getting these visions? Can we trust them? Are they from the Most High God or are they from the realm of the second heaven and thus fall under the deceptive ways of the Fallen One.
Like Nostradamus, some of what the Hopis are told in their prophecies will come to pass. I stated this up front with my cornfield analogy. The view from the second heaven is different from what we see here. Those who reside there are outside of our space/time continuum! The laws that govern time and space are somehow different there. Can I prove this? No, I can’t. What I am postulating is a theory, but that theory is based on what the Guidebook informs us takes place in the three heavens. I’m also working a concept, a paradigm, which fits the phenomena in all cultures and throughout all of time. The concept that the second heaven is occupied by Luciferian forces is one that seems to make the most sense from what we have seen manifest through occult involvement through the centuries. As much as this may sound offensive to some who hold the Hopis on a pedestal, I would point out that I’m not in any way denigrating their culture or their belief system. I am, however, stating that the means in which their visions were received are forbidden to those of us who adhere to the tenants found in the Guidebook. We can’t have it both ways. Either the Guidebook is true or the Hopi prophets are. Either the Guidebook is inspired and is set apart from any other tome on the planet or we may as well go to the Delphi Oracle. In my opinion, there is no gray area here; it’s one or the other. There is another dynamic at work. There is no way for the Hopis to check their prophecy. In other words, I would put forward that they do not know how to test the spirits. They receive a vision and then sit on it and see if what was reported comes to pass. Like Nostradamus, the Hopi are engaging in illegal means to obtain knowledge that at best is skewed or misleading. There is another aspect of this that I will address later in this book. I’ll whet your appetite by saying that these prophecies may have a nefarious end in that they have been set up deliberately to mislead millions in what I believe are the last days. In short, they have obfuscated biblical prophecy and usurped it with fables and half-truths from the second heaven!
To close this section on the Hopi, I’m not interested in how many of the Hopi prophecies turn out to be true. As with the Maya, Nostradamus and now the Hopi, I am only interested in the means used to obtain the information. If that information was given to Hopi elders or shamans through occult means, i.e., vision quests, or the use of mindaltering drugs, then we must consider the source and realize that it cannot be trusted. Just because several of the Hopi prophecies, as with Nostradamus, turn out to be true, it still does not validate them as a whole. Remember that the Fallen One is capable of mixing truth with lies for those who seek to know the future. The Fallen One is a finite being with a finite perspective so he cannot possibly know the end from the beginning and the beginning from the end as the Most High God does; he is greatly limited in his view. A great example of this is what the Fallen One tells Eve about the fruit. He mingles some truth with the lie. He is a master of deceit and is far more intelligent than we are. However, he is demented and sick, as he believes he can somehow win the match. As I stated before, at the close of WWII, Hitler didn’t care how many Germans went with him, in fact, he announced that the German people deserved what they got and he berated them for losing the war. Hitler was the Fallen One’s man for that hour in history. It is a reflection of how the Fallen One himself will react in the last days when we are told, unless those days were shortened no flesh would survive.105
Edgar Cayce This is taken directly from Edgar Cayce’s Association for research and Enlightenment: Edgar Cayce (1877-1945) has been called the “sleeping prophet,” the “father of holistic medicine,” and the most documented psychic of the 20th century. For more than 40 years of his adult life, Cayce gave psychic “readings” to thousands of seekers while in an unconscious state, diagnosing illnesses and revealing lives lived in the past and prophecies yet to come. But who, exactly, was Edgar Cayce? Cayce was born on a farm in Hopkinsville, Kentucky, in 1877, and his psychic abilities began to appear as early as his childhood. He was able to see and talk to his late grandfather's spirit, and often played with “imaginary friends” whom he said were spirits on the other side. He also displayed an uncanny ability to memorize the pages of a book simply by sleeping on it. These gifts labeled the young Cayce as strange, but all Cayce really wanted was to help others, especially children. Later in life, Cayce would find that he had the ability to put himself into a sleeplike state by lying down on a couch, closing his eyes, and folding his hands over his stomach. In this state of relaxation and meditation, he was able to place his mind in contact with all time and space—the universal consciousness, also known as the superconscious mind. From there, he could respond to questions as broad as, “What are the secrets of the universe?” and “What is my purpose in life?” to as specific as, “What can I do to help my arthritis?” and “How were the pyramids of Egypt built?” His responses to these questions came to be called “readings,” and their insights offer practical help and advice to individuals even today. Many people are surprised to learn that Edgar Cayce was a devoted churchgoer and Sunday school teacher. At a young age, Cayce vowed to read the Bible for every year of his life, and, at the time of his death in 1945, he had accomplished this task. Perhaps the readings said it best; when asked how to become psychic, Cayce’s advice was to become more spiritual. Although Cayce died more than 60 years ago, the timeliness of the material in the readings—with subjects like how to discover your mission in life, developing your intuition, exploring ancient mysteries, and taking responsibility for your
health—is evidenced by the hundreds of books that have been written on the various aspects of this work as well as the dozen or so titles focusing on Cayce's life itself. Together, these books contain information so valuable that even Edgar Cayce himself might have hesitated to predict their impact on the contemporary world. In 1945, the year of his passing, who could have known that terms such as “meditation,” “Akashic records,” “spiritual growth,” “auras,” “soul mates,” and “holistic health” would become household words to millions? The majority of Edgar Cayce's readings deal with holistic health and the treatment of illness. As it was at the time Cayce was giving readings, still today, individuals from all walks of life and belief receive physical relief from illnesses or ailments through information given in the readings—some readings were given as far back as 100 years ago! Yet, although best known for this material, the sleeping Cayce did not seem to be limited to concerns about the physical body. In fact, in their entirety, the readings discuss an astonishing 10,000 different topics. This vast array of subject matter can be narrowed down into a smaller group of topics that, when compiled together, deal with the following five categories: (1) Health-Related Information; (2) Philosophy and Reincarnation; (3) Dreams and Dream Interpretation; (4) ESP and Psychic Phenomena; and (5) Spiritual Growth, Meditation, and Prayer Further details of Cayce's life and work are explored in the classic book; There Is a River (1942), by Thomas Sugrue, available in hardback, paperback, or audio book versions. Members of Edgar Cayce's Association for Research and Enlightenment (A.R.E.), the nonprofit founded by Cayce in 1931, have access to the entire set of 14,306 readings in a database residing in the member-only section of our Web site. The readings can also be found in their entirety in our on-site library, located at our headquarters in Virginia Beach and open to the public daily. For more information on A.R.E., please visit our About A.R.E. page. 106 We need to look at what this statement tells us about Edgar Cayce. First let’s take apart the section that I highlighted. Cayce would find that he had the ability to put himself into a sleep-like state by lying down on a couch, closing his eyes, and folding his hands over his stomach. In this state of relaxation and meditation, he was able to place his mind in contact with all time and space—the universal consciousness, also
known as the superconscious mind. This is the central issue as we can see from the organization that is devoted to promulgate Cayce’s work, that they make it very clear that Cayce put himself into a trance by lying down. They also make it very clear that in this state of relaxation and meditation, he was able to place his mind into the universal consciousness also known as the super-conscious mind. This, in my opinion, is what we are warned against. This is what makes everything else that Cayce does in error. I realize that this statement can sound narrow-minded and dogmatic; however, Cayce has led perhaps millions of people astray by his so-called readings. If we accept this trance-like state into which he put himself, then we readily accept his readings. See how easy it is to be deceived? This is one of the reasons why I wrote this book: to warn of the deception that is being promulgated as truth all around us! Cayce allegedly went to what is known as the Akashic records. We need to briefly explore what this is and as we do we will see that this is nothing more than a modern word for accessing the second heaven.
The Akashic Records The Akashic records were popularized by a woman known as Madame Helena Blavatsky. Blavatsky was a trance medium. One of her best-known works was called The Secret Doctrine. This book was “given” to her by an ascended master while she was in a trance.107 She also used an occult practice known as automatic writing. Can you see how one discussion leads to another? I need to give you definitions:
Ascended Master An ascended master is a person who has achieved a state of perfection. This involves reincarnation. The person having lived many different lives has reached a state of perfection and so becomes an ascended master. However, I would point out that in my worldview there is no such thing. These so-called ascended masters are nothing more than demonic agents of the Fallen One masquerading as wise teachers or messengers of deception, as I prefer to call them.
Automatic Writing Automatic writing is when a person puts him or herself into an altered state and allows a spirit guide to take control of her hand and write. This is nothing short of what I would call limited demonic possession, because the person has abdicated her body in order to allow an outside force, a demon, to enter and take control. When the demon has completed its task it leaves. This is very big in New Age circles. Once again we are warned in the Guidebook to stay clear of such practices as they come from the realm of the second heaven and by now we all know who resides there. So let’s get back to Blavatsky. Blavatsky wrote other books and is known in New Age circles as the Mother of the New Age. She supposedly received her information from the Akashic records. The Akashic records are supposed to be a place where all knowledge from the beginning of time is kept and stored and can be accessed by those who practice occult means. The Akashic records are reached, as in the case of Edgar Cayce, by putting oneself into a trance. Blavatsky and other of her ilk opted for a similar means in order to access these so-called records. Here’s the rub: I have no doubt that this place exists and these people are taken to see it. Is it a real place? I don’t know. We can, however, discuss the fact that information for which the seeker is looking is handily provided. Whether or not the seeker actually arrives in a real hall with real books is irrelevant because this scene could be manipulated in a person’s mind, or created for the express purpose of a cosmic deception. I believe Cayce and others who have engaged in this activity have been duped. They are told that the information that they are receiving is from the so-called Akashic records and they believe it. In the end, this causes deception not only for the seeker, but as in the case of Cayce, millions of others who have been sucked into this cosmic ruse. The information provided from the Akashic records comes, in my opinion, from
the second heaven; therefore, it cannot be trusted by any means, as it is, in essence, demonic in nature. Once again we need to consider the source of the material.
Healing and Signs and Wonders Part of the legacy of Edgar Cayce was his ability to diagnose disease and in some cases prescribe treatments that would end up curing the person. There are some of you who believe that this surely would be a sign that Cayce’s work was not from the Fallen One. I would point out that while this is true, we have seen the same type of so-called healings performed by many tele-evangelists and certainly at the Lakeland revival where, as I mentioned earlier, I believe the entire meeting was under the control of the kundalini serpent spirit. We must come to a realization that when the Guidebook tells us that the Fallen One comes with all signs and lying wonders, it is a warning that should be taken very seriously. Unfortunately, many people were sucked into the Bentley hoax, just as many are still pulled in by Edgar Cayce. I believe that the deception comes in many forms, which is why we are admonished to test the spirits. We are told to test all things and see where they originate In closing this section on Edgar Cayce, I want to make it very clear that modern deception abounds both inside and outside of the church. We certainly can agree that Cayce was deceived and in fact practiced a form of mediumship, which we are told is forbidden. We should also take a close look at Bentley and others of his ilk who operate in false signs and wonders, who are, in fact, working with the same deceptive spirits found in the second heaven with which Cayce communicated.
Blossom Goodchild Despite the inability of being able to interview the Maya, Nostradamus, or Edgar Cayce because they are no longer alive and breathing on this planet, I was able to interview Blossom Goodchild. I found her charming and all too willing to share her ongoing experience with the entity that she channels. This entity calls itself White Cloud and is supposed to be a deceased Native American Indian that is speaking through Goodchild. It’s important to realize, right from the get-go, that this is channeling and that the Guidebook to the Supernatural tells us specifically, without equivocation, that this is forbidden. She also channels beings that are from The Federation of Light. These are supposed to be ascended masters, similar to what we discussed in my presentation of Benjamin Crème. It is here, with the so-called ascended masters, that I want to begin, because this was my introduction to Goodchild. Millions of people worldwide were responding to the messages that she was channeling. I would like to point out that I believe Goodchild, like many in the New Age or involved in the Spiritual movement, is sincere in her beliefs. I’m not trying to denigrate Goodchild as a person, but I am going to point out that I believe these familiar spirits have deceived her, and in fact they have lied to her. First, a bit of backstory: I first came in contact with Ms. Goodchild when I heard about her channeled information that was getting millions of hits on YouTube. Essentially Goodchild was saying, by way of the channeled Federation of Light, that on October 14, 2008, a large mother ship (a UFO) was going to materialize and remain stationary for 72 hours. This proclamation was made to assure the inhabitants of earth that the Federation of Light was monitoring us and that this was going to be first contact. When I first heard of this, I immediately wrote on my blog about it. Here is the original posting from my blog:
I was recently on the POWER HOUR SHOW. (www.powerhour.com) One of the hosts asked me about the ‘channeled’ information that was given to Blossom Goodchild concerning a UFO sighting that was supposed to happen on October 14th, 2008. My first reaction was that channeled information couldn’t be trusted because we must consider the source. Here are a couple of points to consider. One, how can we discern whether or not the entity that is being channeled is benevolent or malevolent? In other words, does this entity have our best interest at heart or is its mission one of deception? Two, is there a litmus test that we can use to validate point number one? In my opinion, scripture that was written thousands of years ago is very clear on this. The book of Leviticus says, “Regard not them that have familiar spirits, neither seek after wizard to be defiled by them.” The admonition is clear and there is a reason for it. Even thousands of years ago there were people living who had contact with familiar spirits. Nothing has changed except that in our modern era we call it channeling; so why the warning to stay away from this? It's fairly straightforward. The entity with which Ms. Goodchild has come in contact is demonic in nature. It is a malevolent being that is here to deceive. It lies; therefore, one can never ascertain truth from falsehood. Sadly, today there are many who have contact with the spirit world. There are soothsayers, fortune-tellers, mediums and channelers who have made a huge impact on our society. Most people will not use the litmus test that I mentioned above and so they are given over to the deception. Now that I've established what I think of channeling let's look at Ms. Goodchild’s message. Here is the link to her website. http://blossomgoodchild.com/ I found this under EVENTS. Here are some thoughts you may want to consider before you read it. The information could have come right out of PP&S. It is part of what I would call the Coming Great Deception and the Luciferian End Game. Do I believe that this prophecy of a huge UFO manifesting in our skies will happen? No, I don't, and here's why: the information is what I would consider demonic in nature. These entities that inhabit the second heaven lie all the time and if by some chance a giant UFO does manifest, then the Great Deception that I have outlined in my book PP&S is upon us and millions will believe the lie.
Author’s Sidebar After reading the account by Ms. Goodchild, I found it similar to what author and channeler Jane Roberts put out decades ago. She was the creator of Seth Speaks. This entity Seth, was channeled through her and she was used to sway millions of people into a belief system that I believe is both dangerous and demonic in nature. Those who purchased her books were deceived by entities that reside in the second heaven. Once again, this is nothing new and is part of the Luciferian deception. This is why we are warned not to engage in this type of activity. TO LEADERS, GOVERNORS, POLITICIANS AND ALL PEOPLE OF EARTH…. We wish it to be understood that on the 14th day of your month of October in the year 2008 a craft of great size shall be visible within your skies. It shall be in the south of your hemisphere and it shall scan over many of your states. We give to you the name of Alabama. It has been decided that we shall remain within your atmosphere for the minimum of three of your twenty-four hour periods. During this time there will be much commotion upon your earth plane. Your highest authorities will be intruding into ‘our’ atmospherics that surround our ship. This ‘security field’ is necessary for us, as there shall take place a ‘farce’ from those in your world who shall try to deny that we come in LOVE. KNOW OF THIS WE COME TO ASSIST YOUR WORLD. WE DO NOT COME TO TAKE OVER. WE DO NOT COME TO DESTRUCT. WE COME TO GIVE YOU HOPE. We are beings from other planets, which for many eons of your time have been preparing for these days ahead. We ask each soul that reads of these words to accept in their heart the Truth that lies within. For in that place there is the knowing that this is to take place. There shall be many who deny. There shall be many who dismiss. There shall be those who KNOW of this TRUTH. Which ever you may be … let
this be understood. IT SHALL TAKE PLACE. We give you the opportunity to capture on screen this particular ship. There shall be no contact in the form that those of your planet would like. For this initial presentation, we shall simply be presenting our ship to you. We say to you…that shall certainly be enough to comprehend initially. All kinds of methods shall be carried out in order to try and penetrate through our security barrier, but they shall be to no avail. Until we can PROVE to you that we come in LOVE, we will not allow the fullness of our visits to be uncovered. KNOW OF THIS… THIS IS THE BEGINNING…NOT THE END Your governments and your media will try to disguise us. This will fail. All avenues have been covered by us. Your media will have no choice but to portray the TRUTH for it shall be there for all to see. Friends of earth. Do not be afraid. We beseech you to TRUST that we come to bring the downfall of those who have misintentions for the well-being of your planet. If we do not intervene now…as has been planned for eons of your earth time… then we fear it would be too late. WE ASK YOU TO ACCEPT US IN LOVE. FOR THAT IS WHY WE COME. The sayings that your world has been aware of via your movie screens etc. were not merely make-believe. We have been planting and watering seeds of Truth on your planet in preparation for these days. FOR INDEED WE COME IN PEACE. Fill your souls with TRUST in that knowledge. We are your brothers and sisters from other places. Our technology is far advanced. There are those in high places of ruling that KNOW full well of this. Therefore, they know that there would be little point trying to ‘pretend’ that they need weapons to destroy us.
On this day that we appear, we ask you to listen only to your hearts and NOT to the words of those who shall be in great fear of losing their power. For too long your world has lived under a cloud that most of you have been unaware of. If you were to KNOW the Truths of what has been hidden from you, you would be appalled and in great disbelief. It is time for your souls to be allowed to be who they are. The veil is to be removed. BE OF JOY. IT IS A TIME FOR THAT. YOU SHALL KNOW OF THIS AS YOUR HEARTACCEPTS THE TRUE REASON FOR OUR VISIT. TO BRING YOU AN UNDERSTANDING OF LOVE. KNOW THIS. We choose to leave it at that. Be vigilant. Keep your eyes to the skies. Keep LOVE in your heart. WE…THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT…SIGN OFF, GIVING YOU ENCOURAGEMENT AND HOPE AS WE BEGIN THE ASCENSION INTO THE NEW WORLD. Each one of you has chosen to be here for this ascension. Choose now whether your human form will… Accept it through LOVE or Reject it through FEAR. May the Highest aspect of your soul fill you with Light as you move bravely forward. Gratitude to each one as they assist us in the cause. ___________________________________________________ We've had more comments posted on this article that ran over the weekend than any other to date on this blog. The channeled information with which Blossom Goodchild has inundated the Internet is, to say the least, controversial. I have decided to keep this conversation alive by blogging on it today. The heart of the matter, as I see it, is this: where does Ms. Goodchild receive her information? What is the source? How can we determine whether or not this source has good intentions or evil ones? It amazes me how some people are ready to embrace the information as truth without checking the spirit behind it. As I have pointed out,
channeling (our modern term for what was once known as having a familiar spirit) has been around for millennia. We are warned in the Bible to avoid contact with these spirits. It is for a good reason that the warning is there. For one, once these familiar spirits are invited in, they are hard to control and most often lead a person on a path of destruction. There are several books I would recommend on the channeling phenomena, my favorite being Johanna Michelson's Beautiful Side of Evil. In that tome she expounds on her experiences with a psychic healer. She witnesses many supernatural healing and manifestations. She embraced what she saw as good and it was not until later that she realized her mistake. The book becomes a testimony of Michelson's quest to be delivered from the spirit that now has come to torment her. It comes down to this: we are told to test the spirits to see if they are from God or not. We should not embrace the supernatural just because it gives us a warm fuzzy feeling or a demonstration of power. I find it interesting that I was blogging about this very thing in regard to the Fatima apparitions. I posted articles that were taken from my book. We are now coming up on the 91st anniversary of that supernatural event and not much has changed. There were those who embraced Fatima and the so-called Miracle of the Sun as a sign from heaven. While others, even clergy at the time, warned against it as demonic in nature. This month in the September newsletter, which finally went out today, there is an interview with a person who has embraced the UFO phenomena as something that is good. I wrote to her informing her that I believed that the UFO phenomena and the revealing of giant UFOs will be the greatest deception that mankind has ever witnessed. I have written The Nephilim Trilogy, a fictional account of what could possibly occur when this happens, and my most recent nonfiction book, Politics, Prophecy & the Supernatural, as a warning to what is coming. The subtitle of PP&S is the Coming Great Deception and the Luciferian End Game. I believe we are headed toward a full disclosure of the so-called ET presence. Will you be deceived into believing that they are our creators? That they manipulated DNA from a primitive race of humans thousands of years ago? That ET created the world's religions? That ET is here to save mankind and usher us into a time of light and love? I believe this is the Great Deception that is mentioned in ancient texts as a warning to those of us living in these turbulent times. If you have never read 2nd Thessalonians, I would suggest that now would be a good time to read it. What
Goodchild is giving us with her channeled information is, in my opinion, nothing short of demonic deception.
My Interview with Blossom Goodchild – A Modern Day Channeler Hi Blossom, Thanks for coming on the record with me. Please include a short bio and any Web-site information you would like to include. I will not edit or change any of your answers so what you say is what we get! Many blessings. L.A. Marzulli Bio. Blossom Goodchild is a professional ‘direct voice’ channeling medium working with spirit and cosmic energies. She has been channeling the Native American Indian Spirit Energy ‘White Cloud’ for ten years now and shares his messages of Unconditional Love by means of personal readings group meetings, books and CDs. She is also known worldwide for channeling The Federation of Light. For further information please go to www.blossomgoodchild.com L. A.: I have read on your site that you channel a Native American by the name of White Cloud. Is he with you constantly or just when you meditate? B. G.: White Cloud is never far away! There have been times when he has ‘gone on holiday’! But generally he is always close by. That does not mean I ask him about everything I need guidance on. Sometimes I may get a little picture of something should I ask about a particular issue, other times I don’t. I would never learn anything for myself and ‘grow’ if I relied on another’s answers all the time. That would not be beneficial at all. L. A.: Do you perform automatic writing when White Cloud is coming through you, or do you repeat what you’re hearing in your higher/inner self? B. G.: I began automatic writing with him…when first in contact…but through the writing he said we had agreed many moons ago to work together…and that it would take the form of Direct Voice Channeling….Whereby, he speaks through me. We work together…I am in the left side of my brain and White Cloud comes into the right side…and somehow we meet in the middle…and I allow him to
take over my voice box. It is very difficult to explain how it all works. The wisdom he brings through is far beyond that which I am aware of!! L. A.: What is White Cloud saying about 2012? B. G.: He calls it The New World…The Golden Age. We are moving into a Lighter vibration. Over the years he has spoken quite a bit about it…so it is difficult to put it in a nutshell. We will all find ourselves in the place we have come to accept as Truth within ourselves at that time. Therefore 2012 will perhaps be different for each of us. After all, we all live in this world NOW at this time and yet depending on how we perceive that world to be from within our own individual perspective; it indeed appears very differently to each one of us does it not? The main message is to concentrate on the NOW. To understand LOVE NOW, and in that way, each tomorrow will simply be a brighter day. L. A.: Does White Cloud ever mention other Native American tribes like the Hopi Indians who are pointing to 2012 as some sort of flash point? B. G.: No. He does not speak a lot of his Native American Life time and when he has…it has been more to do with the lifestyle that was lead compared to the ‘rat race’ that many of us have to live in now. Regarding other tribes and that which they have spoken of, he simply asks souls to TRUST them as to what they hear and read, and to make their own decisions as to what 2012 is really all about. For me, at the end of the day, how can we really know…until we get there? Yet we can make the journey towards it as enjoyable as we choose to. We can either move toward it in fear or in Love. L. A.: You also mention that Jesus has come through you. Is this the same Jesus of biblical days? B. G.: I am assuming so. It is the ‘energy’ that is of so much Love. I know many may find the fact that I even say I have done so…perhaps blasphemous…and yet…if we are ALL ONE…with all respect…at the end of the day…it is not such an impossibility. The first time it happened I knew because of the immense Love and the ‘FEELING.’ It was totally unexpected. The concept of doing so had never crossed my mind. Those in the room immediately burst into tears the minute the energy spoke. It was quite overwhelming and the image in my mind’s eye that appeared was that of the Sacred Heart. L. A.: Skeptics will want to know how you can discern whether what you are
experiencing is good or evil. Is there a litmus test that we can use to determine what is coming through? B. G.: If there is…I’d be happy to do it!!! And surely the skeptics’ main query would not be whether what I am channeling is good or evil, but more so… whether or not I am delusional!!! I have been interested in the spiritual movement for over 30 years…throughout which I have learned a great deal. Many write to me…talking to me as if I was born yesterday. I ALWAYS ask for protection to be given by The Divine Oneness when channeling and to me it is of TRUTH. However, this is MY TRUTH. It is for each individual to decide for themselves. I am not here to try to prove anything to anyone. That is not what it is all about or indeed what I am all about. I unexpectedly find myself in the position I am now in and I continue to offer MY TRUTH because it seems many find it their Truth also. I cannot for one moment consider what I ‘FEEL’ when channeling to be anything other than LOVE… and I personally consider myself very blessed to have been given this opportunity to assist others in this way…by offering wisdom from energies from elsewhere. L. A.: Have you ever had visions of the future? B. G.: No. L. A.: How do you know that it’s the real Jesus? B. G.: I don’t. How do you know if something is genuine leather? It may say so on the label...but the ‘FEEL’ of it will tell you your Truth. And it is the ‘FEELING’ I got that tells me it was the True energy of Jesus. It is not something I speak about much. It is something that took place….It was a beautiful energy and I feel very honored. It may take place again, it may not. The energy came through in the same way other energies come through. And…I imagine I am not the only person by any means that has experienced this. L. A.: I am aware of the Galactic Federation. Where do they come from? B. G.: I channel The Federation of Light. This is how the energy I channel wishes to be known. I know The Federation to be part of a vast organization… far greater than we can actually comprehend. I understand the Galactic Federation to be part of The Federation of Light, yet I do not channel The Galactic Federation.
I do not know where they come from specifically. They say that on board their vessel there are races from many, many galaxies. It’s all a bit difficult to comprehend really. I do not say for one minute I understand it all...I think in human form we are unable to do so. Yet on another level of myself there is a knowing that I cannot explain in words. L. A.: Is the Galactic Federation the same thing as the Ascended Masters? B. G.: Again I cannot comment…as I am not speaking for The Galactic Federation. Many say the Ascended Masters are onboard the Mothership. This I do not know either. I’m not being very helpful really am I? There are many channelings today from other souls of which I do not get time to read. Probably many people are far more clued up on what is being said than I am! These days many of these channelings seem to be saying different things which lead to confusion…that is why it is imperative you listen to yourself…if something you hear/read resonates as a Truth for you then go with it. If it does not… don’t! Eventually you will find what you are looking for… which is your TRUTH. There’s no other way to put it. For me…it is more about the message given as opposed to the messenger. If what is channeled FEELS the Truth in your heart …then go with it…it is of great importance to me to follow your own TRUTH. That is what is offered in the channelings I get and that sits well with me. White Cloud and The Federation do not TELL you what to believe…they ask you to FEEL… and therefore your FEELING allows you to KNOW. One should not judge another for what their Truth is. We should all accept that we each have a right to decide for ourselves what ‘life’ is all about. L. A.: Are these the same Ascended Masters that Madame Blavatsky channeled? B. G.: Can’t help you there! L. A.: I followed the October 14th prediction from the Federation of Light. Where were you that day? B. G.: In my garden with my family and close friends… although I did read on the net that night that I had been found dead in my home by my friend Dan. I knew instantly that wasn’t true because I don’t have a friend called Dan!! L. A.: It must have been very difficult to face your critics afterward, yet you did. Where did you find the courage to do this and was White Cloud with you at that
time? B. G.: My courage came from my Truth. I wasn’t out to ‘con’ anyone. So my Truth is all I ever have to offer. And I certainly have nothing to hide. I think ‘spirit’ is with us always…even if we are not always in a place to be able to recognize that. I am sure White Cloud was close throughout, yet to be honest I wasn’t in ‘the space’ mentally to tune into his energy or indeed anyone else’s. I was rather shell shocked to say the least!!! L. A.: On your Web site you have what the Federation of Light told the ‘day after,’ is there going to be a time when it really happens? B. G.: You tell me! Many KNOW it will happen. I FEEL it will happen. It is a FEELING inside that you cannot really explain. That KNOWING comes from somewhere else. The human part of me questions it a lot…it just seems like such an unreal prospect…and yet my soul…when it looks up to the sky...day or night…KNOWS they are there. I KNOW we are not alone. I KNOW there are ETs of different appearances and with different agendas. My Truth is that The Federation of Light is the good guy…although many try to tell me otherwise. Again…each to their own. As I say…I am not here to try and convince anyone. I simply find myself in this position…I do what I do…in LOVE…and as White Cloud says…if each one of us can turn just one soul around to walk towards the Light, then we have done well. L. A.: Some say that we were created by Extraterrestrials; does White Cloud believe this? B. G.: I have never asked him. However, in my book The Bridge that was channeled by The Federation of Light…they say that we are an experiment. I was a little put out by this at first, but now I have come to understand it. We were given free choice in this experiment and those that created us…coming only from Love…had no idea what would take place when we were let loose. For they knew only of Love. It is so difficult to explain everything in a short interview…one could always read the book of course! L. A.: Have you ever had a negative experience with channeling? B. G.: No. But in my naive younger days I experienced negative energies. I was unaware then of protection and ‘matters of ego’ etc and things got a bit dodgy. I am glad in retrospect because I learned a great deal from the experience. Having
this gift of channeling is to be respected at all times and certainly not something you ‘play at…or with.’ It was then I decided to leave everything alone and went to every church possible to try and find what I was looking for….Truth! I had attended a Catholic boarding school and with all respect to those who feel that Catholicism is their path, I knew that wasn’t for me. Yet I did want to find answers. I found them in the Spiritualist church. I liked the way it was conducted and the fact that they did not indoctrinate you but asked you to FEEL your own Truth. I had always said after my negative experience that I would never go looking for involvement with spirit, and that if I were meant to be involved for the greater good then it would have to find me. And it did! L. A.: The declaration that came from the Federation of Light was detailed and very specific about what would happen on October 14th. Why would they set this up only to do a, “no show?” B. G.: Because those of us on earth were at great risk from the powerful influences down here on earth that did not want them to show…for it would mean the downfall of those that control us. Many are unaware of such matters, yet many now have awakened to the Truth. It was simply too dangerous. Where The Federation had assumed maybe the ‘bad guys’ were bluffing…they were informed otherwise and they have only our best interest at heart. However, I have now come to realize through letters received that the Oct 14th message contained an energy that awoke many thousands of souls…therefore, raising the vibration of the planet. In preparation perhaps…the more that are awake the less fear will spread throughout this earth plane. L. A.: With the cat and mouse game that the Federation of Light is playing, it’s hard to believe the next prediction that comes from them. Why would they jeopardize their credibility with a “red herring?” B. G.: For me…I was not aware of a cat and mouse game. To be honest I had not heard of The Galactic Federation until I sent the message out from The Federation of Light, and then obviously I heard of many, many things that until that time had not come to my attention. So I was not aware of other ‘prophesies’ regarding a spacecraft appearing. As they have no ego…they are not concerned so much as to their credibility, but more so to the safety of earth and those who reside upon it. People have the freedom of choice to decide for themselves whether or not they FEEL The Federation of Light to be of Truth. This…they stress over and over again. They come to assist us in raising our vibration of
Love…not to play ‘war games’ as the fear mongers here upon earth would have us believe. L. A.: The big question for me is this: How can you discern whether the entity you are channeling has your best interests at heart? How do you know you are not being deceived? B. G.: That was also a big question for me too!! When Oct 14th came and went…obviously I needed to know what was going on. I have channeled White Cloud for ten years and KNOW of the unconditional Love that he is. During the following weeks after I had begun channeling again I needed to know that I was channeling ‘the good guys.’ I did not wish to deceive myself let alone thousands of souls that read the channelings. I asked White Cloud for a sign (not something I do often). He showed me in my mind…a rose, so I asked that within three days I see a rose and my heart would know that it was the sign I was looking for. Of course it would have to be of significance. I wasn’t just going to walk past a flower shop and go ‘ah there it is! Phew!!’ I told no one about this. On the fourth day (there was a weekend involved) three dozen roses were delivered to my door, sent from someone I did not know. A huge ostrich feather was around the outside and a note that said, “Walk Boldly as the Light and Love. All is as should be. Adieu…From Kerrie (a petal).” Anyone who knows of White Cloud’s wisdom will know that these are words he speaks many times. He also speaks metaphorically of a rose as a particular soul group and that each petal is part of that group. I later found out who Kerrie was, as she contacted me when she heard the story of the roses, having no idea what sending them would mean to me. She simply had a very strong urge to send me some flowers. I am often being sent letters trying to tell me that I am channeling dark forces and that I am being deceived. I certainly have looked into this…I would not be so arrogant as to not… especially after Oct 14th, yet I feel I am walking my Truth and that channeling White Cloud and The Federation of Light is something I came down to the earth plane to do. I feel very honored to be part of a team that is assisting many to understand what Love actually means. I channel the FOL via tuning in and receiving their thoughts telepathically that I write down directly on to the computer. Very different from direct voice channeling White cloud. Yet ALWAYS before I begin I ask The Divine for protection and for White Cloud to draw close and act as my gatekeeper to keep me safe and in the Light. So…if I am being deceived…how would anyone ever know what is of Divine Truth and what is not…when one’s intent is only ever desiring to come from Love to assist the planet and those upon it?
L. A.: Your closing thoughts? B. G.: This world that we live in is far from the one I believe it was designed to be. Only we, who have this grand opportunity to be here during this special time and participate in lifting it up into a Higher vibration, can make this happen. Many souls were not so fortunate…we are a chosen few. So let’s not waste this gift of life. Let’s do what I believe we came here to do this time around and bring us back into the Truth of who we are… Love. May Golden Rays be with you all your days. Many thanks. Blossom Goodchild. July 1, 2009. The purpose of putting this interview here is so that you can discern for yourself where this information is coming from. There has been zero editing on my part in the interview. What Ms. Goodchild said is verbatim. What we see, in my opinion, is that she was plainly misled. In other words, she was informed that there would be certain events happening on October 14, 2008. The date came and went and nothing happened. I’m going to provide a link to a YouTube video that Goodchild did on October 15, the day after. It is clear to me that the woman is sincere and wonders why there was a noshow. There is truly nothing new under the sun and this modern day channeler is no different from the Witch of Endor who called up Samuel. Please don’t misunderstand me here, I’m not calling Goodchild a witch, but I will say that she is engaged in exactly the same practices that we are told to avoid in the Guidebook. Goodchild was and is deceived, plain and simple. To me it proves the principle that any information obtained from the second heaven, regardless of the socalled source, cannot be trusted. It is at best filled with half-truths and lies. Goodchild and others of her ilk would do well to heed this warning.
Conclusion: The Second Heaven and the Passage of Time I’m going to propose to you that time, as we know it, is somehow different in the second heaven. Please refer to Chapter 3 in which I discuss the cornfield analogy The Fallen One can see farther through time, but he is not omniscient. He does not see everything; his view is very limited, but still far greater than ours. Please remember that he is a created being. He had a beginning somewhere in the vast stretches of eternity. He was at one point the most exalted of the all the angels, however, something went wrong. We don’t know exactly what but as Barnhouse postulates in The Heavenly War: There were suddenly two wills in the universe and this set the contest that we see spilling over in today’s world.108 I would propose that the Maya, Nostradamus, the Hopis, Edgar Cayce, and modern channeler Blossom Goodchild are all obtaining their information through the gateway of the second heaven. Therefore, we must consider the source and realize that if I am right, then what is coming through these seers and prophets is from fallen angels and demons. Unfortunately, there will be those who read this paragraph and not understand the sobering severity of my last statement. These entities, fallen angels and demons (the disembodied spirits of the Nephilim109), have one goal in mind and that is to deceive every man, woman and child on earth. The warning Yashua gives us that, unless those days were shortened, no flesh would survive is the most sobering prophecy in the Bible to me.110 He knows of what He speaks; He is God, and it truly is a dire warning. The good news, and this is our blessed hope, is that He will arrive at the Battle of Armageddon and by the breath of His mouth He will defeat the armies of the antichrist.111 But I’m getting ahead of myself, for this is indeed the final move of the cosmic chess match.
What the Bible says about the information from the Second Heaven Before I jump in with different translations from the Guidebook to the Supernatural that will be germane to this discussion, let me say that the reason I’m using different translations is to show that the meaning is essentially the same as one reads through them. Therefore, critics and skeptics can’t point to socalled mistranslations or my torturing of the text. The following are excerpts from a document known as Leviticus. It was first written more than 3,400 years ago. It was named by the ancient Hebrews and in that language the book would be entitled, And He Called. It was translated into Greek before the time of the Anointed One’s appearance (the Christos or Christ) that is more commonly referred to as Yashua, or, in the Greek, Jesus. All that to say this: I believe that we can trust its instructions and warnings about familiar spirits, wizards, and mediums. You will notice that the word “wizard” is used in some translations and omitted in others. You will also notice that in the New Living Translation the modern word psychic is used. In my opinion, Blossom Goodchild, Edgar Cayce, and Nostradamus should all be filed in this category (that of a psychic) because as we examine the particulars of what constitutes a wizard, psychic, medium or a person with a familiar spirit, it will become clear that this is the same deceptive paradigm under which these modern examples are functioning. Let’s jump in by starting with the text and its warning: If any among the people are unfaithful by consulting and following mediums or psychics, I will turn against them and cut them off from the community. (New Living Translation) And the person who turns to mediums and familiar spirits, to prostitute himself with them, I will set My face against that person and cut him off from his people. (NKJ) And the soul that turneth after such as have familiar spirits, and after wizards, to go a whoring after them, I will even set my face against that soul, and will cut him off from among his people. (KJV)
And the soul that turneth unto necromancers and unto soothsayers, to go a whoring after them, I will set my face against that soul, and will cut him off from among his people. (Darby) I will set my face against the person who turns to mediums and spiritists to prostitute himself by following them, and I will cut him off from his people. I want to call your attention to the word medium. This word is at the heart of the matter and we need to nail down the particulars of what the word means. The Hebrew word that is used is ’owb. It may mean a water skin bottle, but in the way it used here it refers to a necromancer or one who evokes the dead, a ghost or spirit of a dead one. It can also mean one that has a familiar spirit. Next let’s take a look at the word spiritist. The definition is one who has a familiar spirit, soothsayer, or a necromancer. Another word that is used in one of the different translations is wizard. It seems plain from the Hebrew that a person who is engaged in these practices is opening supernatural doors that shouldn’t be opened, hence the warning. I can’t say this any plainer. Someone who is a medium or has a familiar spirit is contacting another realm that they know nothing about. How can they ascertain whether or not the spirit they are contacting is benevolent or malevolent? And therein lays the impending danger! If you recall the interview with Blossom Goodchild, I asked her this question directly and she wasn’t really able to give an answer other than that she asks for protection. The bottom line is she has no way of knowing if the entity she is contacting is good or evil and has accessed a place, according to the above passage that we just read, that she is specifically warned not to visit. In my opinion, she is deluding herself and others to think otherwise. It is playing with fire. Here is her answer: I ALWAYS ask for protection to be given by The Divine Oneness when channeling and to me it is of TRUTH. However this is MY TRUTH. It is for individuals to decide for themselves. I am not here to try to prove anything to anyone. That is not what it is all about or indeed what I am all about. I unexpectedly find myself in the position I am now in and I continue to offer MY TRUTH because it seems many find it their Truth also. I cannot for one moment
consider what I ‘FEEL’ when channeling to be anything other than LOVE… and I personally consider myself very blessed to have been given this opportunity to assist others in this way…by offering wisdom from energies from elsewhere. Let me say this: while Blossom Goodchild is well-meaning and I believe sincere, she is misled. How can I make such a strong statement as this? Two reasons: The first is that the Guidebook to the Supernatural identifies who or what she is contacting and informs us in no uncertain terms to stay away from this kind of contact. The second is from a book from which I would like to quote. It is Enticed by the Light by Sharon Beekmann. Before I quote from the book I want to give you a quick thumbnail sketch of Sharon Beekmann. Sharon became immersed in the New Age movement and she opened herself to spirit guides. Now when she did this, she wasn’t aware of the warnings that are set down in the Guidebook to the Supernatural, so she had no way of knowing what she was contacting. I’m going to reproduce what is written on the back cover. For ten years, Sharon Beekmann trusted the “spirit guides” that promised her fulfillment. By the time she discovered their frightening, true identity, it was too late— they had taken control of her mind…tormenting her, attacking her sanity, pushing her to the brink of suicide. But in her darkest hour, Sharon discovered a Savior powerful enough to free her from the evil that threatened to destroy her.112 I would also like to quote from Dr. Gordon R. Lewis who is a professor at Denver Seminary. He provided a “blurb on the inside cover. Sharon Beekmann’s book is a psychologically perceptive description of occultism’s magnetism for a troubled youth and a moving account of the Lord Jesus Christ’s power to liberate a young woman from it. The book alerts dabblers in the occult to the dreadful dangers of deceptive “spirit guides....” Beekmann was involved with several spirit guides; much like Blossom Goodchild is today. When she tried to cut off the contact with these beings, she found to her horror that she couldn’t. Once she allowed them into her mind, she found it nearly impossible to rid herself of them. These spirits, which at one time gave her amazing visions of light, love and happiness, now tortured her with horrible visions. Here’s a sample of what she
went through. In this brief summation Beekmann is conversing with a long-time friend about what she is going through. “How are you Sharon?” “You really want to know?” Tad paused and asked again, “Yes, Sharon, I really want to know. How are you?” “Well, I’m not doing so well. You remember when I wrote about channeling spirits? Well, a couple of years ago they turned on me, and I can’t make them leave. I don’t know what to do.” “What’s it like?” It’s bad, very bad, especially when I’m alone. They infuse thoughts and feelings into me and keep me awake at night. Sometimes my body is racked with pain, and yet I know nothing is wrong. The first year was the worst, but now they allow me to work. Otherwise, they interfere with my relationships, making it impossible to sustain a friendship. My life is not my own.”113
Recap While some of you who are reading this will scoff and say that this wouldn’t happen to me because I would be able to tell the good guys from the bad, let me warn you that this is precisely what Beekmann thought. Although well-meaning, she was deluded. This is why the Guidebook to the Supernatural is so explicit about avoiding contact with these beings. It’s not that we are being kept from something good; it’s to keep us from being destroyed by what I would consider to be malevolent beings or fallen angels. Elsewhere in the Guidebook it tells us explicitly that these beings are here to rob, kill and destroy us. I can't stress enough that while the likes of channelers like Goodchild and others are sincere in their belief, I would submit that they are sincerely wrong. In the end they will succumb to the entity that is controlling them and it will not be good.
CHAPTER 25: Abortion: Opening the Gates of Hell!
Unlike some of the moves in the chess match in which we see the move and countermove of the players, in the abortion holocaust so far there has been no direct response from the Most High God, at least that I can point to at this time. Let me give you an example of what I mean. We discussed the Holocaust and we see that it resulted in the birth of Israel. There was, in my opinion, a direct countermove by the Most High God that brought about the exact opposite set of events that the Fallen One had hoped to achieve. In short, the Most High God always, and I mean always, brings good out of what seems to be at times overwhelming devastation. This is His calling card. For example, we see that: Adam and Eve fall, but there is the promise of the One who will come and redeem all of mankind through the seed of the woman. The fallen angels contaminate the DNA and the human bloodline, but Noah is pure in his generations and through his bloodline eventually comes the Messiah. Moses and millions of Israelites are backed up against the Red Sea and the pursuing Egyptian army is pressing in on them, but the sea is parted and everyone is saved. When Messiah is born Herod tries to kill him, but Joseph is warned in a dream and flees so the child is safe. From the ashes of the Holocaust the nation of Israel is born. However, there has been no countermove by the Most High God in regard to the
abortion holocaust. It continues, so far unabated. As of this writing in the spring of 2011, there have now been one billion abortions worldwide since Roe vs. Wade became law, and not only in America, but the practice of abortion went global as a form of birth control. There have been more than 50 million unborn babies slaughtered in their mothers’ wombs in the United States and the numbers continue to climb. This is unprecedented. Something like this has never happened in the history of mankind. While certain cultures have practiced infanticide, and unwanted children who had physical or mental handicaps were sometimes left outside the wall of the city at night to be eaten by wild animals, to the best of my knowledge there has never been a culture so obsessed with death on a mass scale except perhaps the Nazis. In this country we have what is known in medical practice as partial birth abortions that are performed late in a woman’s pregnancy, typically in her third trimester. This practice is so heinous that it belongs in the Nazi playbook, not in places like Kansas, where up until recently Dr. Tiller, who specialized in lateterm abortions, practiced it. Here is a brief description of the practice: First labor is artificially induced; then the baby's head is grabbed with a pair of forceps and the head is passed through the birth canal, but the body is left inside the womb, thus, the name, partial-birth abortion. Next the “doctor,” and I use the term facetiously, takes a scalpel and plunges it into the baby’s soft skull. Next, he takes a specially constructed vacuum hose and sucks the baby’s brains out. The process is complete because the child cannot survive without a brain. Dr. Mengele, who was called the angel of death at Auschwitz, would have applauded the procedure. The dismal fact that our legislative branches of government have to debate the legality of this should show us how far we have fallen as a culture. Abortions are nothing more than modern day ritualistic, satanic, blood sacrifices. I realize that there are some who will read this and scoff. However, let's remember what the Maya did. We shudder when we think about their version of human sacrifice but are too educated and bolstered by our modernity to see our
own version of it. In the book of Enoch, we are told that one of the fallen angels showed the women how to kill the embryo in the womb. According to that text it would appear that the first abortion came from the Fallen One’s emissaries. I believe that there's no way around that. It is a blood sacrifice that has opened the gates of hell. Here's why: In any occult ceremony there is a blood offering. The occultists do this in order to gain power, but also to open a gateway for the demonic spirits to manifest. Abortion accomplishes the same thing. The bloodletting opens up a portal, a gateway, to the demonic. It allows them to manifest in our dimension. Is this is why a UFO is reported once every ten minutes in some part of our globe— because the ritualistic blood sacrifice has literally opened the doors to the second heaven? We are told that the life is in the blood, and we hear the Most High God tell Cain, the first murderer…your brother Abel's blood cries to me from the ground.114 Abortions are modern day ritualistic killings and are opening the gates of hell. I believe that the rise of the occult and the demonic in our society is obvious with the obsession with vampires, werewolves, witches, and slash movies like Saw, and of course the burgeoning UFO phenomena. Is there a link between abortions and the rise of satanic influences? Please remember the Maya, because the entire culture participated in human sacrifice to their “gods.” Are we any different today? In closing this chapter, we are told that the Lord is patient. I'm not sure why His hand seems slow in responding to this issue, but I believe at some point we will see His hand and it will be one of vengeance and rightfully so, because the helpless souls of more than one billion innocent lives call out to Him.... There is nothing I can think of that is more evil than killing the unborn in the womb…nothing. We will reap what we have sown; make no mistake about this. The blood of millions of innocent babies cries out from the abortion mills. Our planet is covered in their blood. This is why I have little hope for a Christian revival,
although we may see pockets of it, like we do in China at the time of this writing. The time for that is long past. We are about to enter the darkest of days, and, unless they are shortened, as Jesus tells us, no flesh will survive.
CHAPTER 26: What is to Come: War in Heaven that Will Cast Satan to Earth!
I believe that there may be a countermove to what the Fallen One is creating with the abortion holocaust. It would seem to me that the Fallen One is gaining access to earth through the satanic, ritualistic, blood sacrifice that is produced from abortions that are opening a portal. Follow me here for a moment, because I want to point out several possibilities. The first is that we know that at some point Satan is cast to earth. Here's the scripture that tells us this. It is from Revelation 12: (Rev.12:7) Now war arose in heaven, Michael and his angels fighting against the dragon. And the dragon and his angels fought back, 8 but he was defeated, and there was no longer any place for them in heaven. 9 And the great dragon was thrown down, that ancient serpent, which is called the devil and Satan, the deceiver of the whole world—he was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. 10 And I heard a loud voice in heaven, saying, “Now the salvation and the power and the kingdom of our God and the authority of his Christ have come, for the accuser of our brothers has been thrown down, who accuses them day and night before our God. 11 And they have conquered him by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of their testimony, for they loved not their lives even unto
death. 12 Therefore, rejoice, O heavens and you who dwell in them! But woe to you, O earth and sea, for the devil has come down to you in great wrath, because he knows that his time is short!” We see here that Satan, the Fallen One, is cast to earth. Is it possible that the Most High God is giving him what he wants? We know from 2nd Thessalonians that there is a restrainer, someone who is restraining the mystery of iniquity (the evil plan that Satan is concocting) from manifesting fully. Here's what the texts say regarding this: 3 Let no one deceive you in any way. For that day will not come, unless the rebellion comes first, and the man of lawlessness is revealed, the son of destruction, 4 who opposes and exalts himself against every so-called god or object of worship, so that he takes his seat in the temple of God, proclaiming himself to be God. 5 Do you not remember that when I was still with you I told you these things? 6 And you know what is restraining him now so that he may be revealed in his time. 7 For the mystery of lawlessness is already at work. Only he who now restrains it will do so until he is out of the way. It would seem from the text that a person or persons (and many scholars believe this restrainer to be the Holy Spirit) is restraining, holding back, keeping the mystery of lawlessness from manifesting fully. This is the evil plan that the enemy has been working on and planning for thousands of years. I believe that it is his end game. Here's a scenario, and I realize that I'm speculating here. What if the two events are linked together? What if the restrainer, whoever it is, stops restraining and this is the signal for the war in heaven to start. Then, the war that we read about in the verses I quoted from Revelation kick in and Satan is removed from the second heaven and cast to earth. He no longer has access to the second heaven. In short, the Most High God has
given the Fallen One what he wants in that he has the full ability to execute his evil plan on the earth but not in the way that he hoped. This is why we read that the devil has great wrath, because he knows his time is short! He is now stuck in our time/space continuum. Please remember the cornfield analogy here because it is directly relevant to our discussion. Satan is now trapped, like we are, in the rows of the cornfield. He cannot see the entire field like he used to. He is stuck in our time domain and cannot see into the future the way he once was able. I admit that this is pure speculation on my part; however, I would point you to the fact that we are told that the restrainer is the one who is stopping the mystery of iniquity and the Fallen One from carrying out all his plans. We know that when the Fallen One is removed all hell breaks loose, literally. Thus, it would seem reasonable to me that the two might be connected. When the Fallen One is cast to earth it will be a time that is unprecedented in the history of the earth. We know from the passage that he is filled with great wrath because he knows his time is short. I have discussed over and over again in the pages of this book that his goal is to rob, kill and destroy as many men and women as he possibly can. This seems sick, doesn’t it? However, we see time after time that the calling card of his kingdom is fear, despair, suffering, bondage, sickness, and every form of wickedness he can inflict That being said, what might we expect when he shows up? Here, I would point to what 2 Thessalonians tells us, that “he will come with all signs and lying wonders.” 115 Unfortunately most of us turn the pages when we read this and never think that we might be living in the window of time when we will see this come to pass. I believe that the carnage that we saw in WWII is but a shadow of what is coming. Remember Yashua/Jesus tells us that “unless those days were shortened no flesh would survive.”116 These might be the most sobering words in all of scripture. In other words there is a time coming when men will seek death but will be unable to find it. This is interesting because this sentence seems to indicate that men and women will be unable to die during this time. (I will discuss what I believe may be a possible answer to this mystery in a later chapter.)
Closing Thoughts The event of Michael casting out Satan from the second heaven might be connected to the restrainer that we see in 2 Thessalonians. They may be discussing the same event from slightly different perspectives. At any rate, we do know that the Fallen One will be cast to earth and when this happens his kingdom, that of the second heaven, will be lost forever to him. He will be enraged and create havoc on the earth that has never been seen before or will be seen in the future.
CHAPTER 27: The Antichrist & Modern Nephilim: Mount Hebron & the Temple Mount: the Last Moves
This chapter is different from all of the other chapters in this book in that we know from what the Guidebook to the Supernatural informs us much of what happens, and it is all in the future! It is the final series of moves that the Fallen One has been preparing for thousands of years. He has painstakingly orchestrated the final events and he is so obsessed with himself, and being seated in the rebuilt temple in Jerusalem as god, that he believes he can still win the match or alter the outcome that was sealed at Calvary in some way. It amazes me that a being who is created and has a limited, finite mind can believe that he can somehow outmaneuver his creator whose mind is infinite. Nevertheless, the Fallen One proceeds with his plan. Here is brief overview of what we will discuss: * The Rebuilding of the Temple to Enthrone Satan * Macro & Micro Cosmic War: How this pertains to you and me * The Mark of the Beast & the Mark of the Most High God All of these topics make up the last phases of the cosmic chess match. What we see is that the Fallen One has been planning his last stand for millennia and at some point, when he deems it fit to reveal it, he will instigate his end game. Let’s take a look at some of these prophetic points and realize that the response
of the Most High God to the plans of the Fallen One is the literal second coming of Yashua/Jesus, the rightful King. The Rebuilding of the Temple to Enthrone Satan We know that there will be a third and final temple built because the prophecies of Daniel and Revelation confirm this will happen. However, we also see that there is a huge roadblock that is set in the way of this happening. The first and almost insurmountable problem is that the third holiest shrine of Islam stands on what was the Temple Mount of the Jews. That’s not going away any time soon and you may recall several years ago when Ariel Sharon set foot on the Mount unannounced he set off the Palestinian Intifada, the result of which was the death of hundreds on both sides.117 It would appear from our perspective that the third Jewish Temple will never be rebuilt, however, we know from the prophecy of Daniel that it will be rebuilt at some point. Here are the prophecies that state this: (Dan 9:27) He will confirm a covenant with many for one ‘seven.’ In the middle of the ‘seven’ he will put an end to sacrifice and offering. And on a wing of the temple he will set up an abomination that causes desolation, until the end that is decreed is poured out on him. (Dan 11:31) His armed forces will rise up to desecrate the temple fortress and will abolish the daily sacrifice. Then they will set up the abomination that causes desolation. (Dan 12:11) From the time that the daily sacrifice is abolished and the abomination that causes desolation is set up, there will be 1,290 days. So we see from the above texts that at some point in the future (Daniel wrote this more than 2000 years ago) a person will come upon the scene and he will get this temple rebuilt. Many biblical scholars hold to the view that the man about whom Daniel is telling us is who we now call the antichrist. What is interesting is that as I write this it would appear that this third temple would never be rebuilt. It is obviously a hot button issue in the Moslem world; however, I would like to interject a pet theory of mine here as a possible solution to the conundrum that is the rebuilding of the third temple.
The King of Jordan The present King of Jordan is a Hashemite King. Hashem was the uncle of Mohammed and so the present King of Jordan, Abdullah II, is a direct descendant of the prophet. This means that he holds great sway in the Moslem world. Both sects of Islam, which traditionally are at odds with one another, hold the King in high esteem because of his Hashemite ancestry. Another interesting fact is that the King of Jordan is the person who controls what happens on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem.118 A few years ago there was a bulge in one of the walls on the Temple Mount and Jordanian archeologists were called in. Nothing happens on the Temple Mount without the king’s express knowledge and approval. He has the figurative keys to the Mount as well as control of the other holy sites of Mecca and Medina. After WWI, when the Turks lost control of what was the Ottoman Empire, the victorious British and French divided the area into the modern nations of Syria, Lebanon, Palestine, Jordan and Iraq. The Hashemite kings set up monarchies in Syria, Iraq, and Jordan. The kings in Syria and Iraq were overthrown thus leaving Jordan as the only remaining Hashemite kingdom. So what does this have to do with the Temple Mount? Everything! I believe that at some point the King of Jordan will be involved in brokering a deal with the Israelis to rebuild the temple on the Mount. He’s the only person on the planet of whom I’m aware who can do this, because he controls the site. I first posted a commentary on my blog called the Luciferian Dialectic, and I’m posting it here because it is germane to our discussion.
The Luciferian Dialectic By L. A. Marzulli Dialectic is made up of three parts. The first is conflict (or thesis), followed by a counter conflict (antithesis), then resolution (synthesis). I believe we may be witnessing a Luciferian dialectic. Let me explain. The United States was attacked on 911. I realize that there are those who believe that a dark faction or a shadow government was responsible. They point to the collapse of Building #7 and the lack of plane wreckage at the Pentagon site. I’ve seen Loose Change and I will admit it raises some interesting questions. However, let’s get past the idea that this was a conspiracy hatched by a secret government deep in an underground smoke-filled room. Let us instead go back two thousand years and read this: “The mystery of iniquity is already at work…” This was penned by the Apostle Paul, and can be found in 2 Thessalonians 2:7. We see that this mystery of iniquity or lawlessness was at work at the time of Paul. I believe that this power, which is Luciferian in nature, has never stopped working and its goal is to bring about the advent of the antichrist. So how does this figure into 9/11? What happened on 9/11 was the initial conflict, the first leg of the dialectic. We may argue as to who did it and why, but in the end, it really doesn’t matter. That argument is only a distraction from what I believe is going on in the supernatural. The initial event or conflict was immediately countered by the United States and a loosely formed coalition attacking Afghanistan (the second leg of the dialectic). A short time later we went into Iraq. While I admit that Saddam was a monster and the world is better off without him, I found it hard to understand our excuse for an invasion. The Iraq War has become unpopular and, although many of our young men and women have fought to bring about democracy and freedom to the Iraqi people, there may be another reason for the war there, perhaps a supernatural one. Remember, the mystery of iniquity is at work. The ancient city of Babylon lies in Iraq. It was rebuilt and restored by Saddam to the tune of around two billion dollars. We never hear about it in our media. It is ignored. Yet, in ancient prophetic writings, the city of Babylon is mentioned almost as many times as Jerusalem. Is there a reason for this? Many prophecy
scholars have written off the ancient site to the dustbin of history and believe that the United States is Babylon. This, in my opinion, is dangerous because it replaces what is written literally with that which is conjectured. I believe we will see the total restoration of that ancient site. We see from a myriad of sources that the withdrawal of our troops from Iraq is inevitable. It remains to be seen when this will happen. Our presence there holds the Malaki government together; there’s no doubt about it. The military surge was necessary to quell the sectarian violence between Sunni and Shia Muslims and dissenting factions, like the Imam Mouqtada Al Sadr and his militia. Saddam was able to control this complex religious and political dynamic through the use of fear, torture and his secret police. He murdered hundreds of thousands of his own people, but the result was he remained in control. With the imminent withdrawal of Coalition forces, this will create a power vacuum. With the threat of an everincreasing Iranian army, how will the Iraqi’s contend with this? That means that the counter conflict, the second leg of the dialectic, is just about over. We can now turn our attention to the final element, the final leg, that of synthesis. This will come about when the coalition forces withdraw and create a power vacuum. Here is a scenario of where I think this is all going: Before WWI the Turkish Ottoman Empire controlled most of the region. After the defeat of the Germans, the Turks who had allied themselves with the Germans lost their empire. The British and French created the countries that we know as Iraq, Syria, Jordan, and Palestine, which is now Israel. The Hashemite Kings, who claim a direct descent from Mohammed through his uncle, Hashem, had set up monarchies in Syria, Iraq, and Jordan. When the Syrian and Iraqi kingdoms were overthrown the Hashemites retreated to Jordan where they rule to this day. A few years ago the newly crowned King Abdullah II offered to set up a constitutional monarchy in Iraq. He was initially turned down. Here’s what I think may happen: Because Abdullah is a Hashemite King and a direct descendant of the prophet Mohammed, he holds great sway in the Moslem world. Both Sunni and Shia respect him. The Malaki government, at some point, will be exposed for what it truly is: a weak, enervated administration. With the
threat of Iran, and the Kurds clamoring for independence in the north, Iraq will need a strongman to hold all the diverse factions together. Such a strongman is King Abdullah. He is westernized, intelligent, highly educated, has a military upbringing, and is an established player in the region. He is also a Hashemite King. My theory is this: He will offer a constitutional monarchy, headed by himself, and the Iraqi people will accept it. He will set up his new capital in BABYLON– not Baghdad. He will use the billions of petrol dollars now at his disposal to rebuild his capital on the ruins of that ancient city. He then will divide his country of Jordan and give a portion of it to the Palestinians, who, by the way, make up more than 75% of the population. If he does this, he will have brought peace to the region by solving the 60-year-old conundrum of the Middle East by giving the Palestinians a homeland. Remember, the antichrist rides in on a white horse and makes peace! Next, because he is a Hashemite, he controls the Temple Mount in Jerusalem. Nothing happens there without his direct consent. He is the only person on the planet who has the authority to cut a deal with the Israelis and allow them to build their temple on the 20 acres that aren’t being used for anything on the Mount. In other words, he is involved directly in allowing the Jews to build the third Temple. If he does this, then he can be none other than the Son of Perdition who has been predicted for thousands of years. While this is a conjectured scenario, it is based on research I have conducted that tells us in the latter days (or end of days) the third temple will be rebuilt. If we witness these events unfold as I have laid them out here, then we have seen a Luciferian dialectic. The conflict was 9/11; the counter conflict was the Afghan and Iraqi wars; and the synthesis may be the rise of the Hashemite kingdom in Iraq with its capital in Babylon, not Baghdad! And finally, the third temple may be built on the Temple Mount. It’s a tall order to fill and we will watch and see what happens. While the above post is a possible scenario, and I want to stress how speculative it is; nevertheless, I believe that it is a viable one, which is why I monitor what the king is up to on an ongoing basis. At some point the temple will be rebuilt. Will the king have a hand in it? We will have to wait and see what plays out. At
some point, who the players are will be selfevident. At any rate, what was written in prophecy thousands of years ago will, at some point, be fulfilled. When the temple is rebuilt it sets the stage for what is called the Abomination of Desolation. This is when the person who has been indwelt by the spirit of Satan —or perhaps the one who comes out of the Abyss known as Apollyon—will set himself up in the rebuilt temple to be worshipped as god. It is hard to imagine that this will take place, yet we are told that it will.
Macro & Micro Cosmic war: How this Pertains to You and Me We are told by Yashua/Jesus that: “When the son of man returns it will be like the days of Noah.”119 I can’t stress enough how important it is for us to realize that what differentiates those days from any other is the manifesting of the sons of God, or the fallen angels.120 (I won’t expound on this here because I have already done so in other books. Please check out the recommended reading list regarding this subject if you are interested in learning more about the Nephilim.) We read in Genesis 6 that the fallen angels had sex with women and the result was the Nephilim. We are then told specifically by Yashua/Jesus what will be the most telling sign of His second coming: IT WILL BE LIKE THE DAYS OF NOAH! So what will this look like? I believe it will be much different from the first and second incursion. I would propose that there is a modern breeding program going on that mirrors what happened in Genesis 6. I think that these modern hybrids are being kept in the second heaven and that they will be revealed at some future point when the Fallen One deems the time is right. This revealing of these Nephilim hybrids will be part of the lying signs and wonders that we are told will happen in the last days. This raises the question, are we seeing signs of this now in the modern era? The short answer for me in this regard is yes. Here’s why:
The Alien Abduction Phenomena In my books I discuss the so-called alien abduction phenomena at length and would refer you to Politics, Prophecy & the Supernatural or The Alien Interviews for a more detailed explanation. However, I need to bring this to your attention here because I believe it is a very serious move by the Fallen One. It is part of his coming great deception that will cause many to believe the lie. The countermove by the Most High God is his second coming and the defeat of the Fallen One because he is then cast into the abyss for thousand years. Here’s why this is important to understand what may occur in the near future. Year after year we are told by thousands of people that they have been taken by beings that they believe are from another planet. I believe there is a direct correlation between what we are seeing in our present time and what Yashua/Jesus warns us will be the sign of His coming again. While it is different, in that we are not seeing giants per se, we are hearing reports from a variety of people who claim that they have seen hybrids. A hybrid in this case would be the humanoid creature created by the sexual union of fallen angels and earthly women. If this is true, and, for the sake of this section of the book, let’s assumes that it is, although I admit that the mind reels when presented with this possibility, what we are witnessing is that once again the Fallen One is trying to produce what I would call demonic offspring. Why? Because he is building an army that he will use in the last days. It is in fact his last great move in the cosmic chess match! Russ Dizdar in his groundbreaking book, The Black Awakening121 presents a scenario that at some point demonically enhanced “super soldiers” will manifest. These super soldiers are not hybrids as I mentioned but are human beings who have gone through years of satanic ritual abuse. Those unfortunate victims, who have been shattered and broken in ways that defy logic, become the modern-day super soldiers who Dizdar discusses in his book. What I find particularly interesting is that SRA and the so-called alien abduction phenomena seem to intersect. In other words, I believe that satanic ritual abuse and the abduction phenomena are “run” by the same “agency” and headed by the same entity, i.e., the Fallen One, Satan, and his minions. They have an agenda and it is to create chaos on the earth. I again bring this scripture to your attention: “Unless those days were shortened no flesh would survive.”
The sample of the coming chaos might be best shown in this video that was on YouTube. I wrote about this at length in my daily blog. Here is the link to the video which was a BBC presentation entitled Madness in the Fast Lane. If you haven’t yet seen the video, please stop reading this book and copy the link below to your browser and watch it. http://documentaryheaven.com/madnessin-thefast-lane/ The overview of the video is this: There is a set of identical twins that are walking in the dividing strip of an eightlane freeway in England. When the English version of our highway patrol is dispatched to get them, they run into oncoming traffic. They are hit by cars going more than 60 miles an hour. We see the twins lying on the road and assume that they have sustained serious bodily injury. After about a minute, both of the women get up and start fighting with the police who are only trying to aid them. After much resistance from the twins, they are finally taken to the side of the road and are being held and questioned there. One of the twins breaks free and runs headlong into an eighteen-wheeler. She sustains a compound fracture of her leg and is immobilized because of it. I believe if this had been anyone else she would have been dead. She is on the pavement and sits up, seemingly oblivious to any pain, and claws at the police who are trying to help her. Then her twin does the same thing. She runs out into traffic and is T-boned by an oncoming car. She is thrown over the hood and smashes her head on the windshield. (You can see the indentation on it.) When help from paramedics and police officers reach her, she at first seems docile, but then after about a minute she stands up and begins to fight off the police! It takes six people to restrain her and finally, when law enforcement gets her to the side of the road, they sedate her. It is only then that she stops fighting them! It is one of the most unnerving videos that I have ever seen. In my opinion, we are looking at only two possibilities. One is that these twins are demonicallyenhanced super soldiers who Russ Dizdar tells us are here. The other is that they are Nephilim hybrids. In my opinion, no matter which it is, it points the handiwork of the Fallen One. I posted on my daily blog a story that links the accused Arizona shooter, Jared Loughner, to SRA. It is a chilling account and it may be the smoking gun that the
shooting, which resulted in six dead and 13 injured, may have been a ritualistic killing. What is disconcerting is that a former teacher of Loughner was arrested at the scene of the crime and heard chanting: We are the chosen ones…we are the ones you've been waiting for. According to Dizdar, these are the super soldiers that are ready to create chaos on a global level. Here is the post reprinted for your scrutiny:
Commentary & Analysis By L. A. Marzulli TUCSON (KGUN9-TV) – A Pima Community College spokesperson said late Wednesday afternoon that the school and its attorneys are reviewing an incident involving teacher Brian Hewlett. Hewlett, who teaches at the same college campus where Jared Lee Loughner went to school, was arrested last week after a bizarre incident at the site of the murders that Loughner is accused of committing. According to a Pima County Sheriff’s Department incident report, at about 4:30 PM on Friday, February 25, Hewlett sat down in front of the Safeway on Oracle Road and began chanting. It was the same parking lot where a deranged gunman opened fire on January 8, killing 6 people and wounding 13 others. When Hewlett refused to leave, the store manager called deputies. The report states that when the first deputy arrived he found Hewlett clad in a tank top, jeans and socks sitting in front of the store in a “yoga position” and wearing white earphones. He was chanting over and over again, “We are the ones you have been waiting for,” and occasionally throwing in, “We are the chosen ones.” PCC reviewing teacher arrested at mass shooting site – KGUN9 On Your Side, Tucson News, Weather & Sports It’s Monday morning and who wants to take a ride toward the dark side? I for one would rather be working with my driver on how to hit the little white ball 300 yards or getting some steaks for a BBQ or going for a run on the beach, but my friend and colleague, Russ Dizdar, upset the order of a nice, quiet, unassuming Monday morning by sending me this story last night. For those of you who are not familiar with Dizdar’s work, he is the author of The Black Awakening: the Rise of the Satanic Super Soldiers. I have spoken alongside of Russ at five conferences—but who’s counting—and I will say this: if I found myself in a foxhole I would want him beside me. Russ was pastor for 30 years and served in a number of churches. He has a heart for those whose lives have been ruined by ritual abuse. He is a caring, God-fearing, spirit-filled man of God. In his book The Black Awakening he discusses the making of satanic
supersoldiers. These super soldiers are produced through satanic rituals that create alter personalities. In short, it is trauma-based mind control that began in the Nazi Death Camps of WWII. So why am I telling you this? I believe that Dizdar’s research is spot on. Now we may have written proof in this article. Dizdar has heard the phrases, we are the ones you have been waiting for, and we are the chosen ones before, and he knows where they originate—the gates of hell. He has heard alters speaking in rough German accents shouting those phrases. He knows what the end game is…. Look at the picture of the Arizona shooter above. Look at the eyes, the facial expression, and the mocking smirk. It is, in my opinion, a manifestation of a super soldier. This guy blew away people in cold blood, without a second thought. You see, it’s beginning to happen, isn’t it? In closing today’s post: So why is this important and why should we care? Because there are perhaps thousands of these “alters” that are waiting to be triggered, and when they do we will have chaos on our hands. Remember when I posted the YouTube video, Madness in the Fast Lane? That video was frightening in that we see super soldiers at work or, at the least, demonicallyenhanced human beings, and these two twin sisters are creating unimaginable chaos. The times we live in are unprecedented. I didn’t have to post this today, but as a Watchman I am required to tell you what I see and what is coming. This is an alarming story and should serve as a wakeup call. We are at war and the enemy grows bold…. In the end, as Dizdar points out over and over again in his lectures, we will see the fulfillment of Revelation 19:19. The King, Yashua/Jesus, rides into the battle of Armageddon and with the breath of his mouth destroys the evil one. We know who wins! The rightful King is coming but right now we are in the birth pangs, and it will be a while before Rev.19:19 happens…but it will. Stories like the one above should serve as a reminder that the days in which we are living are evil, however: Greater is He who is in us than the scumbag that is in the world. (L.A. Marzulli translation) http://www.shatterthedarkness.net/
The Mark of the Beast and the Implant Phenomena Another aspect of the so-called alien-abduction phenomena is the implants that people claim to have left in their bodies after they have been abducted. While not every abductee has these, some do. This may be the smoking gun. We have physical evidence that the phenomena are not an illusion or delusion. This is hard-core evidence that can be studied in a lab and put through a regimen of scientific tests. In our DVD, Watchers: UFOs are Real, Burgeoning and Not Going Away, we filmed surgeon Dr. Roger Leir who has gained world-wide notoriety for removing 16 implants from people. He has had the objects tested by some of the most prestigious labs in the USA. He joins us in this video for an in-depth interview that exposes the startling fact that the phenomena are real. I asked Dr. Leir what he thought the purpose of the implants were and he informed me that his best guess was that they were changing the DNA of the person in whom they were inserted. He doesn’t believe that they are tracking devices. What is so important about this is that it may figure into ancient prophetic texts, specifically found in the book of Revelation that says: In those days men will seek death and will not find it; they will desire to die, and death will flee from them.122 Here is a scenario for your consideration. It is based on my 20 years of research delving into prophetic texts concerning the Nephilim and how they relate to the burgeoning UFO phenomena. Here is what I think might happen: We know post priori—after the event—that if we were to take Psalm 22 and overlay it with Isaiah 53, we would find that both of these scriptures are talking about the same event, the crucifixion, from slightly different vantage points. Even though they were written by two different authors centuries apart and, thus, there can be no collusion between them, we find that they are prophetic scriptures discussing in detail the events of the betrayal, scourging and the agony of Jesus at the cross. It is interesting to note that not one rabbi, or for that matter the Fallen One himself, thought to overlay those two passages of scriptures. Had they done so they would have been able to understand the depth of the prophecy.
If the Fallen One had been able to discern this, he never would have killed Yashua because it essentially ended the chess match as I have pointed out earlier. That being said, we know from Yashua's own words in Matthew 24 that: “...it will be like the days of Noah when the son of man returns.” The obvious differentiation is the presence of the Fallen Angels on earth and their progeny the Nephilim. However, there is another dynamic that is often overlooked and that at the time of Noah life expectancy extended into hundreds of years. People lived to 500, 600, or, in some cases, to 900 years of age! Now holding that thought for a moment, we are warned that in the last days there will be a mark that will be placed either on the back of the hand or on the forehead of an individual. That mark will be able to allow that person to buy, sell, or trade, and without it he or she will not be able to buy, sell, or trade anything. Some people have referred to this as the Mark of the Beast. Here’s the text in its entirety: (Rev 13: 16-18) He causes all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark on their right hand or on their foreheads, and that no one may buy or sell except one who has the mark or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Here is wisdom. Let him who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man: His number is 666. We also need to look at another scripture that warns us that if they take this mark they will be judged, there is no second chance. This seems harsh in that there is absolutely no wiggle room. Take the mark and it's over. Why would there be such a severe judgment for those who take the mark? Before I delve into this, please read another prophecy, from the book of Revelation: 9 And another angel, a third, followed them, saying with a loud voice, “If anyone worships the beast and its image and receives a mark on his forehead or on his hand, 10 he also will drink the wine of God's wrath, poured full strength into the cup of his anger, and he will be tormented with fire and sulfur in the presence of the holy angels and in the presence of the Lamb. 11 And the smoke of their torment goes up forever and ever, and they have no rest, day or night, these worshipers of the beast and its image, and whoever receives the mark of its nameits image, and whoever receives the mark of its name 11)
So travel with me here and overlay these different passages of scripture that may give us a clearer picture of what is coming in regard to the Mark of the Beast. We know two things from the prophecy because that’s what these texts are: they are describing future events. The first is that men will seek death and not find it; the second is that you will not be able to buy, sell or trade without a special mark. I must now add a third prophecy, once again found in the book of Revelation, to the mix. We are told that anyone who takes the mark will break out with horrible sores on his body; then added to this is another prophecy that tells us that those who have this mark will be thrown into the lake of fire. So, why is the judgment so severe? Why is there no chance for redemption or forgiveness to those who take the mark? Here's what I think may be a viable answer to these seemingly disjunctive prophecies. We know that Digital Angel is a company that manufactures a chip that can keep track of a person’s financial/medical records. Some have said that this may be the Mark of the Beast.123 They may be right. However, let’s go back to the implants that Dr. Leir has removed. These implants have what is called nanotechnology. These are tubes that are found in the implants that don’t exist in nature. Dr. Leir and others who have examined them have no idea why they are used. What if this chip that is produced by the fallen angels does the unthinkable in that it extends human life, disease-free, for let’s say 500 years, give or take. Please recall that we are warned by Yashua/Jesus that it will be like the days of Noah. I want to call your attention again to the fact that in Noah’s day there was extended life. People lived hundreds of years. (I would like to mention Rob Skiba for pointing the extended life in Noah’s day out to me.) So here’s the scenario: * I pointed you to the fact that Darwinism has set up a vacuum for another belief system. * The extraterrestrial hypothesis has gained credibility as demonstrated with shows like The History Channel’s Ancient Aliens. * If there is a war in the Middle East (think the Psalm 83 or the Ezekiel 38 scenario here), then this will create the greatest climate of fear the world has ever
collectively experienced. * When ET shows up in mile-wide craft, they will gain our trust by offering a chip that will extend our lifespan free of disease. They may also have technology that would create a free energy source. Those in the Xopoltic movement believe that this will be the same anti-gravity technology that powers the craft. If that were true, it would sweep the old order of the oil barons away and rush us headlong into a brave new world of free energy. *People will look upon the technology and the implant, as a wonderful gift and rush to take what I would consider to be the “mark.” *This will fulfill the prophecies of people not being able to buy, sell or trade without this “mark” as well as the prophecy that tells us specifically that men will seek death but will not be able to find it. It also fulfills the prophecy that says that anyone who takes the mark will face judgment; there is no second chance. *I believe this implant would change the DNA and, because the source of that chip or implant would be from the Fallen One, it would alter humans, making them literally modern-day Nephilim. If this scenario proves to be true it would give us a model that is inclusive of all the prophecies that I stated previously. It would account for the long life span, as in the days of Noah, the new way of buying, selling, or trading, the ability of the body to repair itself and, thus, not being able to die, the sores that may break out on the body because of the implant and, finally, the judgment of those who have the mark being thrown into the lake of fire as they are no longer human, as their DNA has been changed, but have become Nephilim.
Closing Thoughts While the scenario I laid out admittedly sounds like something out of a SciFi movie gone haywire, it does, in fact, offer a realistic explanation of how men and women will seek death but not find it in the last days. If this chip or implant can alter the DNA so that the body repairs itself and becomes disease-free, this would be extremely attractive to just about everyone. It would also make people like me to be thought of as backward, imbecilic stooges who are impeding global progress by not agreeing to take the mark. Before you dismiss this, may I suggest you think again? Everything that I pointed out is happening in present. What can you point to that isn’t manifesting right now? What scenario would you point to that would provide an answer to the scripture that tells us that men will seek death but not find it…? One last time I point to Revelation 14:9 that anyone who receives the mark will “… drink the wine of the wrath of God, which is prepared unmixed in the cup of his anger...they have no rest day and night, those who worship the beast and his image and whoever receives the mark of his name.” There may be more to this passage than what meets the eye. This mark, as I have pointed out, may change the very fabric of what is human by manipulating the DNA to extend the life span. Another point to consider is that it may result in creating a hybrid of sorts; in other words, those who take the mark may in fact become Nephilim, which is why the judgment is severe and final, just the way it was in the days of Noah with the flood and also afterward.
Hybrids that Walk Among Us Once again I will call your attention to the words of Yashua/Jesus who tells us that “it will be like the days of Noah when the son of man returns.” We know that the enemy, the Fallen One, has been planning his final stand. His end game is to seat the antichrist in the rebuilt temple in Jerusalem to be worshipped as God. He will also delude much of the world with what I term the Coming Great Deception that is the revealing of the so-called extraterrestrial presence. In my opinion, the core issue of the Genesis debate is the creation of demonic hybrids known as Nephilim. If this didn’t happen, which is taught in many of our seminaries with the teaching that is known as the Sethite theory (see my Politics, Prophecy & the Supernatural book for a detailed explanation), then none of this matters and we can all start watching American Idol again! However, if my position, which many other scholars and researchers hold to, is correct, then we should expect to see modernday Nephilim roaming the earth. Chuck Missler’s book, Alien Encounters, the Return of the Nephilim, holds to this position as well as: Dr. I. D. E. Thomas, The Omega Conspiracy M. R. DeHaan, As in the Days of Noah G. H. Pember, Earth’s Earliest Ages Clarence Larkin, Rightly Dividing the Word J. R. Church, Daniel Reveals the Bloodline of the Antichrist It becomes apparent that both positions cannot be correct and that one position is not only in error but is in fact distorting what happened in Genesis 6. If we hold to the position that the fallen angels didn’t have sex with the women of earth, then how do we understand who Goliath was, or that the Nephilim were in the land as told to us in Numbers 13:33 124 or the Jewish historian Josephus who tells us that the skeletons of the Nephilim were openly on display at the time of his writings.125 There is a vicious ignorance regarding the plan of the Fallen One. Without embracing the position that fallen angels had sex with women and produced the hybrids known as the Nephilim, it is almost impossible, in my opinion, to come to an understanding of the tenuous and unprecedented times in which we live. Here is what I think:
The Fallen One is producing modern-day hybrids. They are not like the hybrids that were produced in the first incursion. They are different and the goal is to have them pass as human, to create a fallen angel/human hybrid that will look human but be demonically enhanced as Russ Dizdar talks about, and also what we may have witnessed in the video Madness in the Fast Lane.126 I believe the Fallen One is building an army. This army will help the antichrist bring about the one-world political and religious system that will come upon the earth. In Russ Dizdar’s book The Black Awakening, he states that he believes there are tens of thousands of satanic super soldiers that will be released at some point.127 This event, needless to say, will cause chaos and great social upheaval. The revealing of demonic hybrids, whether they are satanic super soldiers as Russ Dizdar postulates or modern-day Nephilim or both, is one of the last moves of the Fallen One. It is his last attempt not only to destroy the human race from this planet but to be worshipped as god. At this point we know the countermove of the Most High God because it was written almost two thousand years ago. It is the second coming of Yashua/Jesus, and it is the game-changer, the final move, the clearing of the board of any pieces that are left, if you will, that ends the match and sets in motion the literal thousand-year millennium.
The Game Changer The second coming is the Game Changer. It is the ending of this system that has been under the control of the Fallen One since the fall of Adam and Eve. It is why Yashua/Jesus came in the first place, because everything changes at the second coming. We read in the book of Revelation that the heavens open and a white horse is revealed and the rider of that horse is called Faithful and True! How’s that for drama! This is one of my favorite passages because it shows us in a graphic way His power, majesty, and that at some point in the future the Most High God will declare that enough is enough, the Fallen One must go! I also believe this is literal. Here’s the text from Revelation 19:11: Then I saw heaven opened, and behold, a white horse! The one sitting on it is called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he judges and makes war. This is the response to the Fallen One’s last stand. He comes himself with the armies of heaven to end the game. In short, it’s over and the earth is under the rule of the King.
CHAPTER 28: Have we been deliberately set up through the centuries for a time such as this? Is this the end game of the Fallen One?
I have been on many talk shows this year and I’m most often asked what my thoughts are on the so-called 2012 Mayan Calendar predictions. I have a term that I use for it and it this: “2012 is a self-fulfilling, staged, prophetic event.” This book started as a rebuttal to the 2012 hype that has gripped the Internet, TV, radio, and all forms of media! As I began to research the material, it led me on a completely different trail of discovery and thought. As the saying goes, one thing leads to another and this adage certainly was the case with The Cosmic Chess Match. Here is a scenario for your consideration: I believe that the Fallen One may have constructed an elaborate ruse in order to create what I would call his last great cosmic deception. He is the great imitator and is always trying to be like God, however, he falls short time after time. Let’s take some time to consider what may be the answer to the 2012 hype that has everyone speculating about what will happen. Before I do I want to tell you a brief story.
While on a speaking tour I was staying at a hotel near the Denver Airport. I went to a restaurant across the street from the hotel and was seated. When the waiter arrived I struck up a conversation—something I do when I’m alone on the road. I asked, “What do you make of all the news of the world.” He looked at me kind of funny and replied, “What do you mean?” “You know, the saber rattling in the Middle East, the weird weather patterns, the 7.0 earthquakes we seem to be having on a weekly basis.” “Oh yea, like that Nostradamus guy and what the 2012 thing on the History Channel said would happen.” I nodded and said, “Yea, like him….” I tell you this to point out that the prophecies of Nostradamus and the Mayan calendar are more widely known than those of the Bible. It is, in fact, a sad state of affairs, when the doctrine of demons has usurped the place of the Word of God. It is, I believe, a sign of the days in which we are living. These days are unprecedented because we see from the exchange that I had with the waiter that he knew about Nostradamus and 2012 but not the prophecies that are contained in the Bible. I believe that the 2012 “prophecy” is a deliberate ploy by the Fallen One to insert his agenda and we will see from this review below how he carried out his plan. The Fallen One sent his angels to destroy the bloodline of the Messiah and almost succeeded (Genesis 6). The Fallen One knew that the Israelites were going to go into the Promised Land, which is why the Nephilim were there waiting for them. The Fallen One sought to kill the Messiah because he used Herod—his antichrist at the time—to kill all the children two years old and younger. When Jesus began his mission, the Fallen One constantly plotted his demise and finally succeeded at Calvary, only to have it blow up in his face. Darwin, who has done more to draw people away from the good news of the Bible than any other person in modern times, published his “theory” that negates creation by a holy God and thus sets up an intellectual and spiritual vacuum that can now be filled with “another gospel.” When the Jews began to trickle back into the Holy Land, the Fallen One raised up his man Hitler, who killed six million Jews in an attempt to wipe them off the
face of the earth and, thus, negate prophecy and prove God a liar, and win the match. Israel is born in a day and this sets the end-time prophetic clock ticking because the Fallen One, Satan, will come with all signs and lying wonders. So here we are short few months away from the 2012 date. I’m going to list some headlines spanning from December 15, 2010, to the present, so that at a glimpse we will be able to see the state of the world in which we live. (These were taken from my blog.) * Middle East War * Mexican Drug Wars * North Korean Nukes * Suicide Bomber Blows Up 58 People * Israeli Nukes * Partial-birth Abortion * WIKILEAKS * Vatican Sex Scandal * TERRORISTS... * Bernie Madoff’s Son Hangs Himself * Iran Nukes * Weird Weather * UFOs are Sighted Every10 Minutes * Foreclosures All-Time High * Don’t Read WIKI-leaks * BANKFAILURES 151 * Americans Worse off Now * Last Days * Secret Banking Elite * New World Order * Kennedy Assassination * Swine Flu * British Students Riot in the Street * Hackers bring down Government * Missing Radioactive Material * Jerusalem Eternal Capital of Israel * Sand, Snow & Thunderstorms in the Middle East * Suicide Bomber Blasts 58 Dead * Hezbollah * 1,800 Missiles to Venezuela * Mexican Drugs Arrive by Submarine * Global Warning * UFOs…
Volcano Erupts * * No More Antibiotics * EMP Bomb * Imbedded Microchips… * Paris Hilton * Iran Conducts Military Drill * Prince William to Get Married * Japanese Earthquake 9.1 * Children Hostages Freed * Global Financial Meltdown * End Times * Global Hunger * 7.2 Earthquakes * Trillion Dollar Opium Harvest in Afghanistan * States Rights * Iraq War * Obama at All-Time Low * Federal Reserve… * Oil at $110.00… * Harvesting Body Parts from Abortions * Implants * Locusts Plague Australia… * Japanese Earthquake and Tsunami * Dust storm covers Phoenix * And on and on it goes.... * News The above headlines should shock us all because they show us just how out of control things are on this planet of ours. I could have listed many more headlines, but I think the list is a fair portrayal of how desperate times are. The headlines above point to what I believe are the specific signs of the end of the age, the last days, and the end times. The Fallen One is about to execute his long-inplanning end game. Here is what I think it is, and I will admit once again that it is speculation on my part. Here is a short story that will illustrate the point I’m trying to make: I have a friend who lives in Virginia. He has a neighbor who likes to cause trouble. The guy is a nut case. He enjoys harassing the neighbors around him and most likely gets a perverse sort of pleasure out of his antics. Here’s what I mean: a few years ago he parked one of his cars in front of my friend’s house…and left it there. It was deliberate. If my friend called the cops and complained about the
car being left there, he would have been engaging in his neighbor’s “game,” which was precisely what the nut case desired. If he did nothing and allowed the car to sit there, the nut case neighbor won again because he had effectively invaded his space. No matter what my friend did he “lost.” While this might seem like a harmless example and more of a nuisance, it is exactly the way the Fallen One plays.
In Regard to 2012 You may remember the chapter I did on the Maya and how they engaged in human blood sacrifice. This was a deliberate act on the part of the Maya because they knew it would put them in contact with their “gods.” More than 70,000 human beings were sacrificed in these satanic, ritualistic, blood sacrifices. You may also recall that I suggested that the Fallen One has a different time/space perspective then we do. Is it possible that the Fallen One deliberately set the 2012 socalled prophecy in motion? Here’s what I think: The false 2012 prophecy (I call it that because that is what I believe it is) is a distraction because it draws people away from biblical prophecy. Add to this that it sets people up in the same way the nut case neighbor does. If you believe in 2012 and nothing happens, then you “lose” because nothing happened. You wasted your time and were sucked into the ruse. (A good example of this is the Y2K scare that happened at the dawn of the new millennium. Nothing happened except that the entire world was linked together electronically. How do you spell deliberate?) If by chance something happens on December 22, 2012, then you “lose” because you didn’t pay attention. Either way it’s a no-win situation. However, I believe that 2012 has served its purpose already and that is to call people’s attention from what is really going on. In that respect, it’s accomplished its task because millions are waiting to see what will happen. Meanwhile, real, biblical prophecy is beginning to manifest all around us. As we saw in Chapter 6 when we discussed Job, the Fallen One could affect the weather because he sent a “great wind” that destroyed the house of Job’s sons and daughters. Is it possible that the sudden rise of 7.0 earthquakes in 2010 is, to put it in military parlance, a softening of the objective? The natural disasters are now so frequent and devastating that we can no longer keep relief efforts up with them. Is all of this in preparation for the final, desperate move of the “rematch?” We know from the book of Revelation that Satan is cast down to earth and he’s really ticked off because he knows his time is short. In other words, he no longer has access to what was once his domain, the second heaven. It is the time known as the time of Jacob’s Trouble. It is a time in which… unless those days were shortened, no flesh would survive. These words spoken by Yashua/Jesus almost
two thousand years ago should serve as a sober reminder that there is coming a time when His words will be fulfilled. It is a desperate time, a troublesome time, a time when a third of the planet is destroyed, when men will faint from fear from what is coming on the earth, when every island and mountain will be moved out of place. Unless those days were shortened no flesh would survive.
The Last Move The end game of the Fallen One is to seat the antichrist in the rebuilt temple in Jerusalem and have him be worshipped as God.128 True to form, the antichrist will be of the serpent seed, of the seed of the Fallen One himself, thus, what I would consider a modern Nephilim. It is his last move in the cosmic chess match and he foolishly believes that he can somehow win what was already lost to him forever at the cross. The antichrist will assemble the kings of the earth and call them down to the plains of Megiddo; this is what we now refer to as the battle of Armageddon. This assembly will believe that they can defeat and overthrow the Most High God (see Psalm 2). They will be wiped out by the rider on the white horse, and the armies of heaven and the birds of the air will feast on their flesh.129 (For more detail on this go to Russ Dizdar’s site: www.shatterthedarkness.com ) I will repeat, we are living in the most tenuous time in the history of the world. It is the end game for the Fallen One. It is his last stand; it is a time unlike any other when we will see signs in the heavens and fire being called down from heaven in the sight of men. When UFOs and the so-called space brothers, posing as our progenitors, our creators, will offer us chips that will extend our lives, but in the end come back to bite us. It is a time where men will seek death and not be able to find it. It is coming, just like Jesus tells us it will in the book of Revelation. It is the final move of the Fallen One, with every ounce of evil intention he can muster. However, we already know the countermove of the Most High God because it was written thousands of years ago and His words are faithful and true. The rightful King, Yashua/Jesus, will ride to earth with the risen saints and his mighty angels surrounding Him and He will destroy the antichrist with the breath of His coming. He will finally vanquish the enemy of our souls once and for all. He will end this evil system that has enslaved mankind since the fall in the garden. He will throw the seed of the serpent, the antichrist, alive into the lake of fire.130 He will set up his kingdom here on earth and we will rule with him for a thousand years.131 He will heal the nations and wipe away every tear
and men will beat their weapons into plowshares. We have the victory!
CHAPTER 29: Whose Side are You on in this War?
Now that we are at the end of our discussion, I have a question for you. What will you do with the information that you have gleaned from this book? Will you be content to place the book in your library and do nothing, or will you join in the fight? Will you think to yourself, “…this is someone else’s fight,” so as to excuse yourself from getting involved? Will you say to yourself something like, “I’m only one person and I don’t know anything about spiritual warfare so I’m unequipped to battle the wiles of the Fallen One and his minions.” The first thing that we all need to realize is that when we are born again we become a new creation in Messiah, the Anointed One, Yashua/Jesus. Our old life has passed away. It is in that mindset that we must approach the war. We must ask Yashua/Jesus where He wants us to serve, whether it is on the front lines, as I do, or behind the lines in more of a supportive role. We must realize that we are at war, and as I have pointed out in the pages of this book, this war is now spilling out onto our planet, this dimension, and doing so in some graphic ways. What are we to make of the endless earthquakes, especially the devastating Japanese 9.1 followed by the tsunami; the floods of biblical proportions like the ones recently in Australia and in the heartland of America; the eruptions of volcanoes that close our airports down for more than a week?
What about the conflicts and rumors of war that threaten countries in different parts of the world? We see, as of this writing, the Middle East imploding as the old order is being swept away, but what will replace it? Sharia law? Is it just business as usual that thousands of birds are falling from the sky in different parts of the world and millions of fish and other marine life continue to wash up on our shores by the millions? Are we looking at the beginnings of a new mini-ice age? Has the Gulf Stream been stalled by the BP oil spill and the subsequent millions of gallons of dispersement that have been poured into those once pristine waters? We must understand that the Bible, specifically Yashua/Jesus in the Olivet discourse related in Matthew 24, Mark 13, and Luke 21, tells us what the earth will be like directly before His return or, as I like to refer to His second coming, The Return of the King. It states that there will be wars and rumors of wars, that there will be famines and pestilence and earthquakes in diverse places and troublesome times. Jesus again warns us that men will faint from fear of what is coming on the earth. Then he states what I believe may be the most sobering verse in the Bible: Unless those days were shortened no flesh would survive! We are living in unpredictable, tenuous, unprecedented times. Will you join the fray or will you opt out? Some of you who may be reading this may not be certain of whose side you are on! That’s okay, but here’s the rub: there is no time like the present to make that decision concerning which kingdom you will serve. You ask Him, Yashua/Jesus, into your heart by admitting that you have done stuff in your life that was wrong. You have hurt others, or perhaps you have harbored bitterness, or hatred because of the wrongdoing that was done to you. Maybe you lie and cheat on your spouse or your boss. Maybe you've done things that you are ashamed of and have never told a living soul about them. The Guidebook to the Supernatural, the Bible, calls all of this stuff sin. I have found that there is no way to get rid of this “stuff,” or sin, that builds up in us, except by believing on Him who was sent. Yashua/Jesus was the one who was sent. Sent to do what? Sent to die for our stuff, our sins, all of our bitterness, hatred, jealousy, and ugly thoughts…all of it. Yashua/Jesus did this when he shed His blood at Cavalry. He did it freely. This selfless act was prophesied thousands of years earlier:
He shall crush the head of the serpent and the serpent will bruise his heel. The work that was done at the cross and the spilling of the blood of Jesus is the most important event in all of history because it spells the ultimate doom of the kingdom of the Fallen One or, in keeping with the title of this book, Checkmate! It is a pivotal point in the history of man, as it clears the way for man to be restored to his original place. You have but to ask and He will come and fill you with His Holy Spirit. It is a free gift and you can’t earn it. You can’t buy it; you can’t somehow be good enough. It is free and when we ask He shows up and changes us! The end result is that we are born again, in the spirit, and we have eternal life. Think of it, eternal life. Not some counterfeit vampire nonsense, or the night of the living dead horror story, but fellowshipping with the Creator of the universe forever, in a body that won’t ever wear out and is able to walk through walls and I believe even fly! (Can’t wait for that one…weeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee!) So the first step is to choose what side of the conflict you will fight for and once that's accomplished we can move to step two. If there are some of you who are already sold out to the side of the Fallen One, may I ask you to reconsider because you know the coming King will defeat you? There is a way out from the satanic bondage that you are in and it is by the Blood of Yashua/Jesus. He can set you free, just ask…. Many people (specifically those who go to some churches) think that going to hear a sermon is somehow fighting in the war. While pastors who actually instruct and teach what the Bible says (something that is becoming increasingly rare these days) serve a purpose in that they can teach and help people grow in the knowledge of the Most High God, there are many people who sit in pews year after year and never get involved in the fray. They take, and take, and take, and never learn about spiritual warfare and destroying the works of the Fallen One. As I have mentioned throughout this book, we are instructed, called, to destroy the works of the devil. With that in mind I want to spend some time in how to engage in spiritual warfare!
Spiritual Warfare 101
This will not be an exhaustive treatise on spiritual warfare. It will be some practical applications that I have learned through my 30 years of walking with the Most High God, being a Spirit-filled man, and having first-hand encounters with some of the minions of the Fallen One. The first thing we need to come to grips with is that the natural man does not understand the things of the spirit. So if you’re not Spirit-filled, you need to go back to the previous section and ask Him to come into your life. If you are Spirit- filled then we can go to the first step: The Battle Takes Place in the mind! Our thoughts are not necessarily our own! I remember the first time I heard this I was dumbstruck. I include my testimony in this book and it describes the spiritual warfare I went through, as I was pulled/rescued from the camp of the enemy! My mentor at the time, Wayne Kendall, the man to whom I dedicated this book, told me that some thoughts that come into our minds do not originate with us. It was a startling revelation and one that changed the way I live right up to the present day. I’ll break it down, because this is the basis for engaging the enemy in many instances, but not all of them. * We can think and therefore our thoughts are our own. * The Most High God can access our thoughts and give us a word or instruction as to what we should do. These are what I would call checks and we have to train ourselves to recognize His voice, and when we hear it, to pay attention to it. * The Fallen One cannot read our minds but he can hear our conversation and he watches us; so based on that, he can suggest “unwanted” thoughts, as Russ Dizdar calls them, which originate from him. Having said that, we must learn to recognize whose thoughts are occupying our minds. We are told in the book of James that an evil thought enters the mind and, when it is acted on or entertained, it can later lead to death. Here’s a graphic example: Married men who watch pornography night after night at first don’t think about cheating on their wives, but that’s what they are doing as they are looking at the bodies of other women. If left unchecked (I have heard pornography called the barbed wire of the mind) it can lead to an
adulterous relationship, which may, in the end, lead to the death of the marriage! So here’s what we must learn to do. Take Every Thought Captive! I remember when I first read this thirty years ago; I thought to myself, how could anyone possibly take every thought captive? In our own strength it would be impossible, however, the Spirit of the Living God who dwells in us will train us and teach us how to do this. If we learn to hear His voice and mind the checks that He gives us, we will find that we are able to keep track of the thoughts that are not in line with His kingdom or, more specifically, in line with His written word, His Torah (the Law, or the first five books of the Old Testament). We check everything by what is written in the Guidebook to the Supernatural. We need to be familiar with the whole of scripture, both the Tanakh, or what we would call the Old Testament, and the New Testament. There is a saying that goes like this: The new is in the old concealed while the old is in the new revealed. The bottom line for me is this: we need to know and study Torah, so that we will know what is right and good and what is not, and we need to flush that study out by what is written in the New Testament! We need the whole of the scriptures! Remember that the early church did not have what we call the New Testament. They read and re-read Tanakh, theprophets and psalms, and meditated on those scriptures. You see, there are three kingdoms. There is the Kingdom of the Most High God, the Kingdom of the Fallen One and then there’s our kingdom. The Most High God’s kingdom is one that is known by the fruits of love, faith, and peace. The Fallen One’s kingdom is known by hate, fear, and no peace. Our kingdom is characterized by the “me first above all else” attitude; it is the kingdom of self-obsession! That being said, we must realize that all our thoughts are coming from one of the three sources or kingdoms. We must learn to differentiate between the three. This is why it is important to study and know what the Word says. In other words, as the commercial with the most interesting man in the world says, with a pithy addition from my friend Bob Ulrich of “Prophecy in the News”: Stay thirsty my friend...for the WORD! All sin enters into us through our five senses. I will refer to these as gates. Through the gates of the eye, the ear, the nose, the skin, and the tongue, the
information is sent to the brain, our computer, and from there we make judgments regarding how we will review the data. Everyone has a worldview; this worldview determines the way in which we filter and process the data that comes to us from varied sources. There are many worldviews on this planet. There are other religions and philosophies, but in my opinion the only true and correct worldview is found in the Bible. Some will scoff, but having tried many other systems or views, I have come to realize that the words that are in this book are inspired and hold the truth that have withstood the test of time for millennia. Having said that, our goal is to weigh every thought against what is in the scriptures, but in order to do this we have to know what is in them. Here's an example taken from this book. If Blossom Goodchild knew what the scriptures say regarding what she is engaged in, do you think she might reconsider her position? Please consider this: when the Fallen One tempted Yashua/Jesus, He answered by saying, “It is written!” He was fighting here; He had his armor on! He was using the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God. This is our example and it is our offensive weapon. Finally, there are the uncounted, unchecked thoughts that enter our minds. We are told by the Lord’s brother James that a thought enters into our minds then we think about it and then later we act on it.132 When David saw Bathsheba bathing, her image entered into him through the eye gate. He didn’t look away, instead he dwelt on what he had seen and because he didn’t check that information and take it captive, it eventually led to death. Bathsheba’s husband was set up by David to be killed in battle. The man was set in the front lines and then on a prearranged signal his support withdrew and he was left alone on the field of battle and killed.133 This is a cogent example of how an unchecked thought leads to death. Here’s another: If a married man watches hours of porn, he is setting himself up for the destruction of his marriage. I know of case after case in which the guy is watching porn and the next step is an affair and then another affair until he is caught and in many cases the marriage, the children and everyone involved is caught up in the disaster.
Lives are ruined, children damaged, jobs lost, all because of an unchecked thought life. I deliberately choose sexual sin because most men fall prey to it. It is what men struggle with, so let’s not pretend that we don't. We must learn to take the thoughts captive. In other words, the guy watching the porn has an option not to watch it. At the point of entry he must take authority over it in the name of Yashua/Jesus. This is warfare on a personal level. As I have pointed out throughout this book, the Fallen One comes to rob, kill and destroy, and he starts with a thought, a suggestion. Once we entertain that suggestion we are caught in his web and for the most part wounded and not prepared to do battle! In order to understand how this works, I’m going to suggest some war-footing strategies that I have employed and found victory in for the last thirty years. This is by no means an exhaustive study of spiritual warfare but it will get you started. I will also enclose a list of books for further reading. Put on the Whole Armor of God (Ephesians 6) Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might. Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high [places]. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, which ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; And your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; Above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;134 This is the basic spiritual warfare 101 set up. This is something that I do on a daily basis. We are at war and will continue to be until the final move is played out on the battlefield of Armageddon. I’m going to do this line by line because this is that vital for us to understand and put into daily practice! Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might.
Notice here that the admonition by Paul is to be strong in the Lord and in the POWER of His Might. This speaks volumes to us as we realize that we cannot stand in our own strength. To be strong in the Lord is to walk with Him on a daily basis, to wait on Him, to learn of His ways, to know His voice! (My sheep hear my voice!) This is the first step. If we think for a moment that somehow we can defeat the powers of darkness in our own strength, we are sadly mistaken. It’s only by His power that we can stand against the evil one and his minions, but stand we must! Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. Here we see that we are to put on the armor of God. Paul is going to use the analogy of the Roman soldier’s uniform/armor to illustrate the point that, just like the soldier under the service of Rome, we too are to put on the armor of God because we are in the service of the future king, Yashua/Jesus. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, Can this be stated any plainer? We are fighting against non-human, "extraterrestrial," demonically-enhanced entities. They are not human and never will be. They do not dwell here and were not part of the creation plan for this planet, thus they are in a very real way extra-terrestrial! Paul is pointing to the world of the spirit or what I refer to as those entities that reside in the second heaven. but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high [places]. Here we see a list of rankings in the kingdom of the Fallen One. I’m going to take a moment and give you the Greek word for each of these, as I believe it is important to understand what we are up against. Principalities: arche - the first place, principality, rule, magistracy of angels and demons Powers: exousia - physical and mental power Rulers of Darkness: kosmokrat̅r - lord of the world, prince of this age - the devil and his demons Spiritual: pneumatikos - belonging to a spirit, or a being higher than man but inferior to God Wickedness: pon"ria - depravity, iniquity, wickedness, malice, evil purposes
and desires It becomes very apparent as we look at the Greek meaning that what we are up against are spiritual powers of great wickedness, deceit, and evil. Paul is not kidding around when he uses these words; they are very deliberate and should serve as a sobering reminder of the battle in which we are engaged. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Paul is admonishing us to take the entire armor of God, not just one piece, but the whole of it, and to know how to put it on. I have to confess to you that I wake up every night around two in the morning and when I do, I begin to once again put on the armor of God for that day! Paul tells us that when we put on the armor we will able to withstand the evil day. I realize that bringing up the possibility that the days could be evil is not a popular subject, but the evil day is coming and in some cases is already here. In my opinion we are living in the last days, and I believe this is apparent by the lawlessness and insanity that we hear about on a daily basis. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, Paul uses the word stand three times. We are not to cower in the face of adversity. We are not to run when the enemy manifests. We are not to surrender, but we are to stand and fight, and claim the victory over the wiles of the Fallen One, which always manifest in death and destruction. We also see that we are to have our loins girded with the spirit of truth. What is truth? The ultimate truth is that Yashua/Jesus came to earth as a man, born of a virgin, led a life without fault and then gave himself to be a blood sacrifice for the sins (the evil that humans do on a daily basis) of all mankind. He is our redemption, our hope, and our first and last, in short He is truth manifested in human form. The belt of truth is important because, like a Roman soldier’s armor, all of the other parts hinged and were attached to the belt. In other words, without knowing the truth we don’t have the essentials, the basic equipment, we need to fight against the powers and principalities of evil. and having on the breastplate of righteousness; We put on this breastplate of righteousness and it’s the righteousness of Yashua/Jesus that we are putting on. It is most certainly not our own. How
wonderful to know that He is our righteousness and that righteousness guards us, protects us, and acts as a shield about us. The breastplate of a Roman centurion was fastened to his belt, so you can see that without it the armor cannot be worn. This is why it is so important to understand who Messiah/Yashua/Jesus is and to embrace the true Prince of Peace! And your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; One of the most amazing attributes of becoming a Christian, of believing on Him who was sent, is that we receive peace that passes understanding. Above all, taking the shield of faith, Every day when I put on the armor I am reminded that He has taken me this far in my walk with Him. He has been faithful where I have been faithless. He has had me in the palm of His hand the whole of my Christian walk. He has acted on my behalf over and over again and so I have a history of seeing Him intervene. It is that history on which my faith is built. I know He will come through. I know he is able to thwart the fiery darts of the enemy. He is able to deliver, to save, and that shield is what I put over me so that “wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked.” And take the helmet of salvation, Salvation is the most important piece of our armor, because without it we stand on our own authority and, therefore, are powerless. When we put on the helmet of salvation we can have the mind of Christ. This happens to us supernaturally and it is something that He does for us. He guards our minds. His spirit is alive in us and will warn, admonish, give us a word of knowledge that we may need, and most of all give us a clear, thinking mind full of the peace that passes understanding. Without the helmet of salvation we are standing in front of the Fallen One’s minions without any protection. We are extremely vulnerable and an easy target.… and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God: This is our offensive weapon and in order to use it we need to wash our minds daily in the word. When Yashua/Jesus is being tempted, he counters the fiery darts with the word. This is and should be used to counter the enemy of our souls. When a thought comes in, we take it captive, weigh it against what the scriptures say, and if it is contradictory in any way, we expunge it from our minds. That’s how it works. I’ll give you an example.
It’s 2:30 in the morning and I awaken after an unsettling dream that seems so real it has shaken me to the core. I am full of fear and doubt, and it is hard to pray; I am that stunned by what was in the dream. At that moment I begin to repeat to myself—I take my sword out of its sheath and say, “I have not been given the spirit of fear, but of love, power and a sound mind.” Then I parry again: “I shall not die but live and declare the works of the Lord!” You see, if the scripture is alive and in us, then when the battle is at hand our sword is sharp and ready for use. If not, then we will be cut down and left for dead. Once again I would remind you that the Fallen One comes to rob, kill, and destroy. Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;135 Prayer is our weapon that we must use. When we are faced with a situation, we can pray for a word of knowledge which is the Lord telling us supernaturally what we are dealing with. We can pray for discernment, wisdom, and clarity; in short, our prayers will vary depending on the situation facing us. There is no magic formula here, only how the Spirit of the Living God would lead us. Without His guidance we are defenseless. There are those who tell us that the gifts of the Spirit are no longer for today. If that is so, please show me in the Word where you find this. You mean to tell me that we are to go into battle without the gifts of the Spirit? Why would God leave us defenseless? He wouldn’t, and that’s why so many Christians today get beat up and never get free; they remain in bondage to sin and are not victorious in their lives. It’s not about giving a $1000 seed faith offering to some huckster on TV; it’s about knowing our authority in Christ, walking in the Spirit and using the gifts that are mentioned in Corinthians 14 on a daily basis.
My Personal Testimony: How I became born again and Spiritfilled I was born in 1950 to parents of Italian descent who were Catholic. As a child I was in awe of what happened at church every Sunday because the priest, who was dressed in robes and was surrounded by lit candles and incense, seemed to my boyhood mind like some special magician between the people, sitting in typical sheep-like fashion, and God. I didn’t understand anything that was being said because it was all in Latin. I knelt, stood, tried not to fidget (which was almost impossible in the wool pants that I wore) and when I became older I served briefly, very briefly, as an altar boy. One of the most traumatic events in my life was the death of my grandfather. I was only five at the time of his passing, but it was a blow to my spirit and although I didn’t grasp the finality of it as a boy of five, it was life changing. I remember, right before my grandfather’s untimely death, grabbing his oversized Bible, constructing a make-shift pulpit in front of the long dining room table where my relatives were all eating and, while I couldn’t read a word, giving my first sermon. I shouted, “What is the truth?” I recently spoke to my parents about this and they informed me that it was hysterical to all who were gathered at that table long ago. They said that the more everyone laughed the more insistent, passionate, and serious I became, and this from a five-year-old…. Looking back, it was a foreshadowing of what I do today. But I’m getting ahead of myself! When we moved from Waltham, Massachusetts, to Berwyn, Pennsylvania, I was 10 years old. It was a new environment for me and it took some time for me to adjust to the school I found myself in. It was a Catholic school and for me it was torture. Like many young boys, I found it almost impossible to sit still and focus on what was being taught. All I wanted to do was go outdoors and play and run in the woods! This is the reason why I am still trying to learn the art of
punctuation today, because I was totally checked out when this was being taught in the third grade! Where do I place those pesky commas? At thirteen I decided to leave the church. I did so after I went through the confirmation process. This was just unbearable because we had to memorize a gazillion catechism questions. When the bishop showed up at the church, all of us who had spent weeks memorizing these questions and answers in case we were called were stupefied when the good bishop didn’t ask us one question, not one! Something in me gave up on the Catholic Church at that point. In fact, I announced, much to my parents’ dismay, that I didn’t want to go to church anymore. My mother was aghast; my father took it in stride. This began the years in which God (whoever I may have thought He was) took a back seat to everything else I deemed important. He was, for all practical purposes, at the bottom of my list. More truthfully, He didn’t make the list at all. I went through junior and senior high school and hated most of it. I didn’t fit in. Music was my big out and I was the co-leader of the most popular band in the school. We rocked the house and looked as freaky as possible. This was the 60s and I was desperately trying to be a hippie with my long, frizzy hair and pimpled face. Acne really is the bane of young people who endure those teenage years. I was a nature counselor at the local YMCA during one summer and it was there, at the age of 16, that I met the first girl on whom I really had a crush. Her name was Michelle and she was only 14! Before I could take her to the YMCA dance, her father interrogated me—think the real Archie Bunker here! We were in love, at least as much as immature teenagers can be. We dated all through my high school years, and then we broke up for some stupid reason that I can’t remember. It was during this period that the lead guitarist in the band introduced me to marijuana. The first time I took it I laughed and laughed and thought this was the greatest thing that had ever happened to me. We moved from smoking pot to LSD and right after graduation, in the summer of 1969, I found myself sitting in the large field with thousands of other stonedout hippies in what would become the legendary Woodstock concert. Unlike our former president, I inhaled as often as I could. Looking back at those days and some 42 years later, I realize that my generation was hoodwinked and
lied to. The Beatles and other bands at the time promulgated the use of drugs. As many of you who are reading this know, drugs have been the cancer of our society. When I speak at conferences I sometimes ask the audience to give a show of hands of people who either have been or know people in rehab. The hands go flying up and to our dishonor it’s most of the audience. Drugs have changed the moral fabric of this country forever, but I digress. It was during this time that I was sitting in my room on LSD and reading Michelle’s letters and another girl’s letters, trying to decide whom I should be with. At the same time I was trying to read the book of Revelation, which was way too taxing for my drug-infested brain! I was asking (actually more like challenging) that if there was a God, He show me which girl I should be with. About an hour later (by this time it was around midnight) my father came into my room and announced that Michelle had been killed in a hit-and-run automobile accident. Remember that at this time I was high on LSD and so my emotions were like Jello in a blender. I was stunned and I just sat there not being able to move for what seemed like a very long time. Eventually I went to bed and when I awakened I asked my father if Michelle was dead or did I dream that I heard this. He informed me that it was true. This is the one single event that changed my life. It sent me on a quest that didn’t end until 12 long, weary, years later. Her death was so final, there were no second chances or do-overs; it was a wakeup call and I was cut to the quick by it. Michelle’s death started me on a journey to find out the meaning of life. To discover who God is, or better yet, even if He existed at all. I began to read everything I could get my hands on. I read books on the occult, tomes by Carlos Castanada, Blavatsky, Euspensky and others who introduced me to the New Age paradigm. I continued to experiment with drugs, looking to be enlightened by them. I went on vision quests and very often when taking psychedelics I had horrible experiences. I realize now that all of these drugs were gateways into the occult, steppingstones to the world of the Fallen One and his dark purposes. What was the purpose of this life? Why were we here? What was the meaning of love? I pondered these and other questions looking for answers but not finding any.
After three years of searching, and now 21 years old, I still had not found what I was looking for. I heard about a course called Silva Mind Control, which was invented by Jose Silva. I took a friend along with me and we signed up for the course. I had no idea what I was getting into, but the flyer that I had looked at promised me that I would have the ability to diagnose and heal those who were sick. We were told to lie down on the floor and visualize a workroom. Then we were told to create imaginary counselors to help us in this workroom. My counselors were Jesus, Curly, of the Three Stooges, and the Lone Ranger. LOL! I figured that each of them could be trusted. Much to my amazement they would appear with me in my imaginary workroom. We have discussed some of what this is in the pages of this book. I was being indoctrinated into the occult, using meditation and what is known as guided imagery to catapult me into the unseen world of the spirit. When we graduated we had to perform a test to see whether or not we could function as “seers.” I was handed a 3 x 5 index card with a name on it, nothing more. I was then told to diagnose the illness this person had. I went into my workroom with Jesus, Curly and the Lone Ranger and together we diagnosed what was wrong with the person. I would use my hands, like a human X-ray machine to scan the person while my eyes were closed. I “saw” what was wrong and announced it. “He has a growth on his brain.” The instructor smiled at me while nodding knowingly and said, “Correct.” I had passed the test. What wasn’t told was that through the technique of Silva Mind Control I had opened myself to real spirit guides. (For a more in-depth view of this, you can go to Sharon Beekman’s book, Enticed by the Light). She vividly portrays what happens when a person opens himself up to these entities. Please remember also that we are told in the Guidebook to the Supernatural to avoid any contact with these malevolent impostors! I continued my esoteric studies and now I was reading about the holy men, the mahatmas of India: how they would sit and attain enlightenment. And how the Fakirs, denunciates of the world, could perform miracles and feats of superhuman strength and endurance. I was intrigued by what I was reading and began to think about going to India. It was around this time that someone gave me a poster that stated …the God of the universe had come to earth in the form of a 14-year-old boy named Guru Maharaj Ji.
The 14-year-old guru was going to appear at a theater in Philadelphia. I found myself sitting with hundreds of other hippies in the crowded, non-airconditioned theater. There were no seats left and my friend and I sat on the floor in the aisle. If I remember correctly there was a band that played and we listened to their music. Then we waited for what seemed like forever. Finally the guru showed up. There was a chair set in the middle of the stage on a dais. It was more like a throne than a chair. It was draped with wreaths of flowers. When the guru came out on the stage, most of the audience fell to their faces voluntarily. This is called pranam. It is meant as a sign of respect and submission. Much to my surprise I found myself stretched out on the floor in this pranam position. Someone on the stage called out: Bo-ley shri- Satguru Dev …and most of the audience replied, Maharaj ki ji. Looking back it now reminds of the mindless Nazi salute and cries of Heil Hitler, although I’m certainly not comparing the guru to Hitler. At that point everyone settled back in their chairs as the guru began what would be about a two-hour lecture. It went on and on and on! The central core of his message was that he was dispensing knowledge. This knowledge could only be given by him and was unknown to everyone else. Only through the gurus appointed mahatmas, a holy man, could someone attain the bliss that he promised. He then went as far as to say that all the other gurus and masters before him were dead and that a person needed a living perfect master to show them the way to peace and enlightenment. I believed every word of it. This seemed like what I was looking for and I feverishly scrawled the address of the place where this knowledge was going to be given out the next day. Secret Knowledge or Deception a Go-Go? I arrived at the house where the mahatma was going to give those in attendance the secret knowledge early on Saturday morning. The place was packed with hippies. We all sat on the floor. It was a summer’s day and it was hot and we were cramped into this large one room spilling out into the hallway. The mahatma arrived and the session began. He talked all morning and most of the afternoon about how this knowledge was special and how the guru was the perfect master. He told us how important it was to practice this knowledge and then almost at the end of the day, and at this point everyone was exhausted, he began to dispense the secret knowledge. Before I get into what happened, I want to relay to you one incident that made such an impression on me that after almost 40 years I still remember it vividly. There was a man named Dennis who was trying to get this knowledge along
with the rest of us. He was crippled and deformed and had steel braces on his legs. The mahatma literally shunned him. He looked at him with such disdain that it was obvious to everyone in the room. There was not an ounce of compassion from this so-called enlightened man— who was going to give us the secret knowledge so we could be just like him—and that hit me like a rogue wave breaking at Zuma beach! It shocked me and, although I wasn’t able to articulate what offended me about the mahatma’s actions then, I can do so now. In Indian culture they believe in reincarnation. This is when a person is born over and over again and, depending on his or her actions, comes back in a higher or lower caste. It also has to do with the so-called laws of Karma. This is where actions that are deemed good or bad are carried over to the next incarnation and these actions decide where you are in the Indian caste system. Brahma caste is the highest, while the untouchables are deemed the outcast of Indian society. Much of this has changed in the last 100 years, but the mindset is still very much alive in India today. What this mahatma was reacting to with Dennis is that in his worldview, that of believing in reincarnation, Dennis must have committed some grievous offense for him to be crippled like he was in “this lifetime.” It was a glaring example of where this so-called enlightenment leads and it is one of segregation and working one’s way to a state of perfection by countless reincarnations. This is a false system and the fruits of it are apparent from the mahatma’s attitude toward Dennis and his unfortunate condition. There wasn’t any compassion or empathy from the “enlightened one” toward Dennis; there was, in fact, open contempt of him to the point at which some people in the room began to shun Dennis, too. The mahatma was dressed in a saffron-colored robe and his head was shaved. He had this “blissed-out” look on his face, meaning that he smiled and appeared holy and enlightened. Of course he had a retinue of attendants who cared for his every need and whim. He moved around the room and dispensed the secret knowledge. I was in a state of heightened awareness at this point and waited expectantly for my turn to come. The first thing he was going to do was to open our third eye. This is the spot that is located between the eyes in the center of the forehead. It is where our pineal gland is located and in many occult initiations opening the third eye is the springboard, or gateway, to the lower astral or what I have come to call in this book, the second heaven.
I sat there waiting my turn and then the mahatma was in front of me. My eyes were closed and I felt him put his finger on my forehead. Nothing happened at first and then suddenly I saw a circle that opened up and became a stream of colors and light images. I just sat there taking it all in and feeling special that I had now obtained the first part of this secret knowledge. I opened my eyes and looked around and everyone had the same goofy, blessed-out smile on their faces. We had been initiated and we had seen the light, literally! Next the mahatma came and placed his fingers in our ears. When he did, I immediately began to hear flutes and the sound of rushing water. This really startled me because it was playing in my head. I opened my eyes and the mahatma laughed at me and told me to close my eyes again. Then he took my hands and placed my own fingers in my ears. The music continued for some time and then it slowly faded away. At this time Dennis called out because the mahatma had passed him by with both the opening of the third eye as well as the music. He whined and looked and acted like a little boy who was being picked on. The mahatma grilled him for maybe ten minutes to the point where Dennis was literally groveling in front of the mahatma begging him for the knowledge. Finally the mahatma reluctantly gave in and dispensed the guru’s knowledge to what I would now call the American untouchable, Dennis. Next was the nectar. He showed us how to put our tongues behind the uvula of our mouths and to keep it there until this divine nectar began to flow. Sure enough I tasted something sweet trickle down into my throat from where my tongue was jammed against my uvula. The last part of the initiation ceremony was receiving the holy word. We were told that we were to meditate on this word day and night. That this word was the primordial vibration and that we were to empty our minds and focus on this word…. The mahatma told us what this word was and after receiving it our initiation was complete. We had received the secret knowledge of inner light, music, nectar and the primordial word. I/we were on the path to enlightenment, or so we all thought. In the Ashram
I got home and went to my room feeling elated and went to sleep. When I awoke the next morning I remember feeling whole and good for the first time in my life, because I believed I had finally connected with God. I immediately sat up and stuck my fingers in my ears to hear more of the “divine music.” Sure enough after a few moments it began, faintly at first and then louder. This experience had a profound impact on my life. I felt that finally, after years of searching, I had found the truth. I changed my diet and became a vegetarian. I went to the local ashram and listened to what is called Sat-Sang, which is supposed to be divine discourse on the knowledge that Maharaj Ji was giving to all who asked. It wasn’t long before I decided to give up worldly things and devote my life to the guru. I moved into the Philadelphia Ashram and became a full-time devotee of the guru. Our schedule was this: We were up at 5 a.m. when we gathered in front of an altar and sang a devotional that is called Arti. It was the same song over and over again every day and one of the lines was … rights and rituals won’t reach the goal! However, if that was true then why were we all engaging in the same ritual day after day? After we sang Arti, we would then have an hour of meditation. I remember sleeping through most of this because I was exhausted from only getting five hours of sleep a night! However, there were a few times when the light would explode in my third eye. Please don’t be confused by this, as it is nothing more than an occult practice that has deceived millions of people for thousands of years. It is nothing short of a demonic light show and is one of deception. After a vegetarian breakfast we would go to work. This was my routine day after day. At one point I joined the orchestra of the guru’s brother and found myself flying to England to play. For me this was a dream come true. The orchestra was about 56 pieces with another 10 or so people to manage, provide food, and schedule events. We played at many of the guru’s appearances. We were gearing up for an event called Soul-Rush. This was a 10-city tour of the East Coast and Midwestern U.S. to attract people to the 1974 Houston Astrodome event known as the Millennium. We finished the Soul Rush tour and settled into the long, hot summer days in an old hotel somewhere in Houston, and prepared for the big event. I thought at the time that this was it: the end of the world as we knew it. I remember calling my
parents and friends and telling them to try to come to Houston. We were all that brainwashed and believed everything we were told. The event came and the Astrodome, which holds thousands of people, was hardly filled. An estimated 10,000 people showed up for the event, a far cry from what Maharaj Ji and the leaders at the top were expecting. There was a large dais that was set up on the stage. There were chairs on this dais that was probably 40 feet above the floor of the Astrodome and they were for the members of the guru’s family who were referred to as the “holy family.” The orchestra was seated on the stage directly below the thrones. The big night came and the “holy” family paraded out, followed lastly by the guru himself, who then perched on the highest throne. Now I have told you all of this to get to this point. The crowd began to worship the guru and the other members of the family. At this point one of my band mates nudged me and told me to look at the family on their thrones. When I did this I couldn’t believe what I was seeing. They were there, but they had changed. They looked different. There were other entities that night that manifested on that stage and looking back now almost 40 years later, it is my opinion that what I saw was the demonic manifestation that indwelt each of these people. I stayed with the guru for another year and then I left because I was disillusioned, and here’s why: We were rehearsing for the “Big Event in Houston” that turned out to be anything but. At this point I had practiced meditation and done all that had been required of me, however, there was no peace. One night I went into the large hall that was used for Sat-Sang and meditation and I lay down prostrate in front of the ever-present chair bedecked with flowers for the guru. I cried bitterly, my sobs coming in deep uncontrollable heaves. It awakened other people, as I was told later, but no one came to see what was going on. Something broke in me that night and I realized that, while I had practiced the knowledge that the guru had given to me, and done so religiously, in my deep inner core, at the soul level of my being, in my spirit, nothing had changed. I had no terms to articulate this at the time, but it was the beginning of my leaving the phony, blissed-out, mindless state of practicing meditation with the guru. After the dismal turn out in Houston, the so-called holy family had a rift between them. This rift continues to the present day and here’s a link that you can go to
check it out for yourself. http://www.prem-rawat-bio.org/disinherit.html Maharaj Ji is still telling people that they can have peace through his meditation, but take it from me, it’s nothing more than New Age, phony baloney. There is only one Prince of Peace and it certainly isn’t this guy. The orchestra moved to Hollywood, California, and we settled in a hotel on Hollywood Boulevard. We would walk about eight blocks to the rehearsal hall to practice every night. We were about four guys to a room that was supposed to hold one person. We had a drag queen living across the hall, drugs were openly sold and used on the premises, homosexuality was practiced by so-called celibate followers in the orchestra, and, on top of all this, we were supposed to meditate and attain enlightenment. What a crock! One amazing moment came when I borrowed a motorcycle and got on the Interstate 10 Freeway knowing that it would lead me to the Pacific Ocean. As I drove through the McClure tunnel I could smell the sea air, and as I came out of the tunnel and into the light, the blue expanse of the ocean sparkled in the midday sun! I have never forgotten that moment, because it was like I had found my home at last—California. Okay, I could go on and on with this, but I’m going to cut to the chase. The orchestra moved out to a place called Camp Joan Myer, a camp for the blind, located at the northern part of the city of Malibu. It is set on a hill overlooking the ocean. It was there that I really began to question the guru and the meditation. I was with another member of the orchestra and we were both having difficulty believing the so-called party line. He stated that if you were told you were a god from the time you were a baby, what would you believe? I nodded and a few months later I left. However, while I was there we had a mahatma of great importance visit us. I watched this man perform occult, demonic “miracles.” Here’s what I mean: We were walking on the beach with this mahatma and he spoke very little or no English. It appeared that he wanted to go into the ocean. He then began to undress and I heard in my head, hold these. I didn’t believe what was happening. The mahatma looked at me and shoved his clothes into my arms. I was stunned.
We watched the “holy man” go into thewater and submerge himself under a wave. When he came out, he put on his clothes and began to walk with us. Now the next part is very strange, but I know what I saw and I’m not making this up. As we were walking, the mahatma was suddenly gone. He was 50 yards farther down the beach. The other people who I was with were shocked, too! This man clearly demonstrated occult power by using mental telepathy and bilocating. He had power, but as you have read throughout the pages in the book, I believe that that power was demonic in nature and was given to him by a diabolical source. The orchestra relocated to another residence in Malibu, downsized its numbers, and when it appeared that nothing more was going to come of it, the leaders decided to move into the city. This is when I jumped ship and left the guru. The northern part of Malibu in 1974 was quiet and serene with large amounts of vacant land. To my 24-yearold brain, I had found paradise. Now what is pertinent to this testimony is that in a sixyear span from 1974 to 1980 I still meditated, sought after the occult, read about the New Age, and in 1976 found the book by Edward “Billy” Meir, UFO Contact from the Pleiades. This book was pivotal for me as it re-introduced me to the UFO phenomena. I began to believe that UFOs had seeded us here, that they were the gods of antiquity, and that they were going to come back for us! I had seen a UFO when I was at Boy Scout camp around 1962. I left this part out in the telling of my testimony because I think it fits better here. Here’s what happened. My UFO Sighting I was 12 years old and in love with Boy Scouts. I was at Camp Horse Shoe, which is located in Rising Sun, Maryland. I was with three other boys and we were taking a shortcut back to our camp so we wouldn’t miss lunch. The lead boy, who knew the shortcut, led us up this boulder-covered ravine. We were making our way up this ravine when the boy who was in front yelled, “Wow, what’s that?” The other two boys chimed in, “Yea, what is that?” “What are you guys looking at?” I asked. “There, in the sky,” they answered, and all three boys pointed up toward the sky. I looked and to my astonishment, there, standing out against the cloudless blue
mantel, was a silver disc. It was metallic and made no noise. It hovered motionless for maybe 20 seconds and then suddenly shot straight up into the sky. In a blink of an eye it was gone. We started shouting and ran as fast as we could back to the camp. When we got there we cried, “We saw a UFO! We saw a UFO!” The ridicule from the scoutmaster and other boys began almost immediately. By sundown that night the three other boys denied that they had ever seen anything. I held tenaciously onto my story. I was made fun of the rest of the weekend but refused to change my story or deny what I had seen. It was my first real-life example of what I would call, “herd mentality.” Vision Quests As I mentioned earlier, I read everything by Carlos Castaneda who was an anthropologist and wrote about his involvement with the spirit world using mescaline and marijuana as a spring board into the dimension where these beings resided. I was hitchhiking one day and was picked up by a guy who, like me, was a hippie. He had a joint going and offered me some. I eagerly took it and inhaled as deeply as I could, holding the smoke in my lungs while feeling the drug explode in my head. Even writing this I have to pray against the feeling. (You couldn’t pay me enough money to get stoned again, because I believe it is a gateway to the second heaven!) I got dropped off at the bottom of Encinal Canyon, which is right off Pacific Coast Highway, and started walking up the canyon. The sun was beginning to set and at this point I was really wasted. I found a little pathway that led off the road and followed it. It took me to a little clearing that overlooked the expanse of the Pacific Ocean. I sat down and began to meditate. I sat cross-legged and felt at one with the universe! (LOL) The thought exploded in my mind that everything was connected, everything was one, there was no separation, and that if everything in the universe was connected and one, then there was nothing to fear. I pondered this for a while and it made sense to me. I felt like I had just been given one of the secrets of the universe. Then, I suddenly heard a rattle sound coming from directly in front of me about 20 feet away. I opened my eyes and was startled and wondered what could be making that noise. I knew that rattlesnakes were common in these hills, but this was no rattlesnake. Then I heard the noise again, this time coming from the right of me, still out
about 20 feet away. I thought, maybe someone was playing a trick on me, but I realized that there was no one out here, I was alone, and, besides, how could a person move noiselessly through the chaparral without me hearing them? I was getting sacred and wondered what was going on. Then I heard the noise, except this time it was directly behind me. Then, again in front, except this time it was closer. The noise grew louder and louder as it continued to circle me. I suddenly became very afraid and my mind raced back to the Carlos Castaneda books that talked of encounters with spirit beings similar to the one I was encountering now. Whatever it was circled again growing closer with each pass that it made. Then it was right in front of me. Now remember that at this point I was still sitting cross-leggedon the ground. Something came at me and gently pushed me backward and held me there. If you were in the “lotus” position this is impossible to do as the weight of your upper body would tilt you, and you would fall over backward. This was not the case though. This demonic spirit, I call it that because that is what it was, held me there for a while and then slowly let me up. Once it did, I jumped to my feet and started slamming my open palm against my thigh. This was a technique that I had read about from Castaneda who used it when a spirit that he did not want to deal with would come to him. This action would apparently repel the spirit. Once I had done this, another thought came into my mind and it said that if I had opened myself up to the spirit it would have been able to take me out of my body and shown me the secrets of the universe. I know, some of you are reading this and thinking, where can I get some of this stuff? Don’t be swayed by the lie that I was told, because that is what it is. Let’s walk through this for a moment and examine the two messages I received. The first one told me that I was connected to everything else in the universe, that we were all one, and that there was nothing to fear. This is called Pantheism. Briefly stated it is the belief that we are all one. It is not true because you and your pet dog or cat are not connected! You may love your pet, but you are not your pet and your pet is not you. This philosophy is the basis of Hinduism and I believe that it is a lie. We are not allone…period! The next lie was that if I had trusted the spirit I would have been taken out of my body and shown the secrets of the universe. They can actually do this; however, the price we pay by giving permission to do this is that this familiar spirit, who is a demon, now has the right to possess us! After the (demonic) spirit left me I slowly got up and made my way back home,
unnerved and changed by the experience. Drugs are a springboard into the lower astral or the second heaven and should be avoided at all costs because we can pick up unwanted entities who will not readily leave us when we later realize who they are. This kind of experience can lead to possession. I was lucky because this did not happen to me. Chasing the Rock and Roll Carrot During this time I was performing with a band all over Los Angeles. We were chasing the ever illusive, rock-and-roll carrot. We came close several times but never managed to snag the record deal. I was nearing 30 years of age and my dream seemed like it was never going to happen. I had spent the previous five years of my life doing carpentry to stay alive by day and rehearsing, recording, and playing gigs around town at night. In short, it was a life that was going nowhere. In 1978 I partnered with a friend and we built a “spec house” in Malibu Lake. I had sunk every dollar and all my energy into the project. We were hoping to turn it over quickly and build another. It seemed like a good way to make a living and we were both good at it. Just as we were trying to sell the house the market collapsed and interest rates soared to 20%. The house sat on the market for two years and I lost everything that I had invested in it by the time my partner agreed to buy it for much less than we had listed it. I had also become somewhat of an agnostic. I had it up to my eyeballs with trying to find God and enlightenment. My philosophy was eat, drink, and be merry because we’re just going to reincarnate anyway so who cares! Someone gave me some books by Taylor Caldwell and I read them. These were novels that depicted the lives of the apostles. I found them fascinating. Then my girlfriend at the time gave me a book by David Hunt entitled The Cult Explosion. As I read through it I realized that I had participated in many of the cults that Hunt was trying to warn about in his book. At the end of his books was a little prayer that you could say if you wanted to ask Jesus into your life. At this point my spec house was still on the market. I was in debt up to my eyeballs. I was living with a girl and we weren’t married and I was spiritually bankrupt as well! I remember thinking to myself, I wonder if it’s real? I repeated the little prayer asking Jesus into my heart and asked Him to come into my life and change it. I looked around and waited but nothing happened. I shrugged it off and went
about my life. About a month later I awaked from a very vivid dream and I wept in the arms of my girlfriend. Something had broken deep inside and although I didn’t know it at the time, Yashua/Jesus was beginning to do a work on me. I was at a dinner party and a friend asked me if I believed in Jesus. It was an outof-the-blue question. Much to the amazement of my girlfriend, I replied that I believed in Jesus and also considered myself a Christian. There was a moment in time that I shall never forget. It was when the Most High God took me out of the kingdom of darkness. My girlfriend set dinner in front of me and then something broke. I thought I was losing my mind. I was being bombarded by thoughts that weren’t mine (unwanted thoughts). It was terrifying. I didn’t know what was happening to me, but the thoughts kept coming and they were horrible! We went to bed and I had a very difficult time trying to get to sleep. My girlfriend had called a friend of hers at work and she was given the name of a pastor who I was to call for help. The next morning I awakened and I called the number. I thought I was having a nervous breakdown. We set up an appointment for later that day. I also received a call from a man who would become my mentor for the next two years. His name was Wayne Kendall, to whom this book is dedicated, and he told me that I wasn’t going nuts. While this was comforting to hear, it didn’t stop the unwanted thoughts! Later that day I met the man who would counsel me for the next three years on a weekly basis. In the beginning we met two times a week and then it went to one time a week and finally to once a month. Pastor Fred eventually married Peggy, my wife of now 26 years, and me. But I’m getting ahead of myself again. I then met Wayne and we became good friends. Wayne was 20 years my senior and we worked together in construction day after day. I want to let you know that this was like being in spiritual boot camp. I ate, breathed, and immersed myself in the Bible. I worked all day and went to any and all Bible studies, home groups and church services that I could find.
I returned home one day only to find that my girlfriend had moved out and taken everything with her, including her bed. I slept that night on the floor. Night was a very difficult time for me and I slept with a Bible clutched to my chest. It was my spiritual teddy bear. Upon awakening I would read the Psalms and Proverbs and get on my knees and pray for peace. This went on week after week. Unfortunately, Pastor Fred and Wayne knew little about deliverance or putting on the armor of God as we are told to do every day in Ephesians 6. I was also never told about the authority I have in Christ! (As I write this I want you to know that there isn’t a day that goes by that I don’t put on the armor and get ready for battle!) One night as I put my head on my pillow I heard a roar as something tried to enter my body. I cried out, “Jesus help me!” The attack stopped and I lay there for a few minutes paralyzed by what had happened. I called Pastor Fred and we prayed on the phone and afterward I went to sleep. I was under attack constantly for years; meanwhile, the Lord was busy re-wiring me, as Wayne liked to call it. There were days that I honestly don’t know how I ever would have gotten through them without Wayne and Pastor Fred’s help. Thanks guys. Remember that I had been willingly involved in the occult since 16 and had been meditating and doing other occult practices for 14 years. I had been firmly entrenched in the camp of the Fallen One without knowing it. How’s that for deception? You see how subtle it is? The entire time I was in the New Age, I thought I was on the right path toward spirituality and enlightenment; instead, I had opened myself to what the Guidebook to the Supernatural calls the doctrine of demons. There was a point where I was exhausted, fed up with the more than two years of attacks. Wayne and I were going into the market to get something for lunch and I remember asking, “How long do you think this is going to go on?” I had asked that question of Pastor Fred, too, and he had replied that he had never seen anyone struggle as much as I had, but he assured me that God knew what He was doing and at some point the struggle would end. (Think the book of Job here because it is similar in that the Fallen One was allowed to attack Job for a period of time, but then the Most High God stopped the attack and restored
Job.) I was in the market, feeling overwhelmed with the thousands of brightly packaged products, the lights, and the bustling shoppers, in short, everything. I put my stuff on the conveyor belt and waited anxiously in line. The conveyor belt moved, and suddenly from underneath the cash register where it reappears, I spotted a piece of paper. I realized that it was tract. I picked it up and opened it. How it got there, I have no idea. In most cases the cashier would have spotted something like that and disposed of it, but not this time. I was next in line, and holding onto the tract, I paid and left the store. I got back to Wayne’s car and began to read it out loud. It was my first spiritual warfare lesson and it was the day that I began to get free once and for all from the harassment of the enemy. The tract said that when we are hit with a thought— just like the ones I was having—we were to say, I am dead to you and you are dead to me! I am a new creature in Christ, old things have passed away! I am dead to you and you are dead to me! The biggest weapon that I was handed that day was this life-changing phrase that was included in the tract. It was, The Blood of Jesus! The tract told about the blood of Jesus and why the demons flee at hearing it! It spoke of the cross and the battered body that bled for all humanity and by that blood, once, for all mankind, paid the price for the sins of the world. The Lamb of God who takes away the sins of the world! I began to say, The Blood of Jesus, when the attacks would come and I began to get the victory. That was almost 28 years ago and I still say The Blood of Jesus on an ongoing basis. It is our BIG cannon, or the mightiest arrow in our quiver to fight the enemy! Remember he goes about as a roaring lion—I heard that roar— and seeks to rob, kill, and destroy. I got the victory because of the Blood of Jesus. I am a new creature in Him because of what He did on Calvary. His blood covers me/us and it is what makes the Fallen One and his minions tremble in fear, because they know that on that day, when Yashua's blood was shed, it spelled their defeat and certain doom. In closing this “testimony” This was not my idea to write this, and it is the first time that I have endeavored
to do so. I felt, or should I say, I was instructed to include it in this book so people could understand and grasp where I was coming from, what I had endured before I was a Christian and also after I became born again. Mine has been a road traveled that I would not wish on anyone. Those first three years of my Christianity were the most difficult years of my life. I wouldn’t wish them on my worst enemy. Yet, He was with me even in the valley of death, literally! Everything that I am today is because of Him. If there is anything good in me, anything worthy of praise, anything that I might be remembered for, it will point to Him who is the savior and keeper of my soul and spirit!
RECOMMENDED READING FOR SPIRITUAL WARFARE
The Invisible War by Donald Grey Barnhouse Spiritual Warfare: Defeating the Forces of Darkness by Preston T. Bailey The Black Awakening by Russ Dizdar The Spirit World by Clarence Larkin Hostage to the Devil: The Possession and Exorcism of Five Contemporary Americans by Malachi Martin The Three Battle Grounds: An In-depth View of the Three Arenas of Spiritual Warfare: The Mind, the Church and the Heavenly Places by Francis Frangepane Pigs in the Parlor: A Practical Guide to Deliverance by Frank and Ida Mae Hammond Victory over Darkness: Realizing the Power of Your Identity in Christ by Neil T. Anderson Bondage Breaker: Overcoming Negative Thoughts, Irrational Feelings, Habitual Sins by Neil T. Anderson Richard Grund has performed over 300 deliverances; here's his Website: http://www.onsolomonsporch.org/ Harvard scientists reverse the aging process in mice—now for humans: Harvard scientists were surprised that they saw a dramatic reversal, not just a slowing down, of the aging in mice. Now they believe they might be able to regenerate human organs. http://reddit.com/submit?url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.guardia n.co.uk%2Fscience%2F2010%2Fnov%2F28%2Fscientists-reverse-ageing-micehumans
http://uk.buzz.yahoo.com/buzz?publisherurn=the_guardian66 5&targetUrl=http:// www.guardian.co.uk/science/2010/nov/28/scientists reverseageingmicehumans&summary=%3Cp%3EHarvard+scientists+were+surprised+th at+the+saw+a+dramatic+reversal%2C+not+just+a+slowing+down%2C+of+the+ageing+ in+mice.+No+they+believe+they+might+be+able+to+regenerate+human+organs%3C%2 Fp%3E&headline=Harvard scientists reverse the ageing process in mice %E2%80%93 now for humans %7C Science%7C The Guardia
FOOTNOTES: 1 From: http://www.carm.org/what-does-it-mean-when-biblerefers-third-heaven. back to text 2 He also accuses us falsely. Satan is “the accuser of our brethren, who accused them before our God day and night” (Rev. 12:10). back to text 3 The Bible back to text 4 Job 1:6 – King James Version (KJV). back to text 5 See L. A. Marzulli’s Politics, Prophecy & the Supernatural, pp. 75-77. back to text 6 Job 1:7 (KJV). back to text 7 1 Peter 5:8. back to text 8 The thief (Satan) comes only to steal and kill and destroy; I have come that they may have life, and have it to the full. (John 10:10). back to text 9 Dame Pickzeck: http://www.khouse.org/articles/2009/847/print/. back to text 10 ibid. back to text 11 ibid. back to text 12 http://www.torahbytes.org/65-41.htm. back to text 13 Isaiah 46:9 & 10. back to text 14 Albert Einstein. back to text 15 Speed of Light. back to text 16 1 John 1:5. back to text 17 Einstein: http://www.ws5.com/spacetime/. back to text 18 Angelos – Greek Translation: Messenger. back to text 19 See The Alien Interviews: What does it all Mean by L. A. Marzulli. Spiral of Life Publishing. back to text 20 Politics, Prophecy & the Supernatural, L. A. Marzulli. Spiral of Life Publishing pp. 75 – 108. back to text 21 Strong’s Concordance: From Hebrew root word (H8552). back to text 22 Book of Enoch. back to text 23 For My thoughts [are] not your thoughts, Nor [are] your ways My ways, says the LORD. (Isaiah 55:8). back to text 24 http://thesaurus.yourdictionary.com/devil 25 Ephesians 6:12. back to text 26 Mount St. Helens—Evidence for Genesis!
http://www.answersingenesis.org/docs2/4305news5-17-2000.asp. back to text 27 Joktan. (Gen 10:25). back to text 28 See The Language of Most High God in History, Helena Lehman. Pp. 449470, Pillar of Enoch Ministry Books © 2004-2009. back to text 29 Blue Letter Bible: Commentary on Genesis 10, by Pastor Chuck Smith: http://www.blueletterbible.org/commentaries/comm_view.cfm? AuthorID=1&contentID= 4726&commInfo=25&topic=Genesis&ar=Gen_10_25. back to text 30 Roger Hislop, The Two Babylons. back to text 31 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sex_magic. back to text 32 The Black Awakening, Russ Dizdar. LuLu Press, p. 306. back to text 33 The Two Babylons, Hislop. Loizeaux Brothers, Inc. Second Edition, 1959. Pp. 91113. back to text 34 The Bible. back to text 35 Calling fire from heaven: And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the.... (Revelation 13:13). back to text 36 C.S. Lewis The Screwtape Letters, the Devil's best smokescreen is convincing us he doesn't exist. back to text 37“… the Son of God appeared for this purpose, to destroy the works of the devil.” (1 John 3:8). back to text 38 Genesis 17:1. back to text 39 http://www.khouse.org/6640/CD116-11/. back to text 40 Strong's G2087 – heteros. back to text 41 Strong's G4561 – sarx. back to text 42 The Star of Bethlehem: www.bethlehemstarmovie.com. back to text 43 War against the Kingdom.“...the whole world is under the sway of the evil one.” (1 John 5:19). back to text 44 Matthew 3:17: “And lo a voice from heaven, saying, This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.” back to text 45 http://www.survivaltopics.com/survival/how-long-can-you-livewithoutfood/. back to text 46 Strong’s Concordance G1598. back to text 47 Ephesians 6:11. back to text 48 Luke 4:4 – New King James. back to text 49 The Alien Interviews. L. A. Marzulli. Spiral of Life Publishing, 2009. back to text 50 Strong’s Concordance: G4334. back to text 51 Dr. I. D. E. Thomas – The Omega Conspiracy pg. 69 (Republished by
Anomalos Publishing House – 2008). back to text 52 Gospel of Luke. back to text 53 Gospel of Matthew. back to text 54 Strong’s Concordance: G2540. back to text 55 Gospel of Mark. back to text 56 Bought with the Blood: Derek Prince: Chosen Books; pg.145. back to text 57 Greek Concordance: Blue Letter Bible. back to text 58 Mathew Henry Commentary on Mark 4: http://www.blueletterbible.org/commentaries/comm_view.cfm? AuthorID=4&contentID= 1628&commInfo=5&topic=Mark&ar=Mar_4_39. back to text 59 the"oph"a"ny. noun \th#-!ä-f$-n#\. plural the"oph"a"nies. Definition of THEOPHANY. : a visible manifestation of a deity. back to text 60 Epistle to the Philippians. back to text 61 Romans 8:19-22. back to text 62 Then an angel appeared to Him from heaven, strengthening Him. (Luke 22:43). back to text 63 The Gospel of Luke. back to text 64 No one takes my life from me. I give my life of my own free will....No man taketh it from me....(John 10:18). back to text 65 Matthew 23: You are like whitewashed tombs, which look beautiful on the outside but on the inside....You brood of vipers! back to text 66 http://www.themanwhoneverwas.com/stratdecbooks1.html. back to text 67 Ethelbert William Bullinger - 1837 to 1913 Anglican clergyman, Biblical scholar and ultradispensationalist theologian.http://www.ewbullingerbooks.com/webpages/ewbullingerbiography. back to text 68 Josephus: Wars of the Jews – The Fall of Jerusalem. back to text 69 Josephus: The Roman Wars. back to text 70 War of the Jews: Roman occupation of Jerusalem in Ancient times. back to text 71 Luke 10:18: I saw Satan fall like lighting from heaven. back to text 72 Josephus: The Wars of the Jews – VII – KEGEL Publications. back to text
3 The Atlas of Jewish History: Martin Gilbert – Pg 111 - William Morrow & 7 Company, INC. 1969 – 1992. back to text 74 Ibid. back to text 75 http://www.abbaswatchman.com/NEWS POPE DEMANDS.html. back to text “I was shocked to hear that the first thing the Pope had to say when he landed in Israel was that the Holy Land must be divided to make room for a Palestinian state,” said Joseph Gerlitzky, rabbi of central Tel Aviv and chairman of the Rabbinical Congress for Peace, which includes some of Israel's most prominent Jewish leaders. “I suggest that he divide Rome. The Holy Land was promised to the Jewish people and absolutely no human being on this earth has a right to relinquish even one inch of this land,” Gerlitzky stated. 76 http://www.zionism-israel.com/israel_news/2007/09/anti-zionistandantiamerican-quotes.html. back to text 77 ibid. back to text 78 ibid. back to text 79 http://kern.pundicity.com/9743/anti-semitism-germany. back to text 80 Ezekiel 37. back to text 81 Matthew 24. back to text 82 Isaiah 35:1. back to text 83 Zephaniah 3:9. back to text 84 http://www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org/jsource/Judaism/holidayd.html. back to text 85 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tisha_B%27Av. back to text 86 Becher, Rabbi Mordechai (1995). “History of Events on Tisha B’Av. ohrnet. http://ohr.edu/1088. Retrieved 2010-07-19. back to text 87 Barclay, Rabbi Elozor; Jaeger, Rabbi Yitzchok (2003). Guidelines: Over Four Hundred of the Most Commonly Asked Questions About the Three Weeks. Targum Press. ISBN 1- 56871-254-5. back to text 88 Tisha B'Av Calamities - 9th day of the Hebrew month of Av - Ninth of Av Jewish Days of Mourning - Fast Day. http://judaism.about.com/od/daysofmourning/a/tav_events.htm. Retrieved 200808-10. back to text
89 From The movie EXPELLED: No Intelligence Allowed by Ben Stein http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GlZtEjtlirc. back to text 90 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/El_Castillo,_Chichen_Itza. back to text 91 In Search of Quetzalcoatl – Pierre Honore – Adventure Unlimited Press – 1961 – 2007 - Pg. 28. back to text 92 Friar Diego de Landa, Yucatan before and after the Conquest – quoted from – Fingerprints of the Gods – by Graham Hancock, Random House – 1995 – pgs 96 & 97. back to text 93 The Book of Enoch – R. H. Charles – SPCK 1917 – I –VII:4 pg.35. back to text 94 http://www.bible.ca/ef/topical-what-nostradamus-said-about-adolfhister-... thats-right-hister.htm. back to text 95 Isaiah 44:28 and 45:1. back to text 96 Nostradamus: Wikipedia - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nostradamus. back to text 97 Witchcraft Today, by James R. Lewis, copyrighted 1999, p. 264. back to text 98 http://dictionary.reference.com/browse/sorcery. back to text 99 The Complete Prophecies of Nostradamus. By Henry C. Roberts – Nostradamus INC. 1947 (Fortieth Printing). back to text 100 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eBpw2oQrvMM&feature=related. back to text 101 ibid. back to text 102 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kSlt0_8HwMk. back to text 103 The Alien Interviews. L. A. Marzulli, Spiral of Life Publishing 2009. back to text 104 1 Timothy 4:1. back to text 105 Matthew 24:22. back to text 106 http://www.edgarcayce.org/are/edgarcayce.aspx. back to text 107 http://www.infinityinst.com/articles/auto_wriote.html. back to text 108 The Invisible War – Donald Grey Barnhouse – Zondervan – 1965 – pg. 111. back to text 109 The Omega Conspiracy – Dr. I. D. E. Thomas – Hearthstone – 1986 pg. 104. back to text 110 Matthew 24. back to text 111 Revelation 19:19 & 20. back to text 112 Enticed by the Light – Sharon Beekman – Zondervan – 1997. back to text 113 Enticed by the Light – Sharon Beekmann – Zondervan 1997 – pg.104. back to text
14 Genesis 4:10. back to text 1 115 2 Thessalonians 2:9. back to text 116 Matthew 24. back to text 117 http://focusonjerusalem.com/womanstoned.html. back to text 118 http://gracethrufaith.com/ask-a-bible-teacher/jordanian-controlof- thetemplemount/. back to text 119 Matthew 24. back to text 120 G. H. Pember – Earth’s Earliest Ages – Kregel Publications – 1876 – pg. 130. back to text 121 The Black Awakening – Russ Dizdar – A Preemption Book. back to text 122 Revelation 9:6 (New King James Version). back to text 123 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fEjFJRd-RIo. back to text 124 Numbers 13:33. back to text 125 Josephus: Chapter II:3. back to text 126 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k6e3OwOws3I. back to text 127 Ibid. back to text 128 Daniel 9:27. back to text 129 Ibid. back to text 130 Revelation 19:20. back to text 131 Revelation 20:4. back to text 132 James 1:15. back to text 133 2 Samuel:11. back to text 134 http://www.blueletterbible.org/Bible.cfm?b=Eph&c=6&v=1&t=KJV #top. back to text 135 http://www.blueletterbible.org/Bible.cfm?b=Eph&c=6&v=1&t=KJV #top. back to text
Copyright The Cosmic Chess Match: Copyright 2011 by L. A. Marzulli ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Published by Spiral of Life Print Edition 2011 ISBN# 978-1-4507-9095-6 Other books & DVDs by L. A. Marzulli!!! Go to www.lamarzulli.net
“The present political landscape is in direct correlation with supernatural events that happened, in some cases, millennia ago!” L. A. Marzulli The Nephilim Trilogy!
The Best Selling Watchers DVD Series! UFOs are Real, Burgeoning and NOT Going Away!
Signs in the Heavens and Earth!
The Alien Interviews!
Conversations with people who have encountered the UFO phenomena first hand! Subscribe to the Monthly News
Magazine! BLOG! www.lamarzulli.wordpress.com Website: www.lamarzulli.net Email: [emailprotected]
Visit L. A. Marzulli’s Daily
Speaking Engagements Mr. Marzulli is available for speaking engagements. Please direct all inquiries to: Phone: 310-457-5564 P.O. Box 30765 Pacific Coast Highway, #339 Malibu, California 90265 Email: [emailprotected]
